Summer Solstice 2025: Eight Destinations Embracing the Longest Day of the Year with Ancient Rituals and Modern Merriment

Every year, the summer solstice marks a special astronomical event when one of the Earth’s poles is tilted most toward the sun. This results in the sun reaching its highest point in the sky, bringing with it the longest day of the year. For millennia, people have honored this event with celebrations that draw on ancient traditions. From the mysterious allure of Stonehenge to romantic folklore in Eastern Europe, the solstice has been a time of unity, celebration, and ritual.

In the Northern Hemisphere, the solstice typically falls on June 20, 21, or 22, and many cultures observe it through Midsummer festivities. Sweden is especially prominent in these celebrations, particularly since the release of the 2019 film Midsommar, which heightened American interest. However, across the world, people mark this celestial event in diverse and meaningful ways—from fiery displays in the Austrian Alps to symbolic rituals in Colombia.

Here are eight remarkable places to experience the summer solstice in 2025, including the dates and the unique cultural traditions associated with each location.

Stonehenge, United Kingdom – Saturday, June 21, 2025

At the ancient site of Stonehenge in Wiltshire, crowds gather every year to witness the sun rise above the prehistoric stones, which were intentionally arranged to align with the sun during solstices. This connection between the structure and the heavens has long fascinated archaeologists and spiritual seekers alike. The summer solstice draws thousands who wish to experience the power of the moment when night is shortest and the sun is at its peak. The event is spiritual and solemn, with rules to match: no alcohol is allowed except for ceremonial mead. “It’s believed that people have gathered here to mark the summer solstice for thousands of years,” making it one of the oldest continuous celebrations linked to the solstice.

Turov, Belarus – Sunday, July 6 to Monday, July 7, 2025

In Belarus, the summer solstice is commemorated with the festival of Ivan Kupala Day, a pagan celebration observed in various Eastern European countries. In the town of Turov, young women participate in a ritual that involves floating flower garlands, known as chaplets, on a river. The movement of these garlands is thought to offer insight into their romantic futures. This tradition mixes mysticism with love and youth, continuing an ancient belief system tied to nature and the rhythms of the earth. “The floating flowers are set off by young women, who try to gain insight into the future of their romantic relationships from the way they float.”

Denmark – Saturday, June 21, 2025

In Denmark, the summer solstice aligns with the observance of John the Baptist’s birth, which is said to have occurred six months prior to Jesus’. The Danes link the event with myth and folklore, particularly the belief that witches travel to the Brocken, a mountain peak in Germany, during this time. The fusion of Christian and pagan traditions makes Denmark’s Midsummer festivities both religious and mythical in tone. It is a time when bonfires light up the landscape and folklore becomes vividly alive.

Sweden – Saturday, June 21, 2025

Sweden’s Midsummer celebration is perhaps one of the most recognizable solstice traditions worldwide. People gather in the countryside to raise and dance around flower-decorated maypoles, celebrating life, fertility, and the arrival of summer. Afterward, classic Swedish foods like pickled herrings and aquavit are enjoyed. Public parks across Sweden host outdoor events, complete with traditional folk costumes and music. For the most authentic experience, travelers can visit Dalarna County, a hub of traditional festivities. Or, for a more unique atmosphere, they can chase the Midnight Sun in Riksgränsen. “In Sweden, flower-covered maypoles are put up in the countryside for revelers to dance around—followed by classic snacks of pickled herrings and aquavit.”

Berga, Spain – Saturday, June 21, 2025

In the Catalan region of Spain, particularly in the town of Berga near Barcelona, locals take part in a summer solstice celebration that harks back to medieval times. Participants dress up as mythical or religious characters, donning oversized ‘big head’ masks that contribute to the surreal and festive ambiance. This traditional event weaves together history, religion, and performance, showcasing Spain’s deep-rooted cultural heritage. “The townspeople of Berga… dress up as mystical or religious characters with typical ‘big head’ masks in a celebration that dates back to the Middle Ages.”

Tyrol, Austria – Saturday, June 21, 2025

High in the Austrian Alps, in the region of Tyrol, the summer solstice is marked with breathtaking fire displays. Locals light up to 8,000 fires across the Mieminger mountain range and beyond. These flames form effigies and symbols inspired by religion, mythology, nature, and even contemporary events. What makes this event particularly exciting is the secrecy surrounding the designs, which are only revealed when the fires are ignited at sunset. As twilight descends on Innsbruck and surrounding areas, the mountains glow with the light of fire, transforming the landscape into a spiritual canvas. “The details are kept a secret until the evening of the summer solstice. As the sun sets, fires will be lit in Innsbruck and beyond.”

Finland – Saturday, June 21, 2025

In Finland, the Midsummer period is referred to as the “white nights,” as the sky barely darkens. Historically, this was a time for fertility spells and mystical practices aimed at enhancing life and love. Today, one of the key solstice rituals is sauna bathing—a deeply ingrained part of Finnish culture that symbolizes purification and renewal. Bonfires remain a part of the tradition too, serving as both a connection to the past and a centerpiece for social gatherings. “Bonfires are lit, a throwback to hundreds of years ago when spells to increase fertility were cast by local people. Now, sauna bathing is a popular summer solstice ritual.”

Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Colombia – Friday, June 20, 2025

In Colombia’s Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, the solstice coincides with the religious festival of Corpus Christi. The event takes a dramatic turn as locals dress as devils, adorned with numerous tiny bells around their legs. Mirrors are strapped to their backs to capture the sun’s energy on the longest day of the year. The ritual is symbolic, representing the age-old conflict between good and evil. These vivid costumes and energetic performances reflect the unique blend of Catholic and indigenous beliefs in the region. “They wear mirrors on their backs to harness the power of the sun on the longest day of the year. The ritual represents the fight between God and the Devil.”

From solemn rites in ancient stone circles to lively parades and bonfire rituals, the summer solstice in 2025 promises to be a powerful and enriching experience around the globe. Each location offers its own distinct interpretation of this timeless celestial event, blending mythology, religion, romance, and community into one unforgettable day.

Justice Jackson Slams Supreme Court Ruling on Vehicle Emissions as Favoring Big Business

In a strongly worded dissent, Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson voiced serious concerns about the direction of the court in a ruling concerning vehicle emissions regulations. Her criticism came after the court delivered a 7-2 decision supporting fuel producers in their challenge to the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) approval of California’s clean vehicle emissions standards. Jackson’s dissent suggested the decision bolsters the perception that the court caters to wealthy interests, undermining its credibility with the public.

Justice Jackson contended that the ruling implies the court shows favoritism in choosing which cases to consider and how it resolves them, often leaning toward those with deep pockets. “This case gives fodder to the unfortunate perception that moneyed interests enjoy an easier road to relief in this court than ordinary citizens,” she wrote. According to her, the legal standing granted to the producers in this case was based on a rationale “that the court has refused to apply in cases brought by less powerful plaintiffs.”

Although the practical consequences of the decision may be limited for now, Jackson warned of broader implications. She pointed out that the ruling could support future challenges by the fuel industry aimed at weakening the Clean Air Act. “The decision has little practical importance now, but in the future, it will no doubt aid future attempts by the fuel industry to attack the Clean Air Act,” she noted. Furthermore, she emphasized that the court’s decision might come with a long-term cost to its integrity. “Also, I worry that the fuel industry’s gain comes at a reputational cost for this court, which is already viewed by many as being overly sympathetic to corporate interests,” Jackson added.

Her concerns were heightened by the current political context, particularly the Trump administration’s actions to dismantle environmental protections championed by former President Joe Biden, including California’s electric vehicle mandates. Given this backdrop, Jackson argued the case was either moot or soon would be, raising questions about why the court took it up in the first place. “With the Trump administration reversing course on many of former President Joe Biden’s environmental policies… the case is most likely moot or soon will be,” she wrote, expressing confusion over the court’s decision to proceed.

The ruling highlights ongoing tensions surrounding the court’s ideological leanings. With a 6-3 conservative majority, the court has frequently been criticized for appearing overly receptive to the interests of large corporations. This decision adds to a pattern in which the court has shown skepticism toward broad governmental regulations and made it more difficult for consumers and employees to pursue class action lawsuits. Last year, the court overturned a longstanding precedent dating back four decades that had given federal agencies considerable authority in shaping regulations — a move cheered by business groups but criticized by advocates of government oversight.

Jackson didn’t mince words in her closing remarks, pointing to what she sees as the court’s reluctance to hear cases involving individuals who lack institutional power. “Simultaneous aversion to hearing cases involving the potential vindication of less powerful litigants — workers, criminal defendants, and the condemned, among others,” she said, highlighting a disparity in access to judicial relief.

In response to Jackson’s dissent, Justice Brett Kavanaugh, who wrote the majority opinion, defended the court’s approach to determining legal standing. He rejected the suggestion that the court favors corporate interests. “A review of standing cases disproves that suggestion,” he wrote, noting that liberal justices have sometimes sided with the majority in standing disputes. Kavanaugh cited a ruling from the previous year where the court concluded that anti-abortion doctors lacked standing to sue over the abortion pill mifepristone, with liberal justices part of the majority in that decision.

Kavanaugh emphasized that entities targeted by regulatory actions should have the right to challenge those regulations. “The government may not target a business or industry through stringent and allegedly unlawful regulation, and then evade the resulting lawsuits by claiming that the targets of its regulation should be locked out of court as unaffected bystanders,” he stated.

Legal scholars have weighed in, including Jonathan Adler, a professor at Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Adler, whom Justice Jackson referenced in her opinion, argued that her conclusions about the court’s biases are misplaced. He pointed out that no other justices, not even the two other liberals on the bench, joined her dissent. “I don’t think this case is an example of the court being inconsistent or somehow more favorable to moneyed interests than other sorts of interests,” Adler said in an interview. He added, “It’s not like the court has closed the door on environmental groups.”

Adler cautioned against reducing complex legal disputes to simple narratives of business versus public interest. “It can be very simplistic to classify cases as pro-business or anti-business simply because there can often be wealthy interests on both sides,” he said, pushing back against the notion that this ruling indicates systematic favoritism.

The roots of the dispute lie in the EPA’s authority under the federal Clean Air Act to issue nationwide vehicle emissions standards. Due to California’s longstanding leadership in environmental regulation, the Act allows the state to receive special waivers permitting it to implement its own, often stricter, emissions rules. This particular case revolved around a 2012 request from California for EPA approval of new regulations, not its more recent and controversial 2024 plan to phase out gasoline-powered cars by 2035, for which the state also sought a waiver.

In a parallel political development, the Republican-led Congress recently voted to overturn California’s waiver, underscoring the contentious nature of emissions policy and state-federal dynamics. While this legislative move might further limit the impact of the court’s decision, the symbolic significance of the ruling remains potent.

Justice Jackson’s dissent calls attention to broader concerns about perceived bias in the highest court and its willingness to take up cases involving powerful economic actors. While her critique stands alone, without support from other liberal justices, it amplifies ongoing public debate over the court’s impartiality and role in shaping regulatory policy. Her closing comments encapsulate a growing sentiment among court observers who worry that the balance of justice may be tipping in favor of those with financial influence: “This case gives fodder to the unfortunate perception that moneyed interests enjoy an easier road to relief in this court than ordinary citizens.”

Her dissent, though solitary, serves as a pointed reminder of the stakes involved when the judiciary wades into politically and economically charged territory — and the lasting impression such decisions can leave on public trust in the institution.

Summer Solstice Marks the Official Start of the Season with Shifting Sunlight and a Yogi Berra Twist

Summer officially kicks off this Friday with the occurrence of the Summer Solstice, the astronomical event that marks the longest day of the year in the Northern Hemisphere. At precisely 10:42 p.m. EDT on June 20 (or 0242 GMT on June 21), the sun will reach its highest point north of the celestial equator. This moment signifies the sun appearing directly overhead at the Tropic of Cancer, located at 23.5 degrees north latitude. That spot lies in the western Pacific Ocean, approximately 1,400 miles south of Tokyo, Japan.

In regions situated at mid-northern latitudes, the sun is never seen directly overhead. Yet, it does reach its annual peak altitude in the sky on this day. For instance, in Philadelphia, at 1:02 p.m. EDT during the solstice, the sun will reach its zenith for the year—soaring to 73 degrees above the southern horizon. To visualize this height, one can use a simple hand trick: a clenched fist held at arm’s length equals about 10 degrees. Using this method, Philadelphians would see the sun climb more than seven fists above the southern horizon. Because of this high arc across the sky, the city will experience the year’s longest span of daylight, precisely 15 hours.

However, this does not imply a full 9-hour window for stargazing after sunset. Twilight plays a crucial role in reducing the hours of true darkness. Around the June solstice at 40 degrees north latitude, both morning and evening twilight extend slightly over two hours each. As a result, there are only about five hours of complete darkness.

The higher the latitude, the longer twilight endures. At 45 degrees north, twilight stretches for two and a half hours. At 50 degrees, it persists all night, meaning the sky never becomes entirely dark. In contrast, further south, twilight is briefer. At 30 degrees latitude, twilight lasts 96 minutes, and in San Juan, Puerto Rico, it’s only 80 minutes. This phenomenon often surprises tourists from the northern United States when they notice how rapidly night falls in the Caribbean compared to their hometowns.

Interestingly, the solstice does not align with the year’s earliest sunrise or latest sunset. The earliest sunrise already happened on June 14, while the latest sunset will occur on June 27.

A common misconception is that Earth is closest to the sun during the summer solstice. In reality, the opposite is true. On July 3 at 3:55 p.m. EDT (19:55 Universal Time), Earth will reach aphelion, its farthest point from the sun in its elliptical orbit. At that time, our planet will be 94,502,939 miles (152,087,738 km) away from the sun.

Conversely, Earth reached perihelion, the closest point to the sun, on January 4. The difference between aphelion and perihelion is about 3,096,946 miles (4,984,051 km), roughly 3.277 percent. This variation translates into an approximate 7 percent difference in the solar energy received by Earth. In theory, this should mean milder summers and warmer winters in the Northern Hemisphere. However, the abundance of landmass in the Northern Hemisphere produces the opposite effect, generally resulting in colder winters and hotter summers compared to the Southern Hemisphere.

Following the solstice, the sun will begin its gradual migration southward, causing daylight hours in the Northern Hemisphere to slowly decline. Remarkably, after June 21, the days won’t begin to grow longer again until December 22, just three days before Christmas. Nonetheless, the sun has already been tracing a high path through the sky since mid-May, so the shortening of daylight immediately following the solstice will be quite subtle.

Some calendars mark August 1 as Lammas Day, a holiday derived from the Old English “loaf-mass.” Traditionally, this day celebrated the beginning of the harvest and was once considered the midpoint of summer. However, from a purely astronomical perspective, the actual midpoint of the summer season in 2024 lands on August 6 at 6:30 p.m. EDT. On that date in Philadelphia, the sun will set at 8:08 p.m., and the city will have lost just 56 minutes of daylight since June 20.

But the real effects of the sun’s southward shift begin to show more prominently during the latter half of summer. By the time autumn officially arrives on September 22, the sunset in Philadelphia will occur at 6:57 p.m., nearly an hour and ten minutes earlier than on August 6. The total loss of daylight from that midpoint of summer to the fall equinox will amount to 1 hour and 55 minutes.

This seasonal decline in sunlight even had practical implications for legendary New York Yankees catcher Yogi Berra during his Hall of Fame career. When he occasionally played in left field during late summer, he noted the difficulty of spotting fly balls due to the lengthening shadows as the sun sank lower in the sky. Berra, known for his quirky and memorable sayings, once summed up this natural shift with a unique phrase: “It’s getting late early out there.”

While Berra may not have known the specific astronomical mechanics behind the sun’s apparent movement and the waning daylight, his words captured the essence of late summer’s changing light in a way that was both poetic and accurate.

Thus, as the Summer Solstice ushers in the official start of the season, it also sets in motion the gradual reduction of daylight. While the change is barely noticeable in the days immediately following June 21, the shift becomes more prominent as summer progresses, affecting everything from sunset times to the colors of the sky—and even how Hall of Famers see baseballs in flight.

Indian Universities Make Modest Gains in Times Higher Education Impact Rankings 2025 Amid Asia’s Strong Surge

The 2025 edition of the Times Higher Education (THE) Impact Rankings has been released, highlighting a growing dominance of Asian universities in the global pursuit of sustainability. Yet, India’s showing remains relatively subdued, with only a handful of its institutions breaking into the top ranks despite substantial representation in the list.

Among 2,526 universities across 130 countries evaluated for their alignment with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), only two Indian universities have secured spots in the top 50. In total, just four Indian institutions feature in the top 100. This is in spite of 135 Indian institutions making it to the rankings this year, indicating a gap between participation and performance when measured against global standards.

The THE Impact Rankings assess universities on their contributions to solving major global issues such as climate change, equitable education, gender justice, and economic development. The assessment focuses on multiple indicators including research output, community outreach, and internal operations tied to the SDGs.

India’s leading entry this year is Amrita Vishwa Vidyapeetham, which ranks 41st globally. It has shown impressive results in several key indicators, placing 5th worldwide for Quality Education (SDG 4) and 6th for Clean Energy (SDG 7). It also ranks among the global top 100 in categories such as Gender Equality and Innovation. The university achieved a perfect score of 100 out of 100 in parameters like lifelong learning, student accessibility, and sustainability in clean water efforts.

Lovely Professional University (LPU) has made a significant breakthrough, entering the top 50 globally for the first time with an overall rank of 48. It ranks 5th globally for SDG 7, 6th for SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities), and 8th for SDG 2 (Zero Hunger). Its overall score stands at 92.6, surpassing some of the most prestigious global institutions including MIT and even Indian Institutes of Management (IIMs).

Also among the top Indian performers is Shoolini University, which stands at 96 globally. Its achievements include a 38th rank for SDG 13 (Climate Action), 21st for SDG 7, and 22nd for SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation). It has also managed to secure top 100 positions in several other SDG categories, reflecting a holistic approach to sustainability.

In total, only four Indian universities have made it into the top 100, underscoring the need for other institutions to enhance their sustainability-related policies and practices. This limited presence highlights the long journey ahead for Indian higher education institutions in terms of making a measurable real-world impact through sustainable development.

Below is a list of the top-ranking Indian universities in THE Impact Rankings 2025 with a global rank under 400:

Rank in India Global Rank University Name Location
1 =41 Amrita Vishwa Vidyapeetham Tamil Nadu
2 =48 Lovely Professional University Punjab
3 =56 JSS Academy of Higher Education and Research Karnataka
4 =96 Shoolini University of Biotechnology and Management Sciences Himachal Pradesh
5 101–200 Anna University Tamil Nadu
6 101–200 B. S. Abdur Rahman Crescent Institute of Science and Technology Tamil Nadu
7 101–200 KIIT University Odisha
8 101–200 Manipal Academy of Higher Education Karnataka
9 201–300 Nitte (Deemed to be University) Karnataka
10 301–400 Centurion University of Technology and Management Odisha
11 301–400 Chitkara University Punjab
12 301–400 Dr D. Y. Patil Vidyapeeth, Pune Maharashtra
13 301–400 Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar Gujarat
14 301–400 Manipal University Jaipur Rajasthan
15 301–400 Saveetha Institute of Medical and Technical Sciences Tamil Nadu
16 301–400 Shiv Nadar University Uttar Pradesh

(The ‘=’ symbol denotes tied ranks. From Rank 100 onwards, THE lists universities in rank bands of 100.)

Meanwhile, universities from Asia are making impressive strides in sustainability, dominating this year’s rankings. For the fourth consecutive year, Western Sydney University in Australia retains its global number one position.

However, the broader trend clearly shows the rise of Asian universities. This year, Asian institutions occupy more than half the top 50 positions, with 22 universities making it into that bracket. Remarkably, 10 of the 17 SDG categories are topped by Asian universities.

Malaysia’s Universiti Sains Malaysia stands out by leading in three SDG categories, including No Poverty and Partnerships for the Goals, underlining its diversified contributions.

Another standout is Kyungpook National University of South Korea, which has advanced to 3rd place globally, representing the country’s growing focus on integrating sustainability into higher education.

Among emerging economies, Indonesia’s Universitas Airlangga makes a strong showing, securing joint 9th place overall. Its sustainability initiatives such as green transportation systems and the creation of open public spaces have earned global recognition.

Other Asian institutions making notable progress include Pusan National University, Lingnan University (Hong Kong), and others from across Southeast and East Asia. Their success reflects a collective push among Asian universities to align more deeply with the UN’s 2030 Agenda.

Below is a list of the top 10 global universities as per THE Impact Rankings 2025:

Rank University Name Location
1 Western Sydney University Australia
2 University of Manchester United Kingdom
3 Kyungpook National University (KNU) South Korea
=4 Griffith University Australia
=4 University of Tasmania Australia
=6 Arizona State University (Tempe) United States
=6 Queen’s University Canada
8 University of Alberta Canada
=9 Aalborg University Denmark
=9 Universitas Airlangga Indonesia

(The ‘=’ symbol indicates shared ranking positions.)

As sustainability becomes an increasingly central theme in global higher education, the performance of Indian institutions reflects both promise and the need for greater strategic alignment. The relatively modest showing of Indian universities in the top 100 reveals the importance of moving beyond policy frameworks and achieving tangible outcomes on the ground.

Quoting the analysis from the report, “As the push for sustainable education gains global momentum, Indian universities may need to rethink how they integrate SDGs into their policies and programmes — not just on paper, but on the ground too.”

With the global landscape shifting and Asia rising as a leader in higher education’s sustainable development efforts, the challenge for Indian universities now lies in closing the gap between potential and performance.

UAE Unveils Groundbreaking High-Speed Rail Linking Abu Dhabi and Dubai

High-speed train systems are becoming a global phenomenon, with rapid developments underway across continents—from Europe to North Africa and East Asia. Now, the Middle East is entering the scene with an ambitious new high-speed rail service that will link two of its most prominent cities: Abu Dhabi and Dubai.

The announcement came during a ceremonial event held at the Al Faya Depot in Abu Dhabi. At the heart of this development is Etihad Rail, the national railway company, which is spearheading the creation of a high-speed train connecting the Emirati capital with Dubai.

Already recognized as one of the most advanced cities in the world in terms of public transportation, Abu Dhabi is set to enhance its connectivity even further. This new train service is expected to significantly ease the commute between the two cities, creating a smoother experience for both residents and tourists.

One of the most striking aspects of this upcoming service is its speed. The train is designed to travel at a maximum speed of 350 kilometers per hour. With this, the journey time between Abu Dhabi and Dubai will be cut down to a mere 30 minutes. This dramatic reduction in travel time is expected to make daily life more efficient and convenient for many, especially for those who frequently travel between the two cities for work or leisure.

The rail project is not just about speed and convenience; it also plays a critical role in the United Arab Emirates’ broader sustainability goals. It is closely aligned with the UAE’s Net Zero 2050 strategy, a national plan aimed at achieving carbon neutrality by mid-century. A statement from the official press release underlined the environmental benefits, explaining that the new railway is expected to contribute significantly to a greener and more sustainable mode of transportation.

Additionally, the development of the high-speed service is being viewed as a major step forward for the UAE’s global standing in the realm of sustainable infrastructure. The release expressed optimism that the project would enhance the nation’s international competitiveness. In the words of the official statement, the hope is that this development will “bolster the UAE’s competitiveness internationally when it comes to sustainable transport.”

Economically, the implications of this infrastructure advancement are equally compelling. Analysts and government officials are forecasting significant financial benefits. One projection suggests that the railway will contribute a remarkable AED145 billion to the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) over the next 50 years. That’s an eye-opening one hundred and forty-five billion dirhams in added economic value.

But this high-speed line is just one part of a broader plan to expand and modernize the UAE’s public transport infrastructure. During the same ceremony, officials also unveiled the country’s first fleet of passenger trains. These trains are set to operate at speeds of up to 200 kilometers per hour, catering to longer distances within the country and possibly the broader Gulf region.

As if that weren’t enough, the event also marked the introduction of the UAE’s first four passenger rail stations. These new stations will be located in Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, and Fujairah. Importantly, they’ve been designed to seamlessly integrate with existing metro and bus networks. This integrated approach reflects a growing emphasis on making public transport more efficient, connected, and accessible to the population at large.

The ceremony at Al Faya Depot thus served as more than just an announcement of a new train. It showcased a holistic vision for the future of mobility in the UAE. The inclusion of stations in different emirates also points to a long-term goal of fostering national unity and regional development, with rail travel acting as a catalyst for both.

With work now moving forward, residents and stakeholders alike are looking to the future with anticipation. Once operational, the high-speed train is expected to transform the way people travel between Abu Dhabi and Dubai. For daily commuters, it means spending less time on the road and more time at work or home. For tourists, it offers a faster, more scenic, and eco-friendly way to explore the region.

All of this is in line with the UAE’s broader ambitions to position itself as a global leader in innovation, sustainability, and infrastructure development. The unveiling of these projects reflects a national commitment to long-term progress that is both economically and environmentally responsible.

In summary, the UAE’s new high-speed rail link between Abu Dhabi and Dubai is much more than just a transportation upgrade. It’s a symbol of the country’s forward-thinking vision, one that encompasses environmental sustainability, economic growth, and improved quality of life for its citizens and visitors alike. With trains expected to zip along at 350 kilometers per hour and reach their destination in just 30 minutes, the project promises to be a game-changer for the region.

As the official press release noted, the initiative will “vastly improve connectivity between Abu Dhabi and Dubai” while also reinforcing the UAE’s commitment to a more sustainable future. Furthermore, projections indicate that the project will “improve the country’s GDP by a staggering AED145 billion over the next five decades.”

During the event, attendees were also introduced to “the UAE’s first passenger train fleet,” capable of speeds of up to 200 kilometers per hour. Additionally, the presentation of “the country’s first four passenger rail stations in Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah and Fujairah” highlighted how these stations have been “designed to integrate with metro and bus services.”

By combining rapid transit with environmentally conscious goals and substantial economic foresight, the UAE is laying down the tracks—both literal and figurative—for a more connected and sustainable future.

Canada Outshines U.S. in University Sustainability Rankings, Says Times Higher Education

In the most recent edition of the University Impact Rankings released by Times Higher Education (THE), Canadian universities have significantly outpaced their American counterparts in sustainability performance. The annual ranking, which in 2025 evaluated 2,526 institutions across 130 countries, highlights global leaders based on their implementation of the United Nations’ 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), in addition to an overall sustainability ranking.

These SDGs cover a wide range of global concerns, such as eradicating poverty, ensuring clean energy, and promoting responsible consumption. The evaluation process examines how well universities incorporate these goals into four key areas: teaching, research, outreach, and stewardship. While many institutions across the globe have made strides, this year’s results confirm Canada’s growing influence and dedication to sustainability in higher education, especially in North America.

Notably, seven Canadian universities placed in the global top 50 in terms of overall sustainability performance, second only to Australia in terms of regional representation. Among these institutions, Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario, emerged as a standout performer, securing the top spot worldwide for its initiatives aimed at eradicating hunger. Meanwhile, the University of Alberta in Edmonton gained international recognition for excellence in “Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure.”

The global top three positions were captured by institutions outside North America. Western Sydney University in Australia claimed first place overall, followed by the University of Manchester in the United Kingdom, and South Korea’s Kyungpook National University in third. These schools are recognized for integrating sustainable development across multiple aspects of university life and education.

On the North American front, Canadian universities dominate the top 10 rankings, with nine spots filled by Canadian institutions. Only one U.S. university, Arizona State University (Tempe), managed to make it onto the list. It tied for sixth place with Queen’s University and was highlighted for its achievements in reducing marine pollution. Arizona State was specifically recognized for meeting three SDG criteria: Quality Education, Life Below Water, and Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions.

Phil Baty, THE’s chief global affairs officer, addressed the disparity between the U.S. and Canada in a pointed remark. “While Canada’s universities are showing clear global leadership in driving forward the sustainability agenda, U.S. universities’ general lack of direct engagement with the SDGs, with a few notable exceptions, is disappointing,” Baty said.

This year’s North American top 10 university rankings based on overall sustainability impact are as follows:

In the first position is Queen’s University, located in Kingston, Ontario. It achieved an overall impact ranking of 6 and is celebrated for its work in “Zero Hunger, Life on Land, and Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions.” Queen’s success underscores its strong alignment with multiple SDGs, showing a commitment to both environmental and social goals.

Tied for first with Queen’s is Arizona State University in Tempe, Arizona. Also ranked sixth overall in terms of sustainability impact, Arizona State has been acknowledged for its strengths in “Quality Education” and “Life Below Water,” reflecting its environmental stewardship and academic engagement with global issues. It remains the sole American representative among the top 10 institutions in North America.

The University of Alberta in Edmonton takes third place regionally with an overall ranking of 8. The university earned particular praise for its accomplishments in the category of “Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure.” This recognition highlights the university’s role in promoting sustainable industrial development and technological advancement.

Next, in fourth place, is McMaster University in Hamilton, Ontario. Ranked 14th globally for its sustainability efforts, McMaster’s recognition stems from a broad-based contribution to several SDGs: “No Poverty, Good Health and Well-being, Clean Water and Sanitation, Reduced Inequalities, and Partnerships for the Goals.” These areas reflect the university’s dedication to inclusive development and global cooperation.

Also sharing the 14th overall position is the University of Victoria in Victoria, British Columbia. Its consistent sustainability performance places it in fifth position among North American institutions, although specific SDG categories it excels in were not detailed.

Western University in London, Ontario, joins the same global ranking of 14th, landing it in sixth place regionally. The university is particularly noted for its work in the category of “Decent Work and Economic Growth,” suggesting its focus on fair employment practices and economic development through sustainable means.

In seventh place among North American universities is Simon Fraser University, based in Burnaby, British Columbia. It achieved an overall impact ranking of 35. While the ranking affirms its commitment to sustainability, no individual SDG areas were singled out in the data provided.

Eighth in the region is York University in Toronto, Ontario, which holds a global impact ranking of 38. Like Simon Fraser, York’s performance suggests a broad sustainability agenda, even though its standout SDG achievements weren’t specifically named in this report.

The ninth place goes to Université Laval in Quebec City, Quebec. It ranks 52nd globally and has been particularly recognized for excellence in “Responsible Consumption and Production,” a category that emphasizes the importance of reducing waste and managing resources wisely. This reflects the university’s commitment to environmental responsibility and sustainable resource management.

Rounding out the North American top 10 is Université de Montréal, located in Montreal, Quebec. With a global ranking of 55, the university’s consistent focus on sustainable practices earned it a place among the leading institutions in the region, although individual SDGs were not specified.

The data from the 2025 University Impact Rankings by Times Higher Education paints a clear picture: Canadian universities are excelling in embedding sustainability into their institutional fabric, while the U.S. lags behind with limited participation and fewer standout performances. This trend is especially significant given the scale and resources of American higher education institutions.

Baty’s criticism highlights a gap in engagement that could influence how universities in the U.S. reassess their strategies. “U.S. universities’ general lack of direct engagement with the SDGs… is disappointing,” he emphasized, making it evident that while some American institutions have made progress, widespread adoption of the SDGs in the U.S. remains limited compared to their northern neighbors.

Overall, these rankings emphasize that Canadian institutions are leading the charge in addressing global challenges through education, research, and community engagement. With sustainability becoming an increasingly crucial benchmark in higher education, the example set by Canadian universities may serve as a model for others across North America and beyond.

Oceans at Risk: Study Warns Acidification Has Already Breached Safe Limits

The condition of our oceans continues to worsen, showing alarming signs of distress from multiple fronts. Coral bleaching, escalating temperatures, and rising sea levels have already painted a dire picture, but now, experts are raising concerns about a new, potentially more destructive issue—ocean acidification. In fact, scientists are now warning that our oceans could be a “ticking time bomb” due to this escalating problem.

Until recently, many researchers maintained that the ocean’s acidity had not surpassed the “planetary boundary”—a threshold considered critical for maintaining a stable Earth system. However, a recent study conducted by researchers at the UK’s Plymouth Marine Laboratory (PML), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and Oregon State University’s Co-operative Institute for Marine Resources Studies, has upended that assumption. According to their findings, this boundary was actually breached five years ago.

The concern surrounding ocean acidification is far from academic. The researchers emphasize that this growing acidity poses a serious threat not only to marine life but also to the economic structures that depend on healthy coastal ecosystems. “The reason that researchers say that the ocean’s acidification is a ticking time bomb is because it will eventually cause irreparable damage to marine ecosystems and coastal economies,” the study explains.

The team reached this alarming conclusion through a thorough analysis of oceanic data. The deeper they investigated the ocean’s layers, the more troubling the evidence became. At 200 meters below the surface—equivalent to about 656 feet—the data revealed that 60 percent of the global oceans had already surpassed what is considered the “safe” limit for acidification. This means that even though the ocean surface might appear relatively normal in some areas, the damage beneath is mounting rapidly and extensively.

The findings point to a stark reality. “In fact, they found that in some cases, the average ocean condition was already very close to or even beyond the planetary boundary for acidification,” the study reported. The implications of this are significant, indicating that we may have far less time than previously believed to reverse or even mitigate the damage.

This new research adds to an already troubling array of evidence that our oceans are becoming increasingly vulnerable due to climate change. Other studies have indicated that 21 percent of the ocean is losing access to sunlight—a key element for photosynthesis in marine plants and overall ocean health. Even more troubling is the discovery that parts of the ocean are warming at a rate 400 percent faster than expected. These rapid changes disrupt ecosystems, endanger marine species, and threaten global weather systems that depend on stable ocean temperatures.

What’s more concerning is the limited options available to combat this crisis. According to the researchers, the only effective way to reduce ocean acidity is by decreasing carbon dioxide emissions. “The only way to decrease the acidity in the ocean, the researchers claim, is to lower CO2 emissions,” the study notes. This conclusion reinforces the urgency of taking global climate action seriously and swiftly.

Yet, despite international efforts, the pace of meaningful change has been sluggish. While some countries have committed to reducing emissions, political decisions in other parts of the world have hindered progress. The study points out, “While many countries have been working on that, with Trump’s administration making massive changes to the EPA and how it views carbon emissions, it’s unlikely we’ll see any meaningful change any time soon.” These changes have weakened environmental protections and downplayed the importance of regulating carbon output, making it more difficult to turn the tide on ocean acidification.

Despite the grim outlook, the researchers remain cautiously hopeful. They suggest that while the situation is urgent, it is not yet beyond repair if the world acts decisively. The paper ends on a note that blends both optimism and realism: “Still, we can hold out hope that we’ll eventually get this under control. Or, at the least, we’ll finally figure out that trusting scientists is smarter than ignoring their warnings.”

This statement encapsulates the current crossroads humanity faces. Trusting scientific evidence and implementing bold environmental policy may be the only paths left to preserve ocean health for future generations. The urgency to act is no longer a matter of future projection—it is a present reality.

The notion that our oceans have already crossed a critical threshold should serve as a wake-up call. This isn’t just an environmental issue; it’s an economic, societal, and humanitarian challenge. Coastal communities that depend on fishing, tourism, and marine biodiversity will bear the brunt of this damage. Ecosystems that took millennia to evolve could collapse within a single human lifetime if nothing is done.

By identifying how deep the problem goes—literally and figuratively—the research emphasizes that superficial changes or half-measures won’t suffice. Reducing CO2 emissions is not just a recommendation; it is a necessity. Governments must commit to substantial carbon reduction plans, and global collaboration is essential to address this crisis effectively.

Moreover, public awareness and education are crucial. The average person may not see the damage happening beneath the ocean’s surface, but that does not make it any less real. From the food we eat to the air we breathe, ocean health is intricately connected to human well-being.

In the face of this critical situation, the study serves as both a warning and a call to action. It is a reminder that our current path is unsustainable, and that reversing course requires both science-based policy and public support.

Ocean acidification is no longer a distant threat—it’s a present danger. As this study has made clear, our oceans are already past a crucial tipping point. The question now is not whether we can continue as we are, but how quickly and effectively we can change. Failure to act could mean facing a future where ocean life, and by extension human life, is irreparably harmed.

With mounting scientific evidence and visible signs of ecological stress, the time for debate has passed. What remains is the urgent need for decisive action, guided by the understanding that the oceans are not just bodies of water—they are the lifeblood of the planet.

UN Ocean Conference Ends with Promises and Pressure to Act: Hopes Ride on Next Steps

The third United Nations Ocean Conference (UNOC3), co-hosted by France and Costa Rica, concluded in Nice with a powerful message urging world leaders to move beyond pledges and start implementing real change to protect the planet’s oceans. Over the course of 11 days, the conference brought together more than 15,000 participants, including 50 heads of state and government, scientists, civil society organizations, Indigenous leaders, and youth activists. The event was widely hailed as a major moment for ocean diplomacy, testing how serious the international community is about delivering on ocean conservation.

“This conference has been a resounding success,” declared Olivier Poivre d’Arvor, France’s Special Envoy for the Ocean. “We close not just with hope, but with concrete commitments, clear direction, and undeniable momentum.”

Costa Rica’s Foreign Minister Arnoldo André Tinoco echoed this optimism, praising the inclusive nature of the summit. “Together with France, we worked toward an action-oriented conference where all actors are represented and where finance and science go hand in hand,” he said.

Under-Secretary-General Li Chunhua, the Secretary-General of the conference, provided a reality check by reminding attendees that actions must follow words. “The real test is not what we said here but what we do next. The wave of change has formed. Now, it is our collective responsibility to propel it forward.”

Among the most significant developments at UNOC3 was progress toward ratifying the High Seas Treaty, formally called the Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) Agreement. With 51 countries having now ratified the treaty, the number required to bring it into force is just nine short of the 60 needed. Once active, the treaty would pave the way for the creation of marine protected areas in international waters, advancing the goal of protecting 30 percent of the ocean by 2030.

In addition to this progress, over 800 new voluntary commitments were announced through 10 multi-stakeholder Ocean Action Panels. These initiatives covered a wide range of issues including marine pollution, safeguarding deep-sea ecosystems, financing ocean protection, and honoring the role of Indigenous peoples in ocean stewardship.

Several major initiatives launched during the summit included:

  • The One Ocean Finance Facility, designed to address the large funding shortfall in ocean conservation.
  • The European Ocean Pact, aimed at enhancing cooperation for sustainable ocean management across European nations.
  • The Ocean Rise and Coastal Resilience Coalition, which seeks to support communities most vulnerable to sea-level rise.

The conference also saw growing global resistance to deep-sea mining. Four more countries joined the call for a moratorium, bringing the total to 37. “More and more countries are listening to science and the demands of youth for their common heritage over commercial interests,” said Tinoco.

However, while the commitments were numerous, not everyone was satisfied. Environmental groups expressed disappointment that the conference didn’t deliver stronger, legally binding decisions, especially regarding deep-sea mining. Megan Randles, who led the Greenpeace delegation, voiced this concern bluntly: “We’ve heard lots of fine words here in Nice, but these need to turn into tangible action. Countries must be brave and make history by committing to a moratorium on deep-sea mining at next month’s International Seabed Authority (ISA) meeting.”

Randles acknowledged the progress on the High Seas Treaty but felt it was still insufficient. “The deep sea should not become the wild west,” she warned, referencing a recent remark made by UN Secretary-General António Guterres.

Activists also highlighted the importance of the upcoming negotiations in Geneva this August for a Global Plastics Treaty. Ninety-five governments signed the “Nice Call for an Ambitious Plastics Treaty,” but there are serious concerns that industry lobbying, particularly from oil and petrochemical sectors, could weaken the agreement.

“The world cannot afford a weak treaty dictated by oil-soaked obstructionists,” said John Hocevar, Oceans Campaign Director at Greenpeace USA. “Governments need to show that multilateralism still works for people and the planet, not the profits of a greedy few.”

Indigenous and coastal communities played a visible and vocal role at UNOC3. Their presence was especially prominent in the “Green Zone” located in La Valette, which hosted over 100,000 visitors and featured events ranging from grassroots panels to art exhibitions and youth forums.

Nichanan Thantanwit, Project Leader at the Ocean Justice Project, underscored the vital role of Indigenous voices in ocean protection. “There is no ocean protection without the people who have protected it all along. Governments must recognize small-scale fishers and Indigenous peoples as rights-holders and secure their role in ocean governance,” she said. She also condemned environmentally harmful practices such as bottom trawling and industrial aquaculture, noting that these “drive ecological collapse and human rights violations.”

While the French government hosted the event and President Emmanuel Macron reiterated his backing of a deep-sea mining moratorium—describing it as “an international necessity”—some conservationists felt France had not fully lived up to its leadership role. Enric Sala, National Geographic Explorer in Residence and founder of Pristine Seas, expressed disappointment with France’s performance. “This was France’s moment, but instead of making a splash, its impact was more of a ripple,” he said.

Sala acknowledged the positive actions of countries that announced new marine protected areas but added that the overall tone of the conference leaned heavily toward talk rather than decisive action. “We heard many policymakers speak about what needs to be done—yet few took the bold steps necessary to protect the ocean,” he said, adding that the event was “heavy on rhetoric, light on resolve.”

Looking ahead, a political declaration known as the “Nice Ocean Action Plan” is expected to be released soon. Though non-binding, it could play a significant role in shaping decisions at the ISA meeting in July and the plastics treaty negotiations in August.

Under-Secretary-General Chunhua shared that both South Korea and Chile have expressed interest in hosting the next United Nations Ocean Conference. “We want the positive momentum generated in Nice to amplify even further in UNOC4,” he stated.

As the curtain falls on UNOC3, there is a sense of optimism, but the question remains: Will this gathering result in meaningful change? Greenpeace’s Randles offered a closing reflection that captured the spirit of many attendees: “This must not be where it ends. It must be where it truly begins.”

Antarctic Ice Sheet Shows Surprising Growth, but Scientists Urge Caution on Climate Outlook

In a rare and unexpected shift, scientists have recently documented a significant increase in the Antarctic Ice Sheet (AIS), suggesting a temporary reversal in the continent’s long-term ice loss trend. While this development brings a glimmer of optimism, researchers are urging the public not to mistake it for a long-term climate recovery. Instead, they caution that this uptick in ice mass is likely a short-lived result of unusual weather patterns and does not negate the larger threats posed by global climate change.

According to a newly published study in Science China Earth Sciences, the AIS gained mass at an unprecedented rate between 2021 and 2023. As reported by KTVU, this represents a dramatic shift from the preceding decade, during which the Antarctic was steadily losing ice. “The study found that between 2011 and 2020, the AIS was losing ice at a rate of 142 gigatons per year,” KTVU reported. “But between 2021 and 2023, the trend reversed, with the ice sheet gaining approximately 108 gigatons per year — a historic turnaround.”

The regions that experienced the most noticeable recovery were primarily located in East Antarctica. Areas such as Wilkes Land and Queen Mary Land, including important glacier basins like Totten, Denman, Moscow University, and Vincennes Bay, showed signs of partial recovery. These zones had previously been major contributors to ice loss, with the Denman Glacier, in particular, being a focal point of concern due to its deep grounding line and vulnerability to melting.

This unexpected mass gain provided a short-term benefit in global sea-level trends. KTVU noted that the added ice “helped temporarily offset rising global sea levels by 0.3 millimeters per year during that two-year span.” While this might seem like a small amount, any delay in sea-level rise offers valuable time for adaptation strategies in vulnerable coastal regions.

However, experts emphasize that this development should not lead to complacency regarding the climate emergency. The AIS, which stores 90% of the planet’s freshwater, has the potential to dramatically reshape coastlines if it were to melt significantly. The Antarctic and Southern Ocean Coalition has previously warned that a substantial melt would result in massive rises in sea levels, displacing populations, damaging infrastructure, and triggering broad ecological disruptions.

Despite the promising news, scientists point out that the ice gains are likely the result of increased snowfall driven by unusual weather patterns rather than a cooling trend. As KTVU explained, “scientists stressed that the climate crisis is far from over and that the gains could likely be attributed to unusual precipitation patterns, something that is also a sign of rising temperatures.”

This paradox — that increased snowfall can be a byproduct of warming — is a key concept in understanding the complex dynamics of climate systems. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has explained this phenomenon: as global ocean temperatures rise, more water evaporates into the atmosphere. This excess moisture eventually returns to the surface in the form of heavier rainfall or snowfall when it collides with storm systems. So, while snow accumulation in Antarctica might suggest colder conditions at first glance, it can actually be a symptom of a warming world.

Another concern raised by climate researchers involves the role of subglacial water, an often overlooked factor in ice dynamics. In May 2025, scientists warned that current models might be underestimating the contribution of meltwater beneath the ice sheet. This subglacial water forms either from the pressure of the overlying ice or from geothermal heat emanating from the Earth’s bedrock. When this water accumulates, it can act as a lubricant, allowing glaciers to move more quickly toward the ocean.

The implications of this overlooked element are troubling. Researchers have projected that the presence of subglacial meltwater could significantly boost the AIS’s contribution to sea-level rise over the coming centuries. “They predicted the effects of subglacial water could contribute 2.2 meters (about 7.2 feet) to sea-level rise by 2300,” KTVU stated. Such a dramatic increase would have catastrophic consequences for millions of people living in low-lying coastal regions around the world.

Therefore, while the AIS’s temporary recovery is certainly worth noting, it should not be misinterpreted as evidence that global warming is reversing. In fact, the very mechanisms that caused the ice sheet to gain mass could themselves be driven by a climate system that is growing more unstable.

The broader scientific consensus remains unchanged: human-driven climate change continues to pose severe risks to the planet’s ecosystems and societies. The AIS’s recent gains should be seen as a complex and nuanced event — a product of transient climate variability, not a permanent shift in direction.

In conclusion, the observed growth of the Antarctic Ice Sheet between 2021 and 2023 is both a surprising and noteworthy phenomenon. It demonstrates that short-term climate events can temporarily alter long-term trends, offering brief respite from some of the dire projections surrounding sea-level rise. However, this recovery is not a sign that the climate crisis is easing. Rather, it highlights the unpredictable nature of a warming world and the importance of continued vigilance, research, and action to mitigate the worst impacts of climate change. As one key finding in the study illustrates, even a temporary gain in Antarctic ice does not erase the long-term losses or the growing influence of warming-related feedback loops.

Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India Joins National Multi-Faith Coordination Committee for Social and Environmental Action

The Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India (CBCI), represented by its Office for Interreligious Dialogue and its social outreach arm, Caritas India, has formally joined the newly launched National Multi-Faith Action Coordination Committee (MFACC). The CBCI has committed to being a core member of this initiative, aimed at uniting faith-based efforts for addressing pressing humanitarian and environmental concerns. The inaugural meeting of the MFACC was organized by the Global Interfaith WASH Alliance (GIWA) and UNICEF, and took place on May 29, 2015, at Parmarth Niketan in Rishikesh, Uttarakhand.

During this historic event, CBCI was represented by Fr. Dr Anthoniraj Thumma, the National Secretary of its Office for Interreligious Dialogue, and Mr. Navneet Yadav, who leads Humanitarian Action and Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) at Caritas India. Both delegates expressed their organization’s commitment to supporting the MFACC’s objectives. Their message of solidarity underlined the Church’s longstanding belief in collaborative action across religious boundaries. They assured continued cooperation and partnership with both UNICEF and GIWA in advancing this visionary multi-faith mission.

This significant gathering was further elevated by the presence of the Honourable Shri Ram Nath Kovind, former President of India. The meeting marked a milestone as it brought together leaders from seven different faith traditions, as well as representatives of various faith-based organizations (FBOs) operating throughout India. The event was guided by the spiritual leadership of Pujya Swami Chidanand Saraswatiji, a well-known advocate for interreligious collaboration and environmental stewardship.

The primary goal of the MFACC is to create a nationwide platform for collaboration, enabling effective responses to social and environmental challenges. These include, in particular, issues identified as “the cry of the poor and the cry of the earth.” By drawing together faith leaders, FBOs, and other crucial stakeholders, the committee seeks to enhance cooperation and joint action in several critical areas.

These priority sectors include public health and nutrition, access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene (commonly referred to as WASH), child protection, education, and disaster preparedness and climate resilience. Through regular coordination and shared planning, the MFACC aspires to leverage the influence and grassroots networks of faith communities to make tangible, sustained progress on these issues.

The committee has already agreed to hold its next meeting in Delhi. This upcoming gathering will focus on drafting a comprehensive action plan and establishing quarterly review mechanisms to ensure effective monitoring and accountability of its initiatives. The intent is to maintain a steady and focused momentum for all ongoing and future collaborative activities.

MFACC’s formation reflects a growing recognition that religious institutions play a pivotal role in addressing some of society’s most urgent challenges. Their wide-reaching presence, moral influence, and connection with local communities position them as uniquely capable of fostering change. This initiative represents an acknowledgment of that potential, as well as an effort to harness it in a unified and strategic manner.

Fr. Dr Anthoniraj Thumma emphasized the CBCI’s enthusiasm in taking part in this interfaith movement. “We are committed to promoting dialogue, understanding and joint action among religions to respond to the needs of our people and our planet,” he said. His comments reinforce the CBCI’s dedication to not only theological unity but also to practical cooperation that leads to social impact.

Mr. Navneet Yadav echoed this sentiment by highlighting Caritas India’s focus on humanitarian work. He stated, “We see the MFACC as an opportunity to amplify our response to disasters and to build more resilient communities through shared values and collaborative engagement.” His remarks illustrate the importance of a united front when addressing crises, especially in vulnerable regions where faith-based organizations often serve as the first line of response.

The presence of Shri Ram Nath Kovind added symbolic and practical weight to the meeting. His attendance signaled a broader national acknowledgment of the role that religious leaders can play in shaping a more equitable and sustainable society. The former president has often spoken about the importance of inclusive development and the need for spiritual values in public life. His involvement in this launch event underlined the alignment between those ideals and the MFACC’s mission.

Under the stewardship of Swami Chidanand Saraswatiji, a central figure in promoting environmental awareness through spiritual means, the MFACC is expected to maintain a strong moral and ethical compass. Swamiji has consistently emphasized that protecting the environment and upholding human dignity are not merely technical concerns, but deeply spiritual ones. His influence is expected to guide the committee’s work in a direction that honors both ecological integrity and social justice.

The role of GIWA and UNICEF in organizing this multi-faith initiative cannot be overstated. Both organizations bring decades of expertise in water and sanitation issues, child welfare, and sustainable development. Their partnership with religious bodies is a strategic move aimed at multiplying the effectiveness of community outreach programs. By aligning secular resources with spiritual commitment, the initiative aims to create an enduring impact on lives and livelihoods.

UNICEF has long emphasized the necessity of integrating cultural and religious perspectives into public health strategies. Its support for MFACC fits into a broader agenda of building inclusive coalitions to address challenges that transcend borders, faiths, and political boundaries. The cooperation seen in Rishikesh serves as a promising model for such alliances.

GIWA, with its interreligious foundation and global scope, continues to champion the idea that shared spiritual values can lead to shared action. The organization’s co-founding role in MFACC reinforces its vision of leveraging faith traditions for social transformation, particularly in areas like clean water access, child welfare, and environmental sustainability.

The inaugural meeting at Parmarth Niketan is likely to be remembered as a turning point in interfaith collaboration within India. It demonstrated that when religious leaders come together with shared purpose, they can act as a powerful force for good. The symbolic unity on display also offered a counter-narrative to divisive rhetoric, illustrating instead how faith can be a bridge rather than a barrier.

Looking ahead, the MFACC has signaled its intention to not only meet regularly but also to produce measurable results. With its next session scheduled for Delhi, members are expected to outline concrete strategies, establish clear benchmarks, and foster deeper partnerships. Quarterly meetings will ensure that progress is regularly evaluated, helping the committee stay responsive to emerging needs and opportunities.

Glaciers Face Grim Future as Study Warns Nearly 40 Percent Already Doomed

A new international study has revealed that nearly 40 percent of the world’s existing glaciers are already at risk of disappearing, even if global temperatures were to stabilize at today’s levels. This stark assessment suggests that the world’s glaciers are far more vulnerable to climate change than previously believed.

Published in the journal Science, the research highlights that glaciers are more reactive to rising temperatures than earlier estimates had indicated. The findings raise serious concerns for regions dependent on glacier-fed water sources, as well as for global sea-level rise and long-term climate stability.

If the Earth continues on its current trajectory, with temperatures rising toward 2.7°C based on existing climate policies, more than 75 percent of the total glacier mass could be lost. This alarming projection underscores how critical it is to halt further global warming.

Dr. Harry Zekollari, a co-author of the study and Associate Professor at Vrije Universiteit in Brussels, emphasized the importance of even the smallest efforts to reduce warming. “Our study makes it painfully clear that every fraction of a degree matters,” he said. “The choices we make today will resonate for centuries, determining how much of our glaciers can be preserved.”

Glaciers have long been viewed as sensitive indicators of climate change, and their retreat has helped scientists track global warming trends. However, Dr. Lilian Schuster, co-lead author of the research, warned that the real situation is far worse than what is currently visible. “But the situation for glaciers is actually far worse than visible in the mountains today,” she noted.

One key finding is that smaller glaciers, especially those most critical to local human communities, are disproportionately affected. The presence of massive ice sheets in Antarctica and Greenland tends to obscure the vulnerability of these smaller glaciers in global analyses. But the study found that some of the world’s most important glacier regions are nearing critical thresholds.

In regions like the European Alps, the Rocky Mountains in the western U.S. and Canada, and Iceland, the impact of a 2°C rise in temperature could be devastating. At that level, these areas could lose between 85 and 90 percent of their glacier ice compared to 2020 levels. Scandinavia’s glaciers are even more fragile, with predictions indicating that glacier ice there may disappear entirely at 2°C warming.

The consequences are especially troubling for the Hindu Kush Himalaya region, where glaciers feed major rivers relied on by around 2 billion people. If temperatures rise by 2°C, this region could see a 75 percent reduction in glacier ice compared to 2020. That would have major repercussions for water supply, agriculture, and regional ecosystems.

However, there is still some hope. If global temperature rise is kept within the Paris Agreement target of 1.5°C, many glaciers could be partially preserved. In this more optimistic scenario, even Scandinavia would retain 20 to 30 percent of its glacier ice, while regions like the Himalayas and the Caucasus might retain as much as 40 to 45 percent. This demonstrates the importance of pursuing aggressive decarbonization strategies and highlights how critical it is to remain within the 1.5°C target.

“This report reiterates the growing urgency of the 1.5°C temperature goal and rapid decarbonization to achieve it,” the researchers emphasized in their publication.

The conclusions are based on a detailed modeling effort led by 21 scientists from 10 different countries. The team used eight glacier models to simulate future ice loss for over 200,000 glaciers around the world. For each modeled scenario, they assumed that global temperatures would remain stable for thousands of years, providing a clear picture of how today’s decisions could echo far into the future.

Their findings show that glaciers will continue to shrink quickly over the next few decades, even in the absence of additional warming. This is because glaciers take a long time to adjust to new temperature conditions. As a result, even without further increases in global temperature, glaciers will keep retreating for centuries, moving to higher altitudes and establishing new, smaller equilibrium states.

Interestingly, glaciers in tropical regions may fare slightly better in terms of retaining ice, but not for hopeful reasons. The central Andes in countries like Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia, as well as glacier regions in East Africa and Indonesia, are expected to retain more ice simply because they have already lost most of it.

Some recent examples illustrate how fast this process is occurring. Venezuela’s last glacier, Humboldt, lost its official glacier status in 2024. In Indonesia, the ironically named “Infinity Glacier” is also expected to vanish within the next two years. Similarly, Germany saw one of its last five glaciers disappear during a 2022 heatwave, and Slovenia is believed to have lost its final actual glacier decades ago.

These examples reflect a broader pattern of irreversible loss. Once glaciers shrink past a certain threshold, they can no longer maintain their mass balance, and their decline accelerates. In many parts of the world, this means that future generations will grow up without ever seeing the ice that once defined their landscapes.

Despite the grim projections, the study’s authors remain hopeful that swift and meaningful action can still change the outcome. “The decisions made by political leaders and societies today will define the fate of glaciers for generations to come,” the team wrote.

Their message is clear: the fate of glaciers is not entirely sealed, but time is running out. With the climate crisis intensifying, each fraction of a degree of warming avoided could mean the difference between preserving a vital water source and watching it disappear.

While the situation for glaciers is dire, it is not hopeless. The study provides a compelling call to action for policymakers, industries, and individuals alike to pursue immediate and sustained reductions in greenhouse gas emissions. The science has spoken — now it is a matter of will and urgency.

Over $14 Billion in Clean Energy Projects Canceled or Delayed in 2025 Amid Uncertainty Over Trump Tax Plan

More than $14 billion in clean energy investments across the United States have either been scrapped or postponed this year, according to a new analysis released on Thursday. The uncertainty stems from President Donald Trump’s proposed sweeping tax legislation, which has sparked concerns about the future of domestic development in batteries, electric vehicles (EVs), and renewable energy sources such as solar and wind.

Nonpartisan environmental group E2, along with consultancy Atlas Public Policy, tracked these cancellations and delays. Their findings highlight the alarm among clean energy companies over the House Republicans’ recently passed tax bill. The bill would significantly reduce clean energy tax credits, potentially undermining the incentives that have been crucial in driving green energy investments.

E2 reported that since January, these cancellations and delays have also resulted in the loss of around 10,000 potential clean energy jobs.

The tax incentives in question were strengthened under the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act, a major climate and energy bill signed by then-President Joe Biden. These credits were intended to support the transition from fossil fuels to renewable energy by making technologies like solar panels, wind turbines, and EVs more affordable and attractive to investors.

Since the Inflation Reduction Act passed, E2 estimates that $132 billion in clean energy investment plans have been announced. That figure does not include the recent cancellations, which signal a stark reversal in momentum for the sector.

The new tax bill, passed in the House last week, would severely curtail or eliminate many of the incentives offered in Biden’s legislation. This has drawn sharp criticism from environmental advocates and clean energy proponents, who warn that the move could cripple the industry just as it was beginning to gain speed.

“The House’s plan coupled with the administration’s focus on stomping out clean energy and returning us to a country powered by coal and gas guzzlers is causing businesses to cancel plans, delay their plans and take their money and jobs to other countries instead,” said E2 executive director Bob Keefe.

Currently, the Senate is reviewing the bill, and lawmakers have set an informal deadline of July 4 to finalize it and send it to President Trump for signing.

Among the most notable project cancellations are the Kore Power battery manufacturing facility in Arizona and BorgWarner’s decision to close two EV manufacturing plants in Michigan. Additionally, Bosch has paused a planned $200 million investment in a hydrogen fuel cell plant in South Carolina, pointing to changing market conditions in a statement to the Associated Press.

While some of these cancellations are directly tied to policy uncertainty, others may also be influenced by broader economic factors. Tariffs, inflation, the slow pace of adoption for certain clean technologies, and struggles faced by newer companies in the sector have all contributed to the growing list of scrapped or postponed projects. The battery storage and EV sectors, in particular, have been hit hard in 2025, although some projects launched under the Inflation Reduction Act had already been canceled before this year.

According to E2’s analysis, over $12 billion of the canceled projects this year were located in Republican-led states and congressional districts. Ironically, many of these districts have benefited more than Democratic ones from the clean energy boom, especially in terms of job creation and local investment.

Experts warn that states such as Georgia and Tennessee, which have made significant investments in EV and battery production, could be disproportionately affected if the tax credits are rolled back. “If all of a sudden these tax credits are removed, I’m not sure how these ongoing projects are going to continue,” said Marilyn Brown, an energy policy professor at the Georgia Institute of Technology who was not part of the E2 analysis.

Fengqi You, an engineering professor at Cornell University who also was not involved in the study, echoed the concern. He warned that stripping away the credits could destabilize the industry and disrupt ongoing projects.

Despite the Republican push for the repeal, a small number of GOP lawmakers have expressed concern over its potential consequences. In April, a few Republicans sent a letter to Senate Majority Leader John Thune of South Dakota, urging the continuation of clean energy tax incentives. They argued that repealing the credits could harm American households and weaken the United States’ leadership in the global energy market.

While the Trump administration continues to dismantle many of Biden’s climate and environmental initiatives, other nations are moving ahead with ambitious green policies. Trump has described Democratic climate efforts as part of a “green new scam” and has overseen a series of rollbacks, including withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement, overturning key pollution regulations, halting renewable energy funding, and rejecting scientific findings that support climate action.

As Trump pushes a fossil fuel-driven strategy framed as “American energy dominance,” global counterparts are reinforcing their commitment to climate goals. The European Parliament is backing the European Union Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, a policy designed to prevent companies from shifting production to countries with laxer climate rules. Meanwhile, the International Maritime Organization is advancing plans for a global carbon tax on the shipping industry.

Still, there are signs of resilience within the U.S. renewable sector. In April, despite mounting uncertainty, nearly $500 million in new clean energy developments were announced. Among these, Japanese firm Hitachi’s energy division committed to expanding its transmission and electrification operations in Virginia, while technology company Corning invested in solar manufacturing projects in Michigan.

Nevertheless, the broader trend remains troubling. E2 reported that $4.5 billion in clean energy developments were either canceled or delayed in April alone. This underscores the precarious state of the industry as it awaits the final outcome of the tax bill.

As the Senate deliberates and the July 4 deadline approaches, clean energy stakeholders are watching closely. The outcome could determine whether the United States remains a global leader in renewable energy innovation or retreats into a fossil fuel-heavy energy strategy reminiscent of decades past.

The coming weeks will be critical in shaping not only the domestic energy landscape but also America’s standing in the global climate movement.

Geologists Uncover Zealandia: Earth’s Hidden Continent Beneath the South Pacific

Deep within the South Pacific Ocean lies a massive stretch of land that has largely remained concealed beneath the waves. Known as Zealandia, this vast underwater expanse covers nearly two million square miles, or about five million square kilometers, and is now being considered by many geologists as Earth’s newest continent. Only a small portion of it—roughly five percent—rises above sea level in places like New Zealand. Scientists believe Zealandia broke off from ancient supercontinents millions of years ago, making it a significant geological discovery.

Zealandia’s Ancient Origins

Geologist Nick Mortimer of GNS Science has led efforts to unravel Zealandia’s past. He and fellow researchers traced its history back more than 100 million years, to the era when a supercontinent called Gondwana dominated the southern hemisphere. Gondwana once included what are now South America, Africa, Antarctica, Australia, and parts of Asia.

Over time, Gondwana began to break apart, with different land masses drifting in various directions. One of these drifting sections eventually formed Zealandia. The landmass, once above sea level, began to submerge due to changes in tectonic pressures.

Around 85 million years ago, Zealandia started to separate from West Antarctica. It later detached from Australia, becoming an isolated landmass. As time passed, the continental crust in the region became thinner and cooler, eventually sinking beneath the ocean. Today, Zealandia remains mostly submerged, yet it carries tremendous scientific importance.

Clues from Geological Exploration

Although geologists had long speculated that this submerged region had continental characteristics, it wasn’t widely acknowledged as a separate continent. For years, underwater ridges and plateaus were thought to be disjointed fragments rather than parts of a unified landmass.

However, recent scientific advances have shifted that view. Researchers utilized geochronology, a technique that determines the age of rocks by analyzing the decay of radioactive elements, to build a timeline of Zealandia’s formation.

“By dating these rocks and studying the magnetic anomalies they presented, we were able to map the major geological units across North Zealandia,” the researchers explained. This helped demonstrate that the submerged terrain shares core traits with other continents.

Rock samples gathered from Zealandia’s northern areas revealed a diverse collection of sandstone, volcanic stones, and basaltic lava, dating from the Early Cretaceous to the Eocene epoch. These findings confirmed the region’s geological consistency and ancient origins.

Magnetic Evidence Strengthens the Case

Magnetic analysis also provided compelling support for Zealandia’s classification as a continent. By examining magnetic anomalies—variations in the Earth’s magnetic field caused by geological features—researchers identified clear patterns related to past volcanic events. These anomalies matched the ages of the rocks obtained from undersea dredging, aligning with known volcanic pulses from the Cretaceous and Eocene periods.

The researchers discovered intraplate basalt formations, which typically form within a tectonic plate rather than along its edges. These consistent magnetic and geological signals suggested that Zealandia was not merely random pieces of ocean crust but a structured and cohesive landmass.

Tectonic Forces Behind the Submersion

The sinking of Zealandia was largely driven by tectonic plate movements. These massive plates constantly shift over geological time. In some places, they collide, causing one plate to be forced under another—a process called subduction.

As Zealandia’s crust stretched and thinned, seawater eventually covered most of the land. Only a few islands remain above sea level today. These changes were caused by the gradual stretching and shifting of tectonic plates beneath the Pacific region.

Why Zealandia Matters

Understanding Zealandia helps scientists better comprehend how continents evolve under different tectonic forces. The sunken landmass holds valuable clues about Earth’s distant past, including its climate history and plate tectonic dynamics.

“Zealandia’s underwater status in no way diminishes its geological significance,” said a researcher from GNS Science. Despite being submerged, the continent retains features that offer insights into how land masses change shape and move over millions of years.

Sedimentary rocks found across Zealandia indicate that some regions remained above water even after its separation from other continents. Meanwhile, basalt samples point to newer volcanic activity triggered by shifting plate boundaries.

Combining rock dating techniques, magnetic readings, and tectonic models allowed scientists to accurately map Zealandia’s boundaries and internal zones. This growing body of evidence supports its recognition as a true continent.

Unexplored Regions Await Discovery

Large parts of Zealandia still remain unexplored. Advanced technologies such as deep-sea drilling and seismic imaging are expected to uncover more about the region’s geological structure and history.

Researchers hope to use this data to understand how drifting continents impact sea levels, climate systems, and biodiversity over time. Each new discovery has the potential to reshape our understanding of how Earth’s surface evolves.

While other submerged land fragments, called microcontinents, exist around the world, Zealandia stands out because of its sheer size and completeness. It represents not only a vast archive of Earth’s geological history but also a reminder that much of our planet remains hidden from view.

Future international research efforts will likely refine the current knowledge of Zealandia’s role in global tectonics. New studies may also contribute to broader discussions on what qualifies as a continent in modern geological terms.

In short, Zealandia’s discovery adds a new chapter to Earth science, illustrating the dynamic nature of our planet’s crust. It challenges existing definitions and highlights the need for continued exploration beneath the oceans. As research continues, this submerged giant may take its place alongside the seven recognized continents, forever changing the way we see the world.

Coca-Cola Faces Global Boycott Over Plastic Pollution Concerns

One of the world’s leading beverage giants, Coca-Cola, is facing a wave of consumer backlash due to its environmental practices, particularly its role in plastic pollution, according to a recent report by Screenshot Media.

Coca-Cola has earned the notorious distinction of being the worst plastic polluter on the planet for six years in a row. The company reportedly distributes over 100 billion single-use plastic bottles every year, many of which are discarded in landfills or end up polluting the world’s oceans.

In a stark projection, the conservation group Oceana warned that by the year 2030, Coca-Cola products alone could be responsible for introducing around 602 million kilograms—or roughly 1.32 billion pounds—of plastic waste annually into the world’s oceans and waterways.

Environmental organizations, including Greenpeace, have been vocal critics of Coca-Cola’s ongoing dependence on single-use plastics and its entanglement with fossil fuel-based materials. Activists have turned to social media to spotlight the company’s environmental footprint and are encouraging people to participate in boycotts.

The broader concern of plastic pollution is pressing due to its significant impact on human health and the natural world. When single-use plastic bottles degrade, they break down into microplastics. These tiny plastic fragments eventually infiltrate ecosystems and enter the human food chain. Alarming studies have discovered microplastics in human lungs, bloodstream, and even in placental tissue.

Plastic pollution is equally devastating for wildlife. Marine creatures often mistake plastic waste for food, leading to fatal consequences such as starvation or internal injuries. Additionally, some bird species have been observed incorporating plastic debris into their nests, inadvertently exposing their chicks to toxic substances.

Beyond its physical dangers, plastic production contributes massively to climate change. The process of manufacturing and distributing plastic bottles releases vast amounts of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Every phase—from production to transportation—adds to the environmental cost of each beverage bought in a plastic bottle.

To its credit, Coca-Cola has acknowledged the issue and pledged to take action. The company has initiated several programs aimed at curbing its plastic footprint. These include investments in recycling infrastructure and a public commitment to collect and recycle the equivalent of every plastic bottle it sells by the year 2030. In an attempt to curb cap litter, Coca-Cola has also started using attached bottle caps in certain markets. Despite these efforts, critics argue that the pace of change remains insufficient.

Meanwhile, environmental advocacy groups continue to ramp up pressure on major corporations to take full responsibility for the pollution caused by their products. Consumer-led boycotts have emerged as an effective way to push companies toward adopting more sustainable alternatives and packaging options.

Consumers are being encouraged to make conscious choices when it comes to beverage purchases. Opting for drinks in aluminum cans or glass bottles is recommended, as these materials are more likely to be recycled effectively. Individuals can also reduce their environmental impact by using refillable water bottles rather than purchasing single-use beverages.

Legislative change plays an essential role in addressing plastic waste on a larger scale. Supporting local, state, and national policies that restrict the use of single-use plastics can lead to meaningful improvements. Across the United States, many communities have enacted bans on plastic bags and plastic straws, demonstrating how even modest regulatory shifts can result in significant environmental benefits.

Recycling remains one of the most accessible actions consumers can take. Ensuring that plastic bottles and other containers are properly sorted and recycled helps prevent them from ending up in natural habitats and waterways, where they pose the greatest risk.

The question of whether the U.S. has a plastic waste problem is increasingly on people’s minds. Public sentiment varies, with some believing the problem is widespread, others seeing it as localized, and a few uncertain about the extent of the issue. Nonetheless, environmental groups stress that every action, from conscious purchasing to proper disposal, contributes to a larger solution.

Plastic pollution is not only a pressing ecological concern but also a public health issue. The long-term consequences of microplastics in the body are still being researched, but the presence of these particles in vital organs is an alarming sign. In the words of Greenpeace and other activists, the continued use of single-use plastics by corporations like Coca-Cola shows a disregard for the long-term wellbeing of both people and the planet.

The conversation surrounding plastic pollution has evolved from an environmental issue to one of social responsibility and corporate ethics. With growing awareness, consumers are using their voices—and their purchasing power—to demand real change. Social media has played a pivotal role in spreading information and organizing collective action, amplifying calls for sustainability and accountability.

As the Oceana report starkly illustrates, Coca-Cola’s environmental impact is not merely a hypothetical concern for future generations but a current and ongoing contributor to oceanic and global plastic waste. “By 2030, Coca-Cola products will contribute approximately 602 million kilograms of plastic waste to the world’s oceans and waterways yearly,” the report warned, emphasizing the urgency of the situation.

Although Coca-Cola has introduced measures to combat the crisis, such as collecting and recycling the equivalent of every bottle it sells by 2030 and attaching bottle caps to reduce litter, many environmentalists feel these actions fall short of what is necessary. “Greenpeace has criticized the corporation’s continued reliance on single-use plastics and its connections to fossil fuels,” underscoring persistent doubts about the company’s commitment to genuine environmental reform.

While Coca-Cola remains one of the most recognizable brands globally, this recognition now comes with increasing scrutiny. Environmental organizations and everyday consumers alike are questioning whether the convenience of a plastic bottle is worth the long-term damage it causes.

By making thoughtful choices—choosing glass or aluminum containers, reusing water bottles, backing local legislation, and recycling properly—consumers can be part of the solution. These small changes, multiplied across millions of people, have the potential to push even the largest corporations to reconsider their role in plastic pollution.

Ultimately, the responsibility does not lie with consumers alone. True progress requires companies like Coca-Cola to not only pledge change but to demonstrate measurable, transparent efforts toward sustainable packaging and reduced environmental harm.

As the global call for environmental responsibility grows louder, Coca-Cola now faces a defining challenge: will it rise to meet the moment, or continue to be seen as a symbol of the plastic pollution crisis?

Scorching Summer Ahead: Old Farmer’s Almanac Predicts Intense Heat and Regional Extremes for 2025

The Old Farmer’s Almanac has just unveiled its long-range weather forecast for the summer of 2025, and it promises a dramatic season across much of the United States. This trusted annual publication, which has been around since 1792, is relied upon for its insights into weather, farming, gardening, and even recipes. As vacationers, gardeners, and event planners look toward summer travel, beach days, and key holidays like the Fourth of July and Labor Day, the latest forecast offers plenty to think about.

The Old Farmer’s Almanac bases its predictions on three key scientific principles: solar science, climatology, and meteorology. Thanks to this unique combination, it has guided generations of farmers, gardeners, outdoors enthusiasts, and travelers for over two centuries. The publication boasts an impressive 80% accuracy rate for its weather forecasts, making it a widely trusted source.

The outlook for the summer months of June, July, and August in 2025 can be summed up in one word: hot. According to the Almanac, Americans should prepare for “a scorcher of a summer.” Much of the country is expected to experience hot and dry conditions, with a few regional exceptions. The forecast warns that the extreme heat experienced during the summer of 2024 could return and possibly be matched—or even surpassed—in 2025.

The highest temperatures are expected to occur gradually as the summer progresses, with the most intense heat likely to arrive in July and August. As for precipitation, most of the western half of the U.S. is expected to see slightly below-average rainfall, although the country overall should experience typical precipitation levels.

Given the vastness of the United States, the Almanac divides the country into 18 separate regions for a more precise weather outlook. For areas not specifically mentioned, a hot and dry summer is the general expectation. However, several regions will face unique weather challenges that differ from the national trend.

In the Northeast, which includes Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, western Massachusetts, and eastern New York, the summer is expected to be especially humid due to higher-than-average precipitation levels. This combination of heat and moisture is likely to result in a muggy season for the region.

Southern Florida is one of the rare areas expecting cooler and wetter conditions. Region 5, which covers this part of the state, is forecasted to experience a “cool, rainy summer with hurricane potential from mid-July to late August.” The possibility of hurricanes adds an extra layer of concern for residents and travelers alike.

The Lower Lakes region, comprising Michigan, eastern Illinois, northern Indiana, and northern Ohio, is anticipated to receive more rain than usual this summer. This increase in precipitation is expected to keep the area somewhat cooler and wetter than other parts of the country.

Similarly, the Ohio Valley—including southern Illinois, southern Indiana, southern Ohio, Kentucky, and the western half of West Virginia—is forecasted to see above-average rainfall. This pattern suggests a wetter summer for Region 7, despite the rising temperatures across the rest of the country.

The Deep South, encompassing Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Tennessee, is expected to face some of the most intense heat of the season. According to the forecast, this area will see “extreme, record-breaking heat” throughout the summer, which could put strain on energy systems and health resources.

The Heartland, made up of Iowa, Missouri, eastern Kansas, and eastern Nebraska, is also predicted to have a sweltering summer. The Almanac reports that this area will experience temperatures “averaging four degrees higher than usual and rainfall totals lower than normal.” This could result in drought-like conditions if the heat persists over an extended period.

Even more intense conditions are expected in Region 11, which includes Texas and Oklahoma. The Almanac states this will be “the hottest region in the country this summer,” with temperatures forecasted to reach four degrees above normal and limited rainfall. The most concerning period will be early August, which is identified as the peak risk time for hurricanes in the area.

While many areas will be suffering under extreme heat, the northern Intermountain region—covering eastern Washington, eastern Oregon, Idaho, western Montana, and western Colorado—is forecasted to experience cooler-than-average temperatures along with average rainfall. This might come as a welcome relief for residents accustomed to hotter, drier summers.

Meanwhile, the Desert Southwest, which stretches from southern California to western Texas, is bracing for much hotter than usual conditions. The Almanac notes that this region is “anticipated to experience significantly warmer temperatures than usual, ushering in opportunities for record-breaking heat.” Given the arid nature of the region, this prediction could have serious implications for water conservation and wildfire risks.

In contrast to much of the country, the Pacific Northwest—which includes western Washington and Oregon—is expected to be cooler than average. However, like the rest of the nation, this region is also forecasted to receive less rainfall than usual, potentially increasing wildfire risk despite the milder temperatures.

Alaska’s weather will vary significantly by region. The northern half is forecasted to be drier than usual, while the southern half is likely to see more rainfall. Still, overall, the state is expected to be cooler than average this summer, which may help counterbalance some of the climate extremes seen elsewhere.

Finally, Hawaii is predicted to have a wet, rainy summer. The smaller islands are expected to experience cooler-than-normal conditions, whereas the Big Island is forecasted to be hotter. This contrast within the same state highlights how varied the summer of 2025 may be, even in tropical regions.

In summary, while some parts of the country may escape the worst of the summer heat, the general consensus from the Old Farmer’s Almanac is that Americans should brace themselves for another intense season. With phrases like “a scorcher of a summer,” “record-breaking heat,” and “hurricane potential,” the 2025 forecast is a reminder of the increasing variability and extremity of seasonal weather patterns. Whether you’re planning a summer vacation, working outdoors, or just trying to stay cool at home, these predictions provide a valuable tool for preparation.

“The Green Alert” ~ An environmental awareness documentary

Dr. Mathew Joys, Las Vegas

 

At a time when global warming and climate change are challenging humanity’s survival, the teaser of the docu-fiction film The Green Alert, produced by Thampy Kurian Boston for the Kurian Foundation to raise environmental awareness on a global scale, has been released.

The teaser was screened at the 10th International Annual Media Conference of the Indo-American Press Club in Pennsylvania, USA.

This film is a unique visual experience, combining the possibilities of drama and cinema with complete technical excellence.

The shooting of the environmental awareness documentary film The Green Alert has begun at the Travancore Club in Thiruvalla.

The film was switched on by the Chief Whip of the State Government, Dr. N. Jayarajan. He reminded that the severe environmental setbacks are commendable. The ceremony began with a prayer by Rev. Shaji Thomas. He wished that this work of art for the good of the world would be the most successful one.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 09 at 2 47 36 PM
Producer Thampy Kurian, Boston
This film will directly examine the setbacks that may occur until 2100. It will be made in ten languages , including Malayalam, English, and Hindi, and will be submitted to the UNO’s Environment Committee, other global environmental organizations, international film festivals, etc. The Thiruvalla Travancore Club provided the necessary facilities for the film’s production, and prominent actors and club members came as supporting actors.
Directed by K.C. Thulasi Das, scriptwriter and executive Good night producer and Prof. K.P. Mathew, Camera Johnny Assaygal, Associate Camera Gigi Iravankara, Chief Associate Establishment Prashanth Mollikkal, Associate Director Hiranyan Adoor, Assistant Directors Sanoop, Antony, Mejo K.J., Editor Johnson Thomas, Makeup Ratheesh Kodungallur, Costume Rose Mary, VFX Arun Babu, Art M.R.B, Music Sandeep Thulasidas, Sound Design Nithin Mollikkal, Still Photographer Aneek John Varghese, Coordinators Jacob Varghese, Shaji Pulikodan, Production Control John K. Varghese and others.The film is a direct look at the environmental disasters that await us, and is a green alert to undertake environmental protection activities. It also has the distinction of featuring over a hundred actors, including dupes of Al Gore, Attenborough, Vanessa Nakate, John Muir, Greta Thunberg, and Mahatma Gandhi, who have given direction to global environmental management.The film, which has been created after extensive research, will be made in various world languages.

The teaser was released at the tenth International Media Conference  held at Peconos, USA and was given special recognition for presenting a topic of global importance.

Wealthiest 10 Percent Linked to Two-Thirds of Global Warming Since 1990, Study Finds

The world’s richest 10 percent are playing an outsized role in fueling global warming, significantly more than the poorest half of the population, according to a recent study published in the journal Nature Climate Change. The international research reveals that this affluent segment is responsible for nearly two-thirds of the warming experienced globally since 1990. This climate impact has contributed to intensifying extreme weather events such as prolonged heat waves and severe droughts across the globe.

The study was conducted by scientists from Germany, Switzerland, Austria, and Australia and aimed to understand the extent to which wealthy individuals are accelerating climate change. By analyzing emissions patterns and their consequences, the researchers found that a small segment of high-income earners are disproportionately contributing to environmental degradation. According to the findings, the top 1 percent of global earners alone have contributed 26 times more to the rise in rare, high-temperature events than the average person. Their influence on drought conditions is also substantial, having contributed 17 times more to droughts in sensitive regions like the Amazon.

Lead author Sarah Schongart of ETH Zurich in Switzerland emphasized that the causes of extreme climate phenomena are not distant or vague but are tied directly to the behavior of individuals, especially those with significant financial means. “Our study shows that extreme climate impacts are not just the result of abstract global emissions. We can directly link them to our lifestyle and investment choices, which in turn are linked to wealth,” she explained.

This perspective challenges the traditional view that climate change is simply a collective outcome of industrial activity or national policies. Instead, it points to specific socioeconomic groups whose personal and financial decisions have far-reaching consequences for the planet. The study underlines how the consumption habits and investment patterns of wealthy individuals exacerbate climate injustice, particularly in tropical and economically disadvantaged regions.

The implications of the research are most stark in areas such as Southeast Asia, the Amazon basin, and southern Africa. These regions have historically contributed the least to global carbon emissions yet are bearing the brunt of climate-induced suffering. Whether through deforestation, reduced rainfall, or intense heat events, the consequences are disproportionately severe in these parts of the world.

“If everyone on Earth had emitted like the bottom 50 percent of the global population, the world would have experienced minimal additional warming since 1990,” said co-author Carl-Friedrich Schleussner, who heads the Integrated Climate Impacts Research Group at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis in Austria. His comment points to the stark contrast in environmental impact between income groups and the potential benefits of equitable emission behavior.

Importantly, the research goes beyond analyzing personal consumption such as air travel, diet, and vehicle use. It highlights the role of financial investments made by wealthy individuals as a major source of carbon emissions. These investments often support high-emission sectors like fossil fuel production, heavy industry, and large-scale agriculture—activities that contribute significantly to climate change but remain indirectly linked to the lifestyles of investors.

This distinction is crucial. While everyday choices like energy use and transportation matter, the carbon footprint associated with wealth-related financial portfolios is often much larger and less visible. For instance, investment in oil companies or high-carbon industries effectively extends a person’s climate impact beyond their personal lifestyle.

According to the researchers, focusing solely on personal behavior without addressing the systemic and financial underpinnings of emissions will fail to produce meaningful change. They argue for targeted climate policies that regulate the financial actions of the wealthy. By shifting capital away from polluting industries and encouraging sustainable investments, policymakers could significantly reduce global emissions and help close the environmental equity gap.

Redirecting financial resources is not only a moral imperative but a strategic one. If investment portfolios were aligned with climate goals—such as those set by the Paris Agreement—major emission reductions could be achieved without solely relying on public spending or mass behavioral change. Wealthy individuals and institutions have the financial leverage to steer entire sectors toward greener practices, provided they are held accountable or incentivized to do so.

The study’s findings also feed into a broader debate around climate justice. As discussions around environmental responsibility evolve, there is growing recognition that emissions are not just a technical issue but also a social and economic one. Wealth disparity is increasingly viewed as a driver of environmental harm, with climate policies needing to reflect this reality to be effective.

This emerging consensus calls for more than carbon taxes or green subsidies. It suggests the need for structural reforms in global finance and investment regulations. High-income countries and individuals must consider not only their direct emissions but also the ripple effects of their financial choices across borders and ecosystems.

The research team insists that their work should inform international climate negotiations and national strategies moving forward. By incorporating income-based emission data and targeting high-emission individuals and their financial activities, governments could better design fair and effective climate policies.

Schongart and her colleagues conclude that understanding the unequal distribution of emissions is key to developing just climate solutions. The emissions of the world’s wealthiest are not just a statistical outlier—they are a central element in the current climate crisis. Without addressing the role of wealth and financial influence, the world risks continuing a pattern where the vulnerable pay the highest price for a problem they did little to create.

The study ultimately raises urgent questions about who holds responsibility for the planet’s warming and what changes are necessary to prevent further damage. As the climate emergency deepens, the role of the rich—and their investments—has become an unavoidable part of the conversation.

Climate Patterns Shift as La Niña Ends: What It Means for North America’s Summer and Winter Weather

The global climate responds sensitively to major oceanic shifts, especially changes in ocean temperature and wind circulation. These fluctuations are tracked closely because they play a crucial role in shaping seasonal weather across continents. A detailed look at the Pacific Ocean reveals significant changes as the La Niña phase concludes, prompting atmospheric transitions that could influence summer conditions in the U.S. and Canada and offer hints about the upcoming winter.

The La Niña phenomenon, part of the broader El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO), marks the colder phase of a recurring cycle in the tropical Pacific Ocean. ENSO shifts between cold and warm phases every one to three years, often beginning in late summer or early fall and persisting through the spring. Some instances, however, have extended up to two or three years.

In this context, La Niña refers to cooler-than-normal sea surface temperatures in the central and eastern Pacific, while El Niño represents the opposite—warmer-than-average conditions. These phases bring about notable differences in atmospheric pressure. As described, “During an El Niño, the pressure over the tropical Pacific is lower, with more rainfall and storms in this region. But during a La Niña, the pressure rises over the region, creating stable conditions and fewer storms over the equatorial Pacific.”

These shifts in pressure eventually impact global atmospheric circulation, affecting weather patterns across both hemispheres. Analyzing anomaly data from early 2024 shows a temperature decline starting in December and bottoming out in January, with La Niña fading by March. “As you can see, they were all typically coldest around January,” noted the study. Historical comparisons show that several past La Niña events transitioned into El Niño phases before the following winter, while others saw a return of La Niña.

Recent ocean analyses highlight weakening cold anomalies in ENSO zones, signaling the end of the 2024/2025 La Niña. “You can also see that warmer anomalies are emerging in the ENSO area. This has raised the overall temperature in the region, officially ending the weak La Niña phase of the 2024/2025 season.” A video based on monthly ocean data confirms this trend, documenting the retreat of cold anomalies and the rise of warmer waters.

Beyond surface-level temperatures, wind and subsurface ocean patterns play a vital role. A graph of temperature anomalies in the ENSO 3.4 region illustrates a post-January warming trend that reached neutral levels by March. Meanwhile, surface anomaly graphics from a broader region reveal cooling from November to February, followed by neutral conditions emerging in April.

Examining subsurface temperatures shows that although cold water masses still exist at depths of up to 150 meters in the central Pacific, the surface layer has warmed, especially in the east. “The cold pool of the La Niña is still visible… But its surface features have been eroded, with warmer waters also rising in the eastern regions.”

With La Niña concluded and its winter evolution understood, historical analogs help predict what might come next. La Niña typically leaves atmospheric imprints during winter and spring, but these fade as ENSO conditions stabilize. The transition from cold to neutral ENSO is expected to spark notable atmospheric changes.

Comparing current data with years that followed similar La Niña-to-neutral transitions reveals valuable insights. Compiled weather patterns from those years show distinct features, such as “a high-pressure area over Canada, also covering the northern and western United States and eastern Canada,” with “a weak indication of a low-pressure area” over the southern and eastern U.S.

Interestingly, current summer pressure forecasts display similar traits, including high-pressure zones over western and eastern Canada and signs of low pressure over the eastern U.S. “This shows us that some atmospheric features can result from having similar oceanic conditions.”

Looking at temperature patterns during similar transitions, historical records show warmer-than-average conditions in the western and northern U.S. and Canada, while some regions like the eastern U.S. and Pacific Northwest recorded cooler temperatures. Current forecasts align with this to some extent. “We do not see any below normal temperatures forecast over the eastern United States, we do see an area of near normal temperatures.”

The cooler temperature anomaly over the eastern U.S. is attributed to a corresponding low-pressure zone, which moderates temperatures compared to the western half of the continent. While extreme heat may not dominate the entire continent this summer, signs point to a milder or more typical summer for the eastern U.S.

As attention shifts toward the longer-term outlook, forecasts for ENSO into autumn and winter 2025/2026 become vital. The latest data from ECMWF projects no strong anomalies, suggesting continued neutral conditions through autumn. “It shows a lack of any significant anomalies, either warm or cold. This indicates a continuation of a neutral phase into Autumn, and likely towards Winter 2025/2026.”

Long-range ensemble forecasts reinforce this idea, placing most projections within the warm-neutral phase. While there’s still a possibility of another La Niña, it’s currently seen as unlikely. As mentioned, “There is also a chance for a new La Niña event, but based on the past years, that scenario is at the present time less likely.” Instead, there’s a growing possibility of a new El Niño arriving in 2026.

To understand what a stable neutral ENSO might mean for winter, analog years once again offer insight. Examining the November to March timeframe reveals a trend of low pressure over Canada and high pressure over the North Pacific following La Niña events. Though far-off forecasts are often unreliable, CanSIPS modeling data echoes this historical pattern: “A low-pressure zone over Canada and a high-pressure zone in the North Pacific.”

These patterns often create cold-air reserves in western Canada, driven by low-pressure systems that generate strong northerly winds. “That northerly flow brings colder air down from the polar regions, and creates a broad area of cold air reserve.”

This stored cold air can move into the United States when pressure patterns shift, bringing cold spells. CanSIPS projections—used more for trend analysis than precise forecasting—support this possibility by showing a large cold-air mass extending into the U.S.

Ultimately, examining past winters suggests that when oceanic and atmospheric setups align, they can lead to recurring seasonal patterns. As the report concluded, “Just like 1+1 equals 2, we can also see in the weather how a combination of certain global factors can produce a similar winter season more than once.”

Thus, with La Niña officially behind us and a neutral ENSO state prevailing, North America is poised for a relatively typical summer in the east and a potentially cooler, variable winter ahead—depending on how ENSO conditions evolve into 2026.

Scientists Investigate India’s Slower Warming Amid Global Heat Surge

At a recent climate change conference in India, scientists presented a striking visual. A global map displayed how 2024 temperatures diverged from historical norms, with deep red hues indicating temperature increases of 1°C to 2°C across many regions. Yet, amid this sea of red, India appeared as a conspicuous pale spot—suggesting significantly less warming.

Despite enduring back-to-back years of blistering heat and record-breaking temperatures, India has experienced a smaller increase in average annual temperatures than much of the world. Since 1901, the country’s mean temperature has risen by less than 0.7°C, which is about half of the global average. This finding may come as a surprise to many Indians bracing for another scorching summer.

The reasons behind this slower rate of warming remain unclear. The climate change conference, jointly hosted by the Indian Ministry of Environment and Harvard University, showcased various hypotheses but underscored that the phenomenon is still not fully understood. Although it’s known that tropical regions generally warm at a slower pace than the poles, other India-specific factors may be at play, such as air pollution and extensive irrigation. “I don’t think this is yet sufficiently settled,” said Peter Huybers, a climate scientist at Harvard. He emphasized that gaining clarity on this issue could greatly benefit India’s future climate planning.

One leading theory centers on air pollution. The Indo-Gangetic Plain, stretching from Pakistan through northern India to Bangladesh, is one of the most densely populated regions in the world. It suffers from severe air pollution due to a combination of industrial activities, traffic emissions, dust, cooking methods, and agricultural fires. This pollution includes aerosols that reflect sunlight, which could be contributing to regional cooling. Worldwide, similar pollution has been credited with partially offsetting the warming effects of greenhouse gases throughout the 20th century.

Recent studies suggest that as pollution levels decline, warming may accelerate. A 2024 study supported this idea, and another found that pollution reduction efforts in China raised average temperatures by 0.1°C between 2013 and 2019. These findings highlight a paradox: while India desperately needs to improve its air quality to prevent the over 1 million pollution-linked deaths annually, such cleanup efforts might inadvertently speed up the pace of warming.

During the conference, American climate experts drew attention when they predicted that India could warm twice as quickly in the coming decades. However, not all scientists are convinced that pollution is the primary factor behind India’s slower warming. Aerosol pollution in India includes high levels of soot, which, unlike other particles that reflect sunlight, actually absorb it and contribute to warming. Raghu Murtugudde, a professor emeritus at the University of Maryland now based in Mumbai, explained that the overall effect of aerosols remains ambiguous. “It’s not yet clear whether the net impact of aerosols is cooling or warming,” he noted. While satellite data point to a net cooling effect, ground-level observations haven’t confirmed this trend.

Moreover, Murtugudde pointed out a seasonal discrepancy that complicates the pollution theory. The winter months in India—when aerosol levels peak—have also witnessed the most significant warming. “Aerosols don’t seem to explain the seasonal pattern,” he said.

Murtugudde suggests that changes in wind patterns may offer another explanation. In a 2023 study, he and colleagues observed that accelerated warming over the Middle East has pulled monsoon winds northward over the Arabian Sea. This shift has been linked to increased rainfall and flooding in regions like Pakistan and northwestern India, which are traditionally dry. He is now exploring whether similar wind changes during other seasons might contribute to India’s relatively muted warming trend.

Another factor that may be influencing India’s climate is the large-scale expansion of irrigation in the northern part of the country. Irrigation increases evapotranspiration—the combined process of water evaporating from soil and transpiring from plants—which absorbs heat and cools the air. A 2016 study co-authored by Huybers found that this mechanism had cooled peak summer temperatures in the U.S. Midwest. A 2020 study reached a similar conclusion globally, emphasizing that irrigation particularly dampened warming over South Asia.

Still, the irrigation hypothesis is not universally accepted. Some Indian scientists argue that estimates based on satellite imagery and global datasets may be exaggerating the amount of water used for irrigation in northern India, particularly during summer when ground-based measurements show lower irrigation levels. This discrepancy raises doubts about whether irrigation can fully explain the observed temperature trends.

Govindasamy Bala, a professor at the Centre for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences at the Indian Institute of Science, remains skeptical of all these theories. According to Bala, there is no mystery. He believes India’s slower warming is simply a function of its geographic location in the humid tropics and natural variability within the climate system. While pollution and irrigation might have local effects, he argues, they are not significant at the national scale. “They could also be just noise,” Bala said.

To unravel the underlying causes, more targeted research is needed. “Untangling these factors will require a focused study to understand how they interact and evolve over time,” said Huybers. Murtugudde added that the reason the slower warming seems puzzling is “only because we haven’t paid attention.”

Indeed, scientific efforts have largely concentrated on the extremes of India’s climate—such as the increasingly deadly summer heat waves. Last summer alone, heat waves claimed more than 700 lives, according to one estimate. There is no doubt among experts that future summers will be even more dangerous.

However, better understanding of the historical climate trend in India could lead to more accurate projections and improved preparation. Even if India has warmed less than other nations so far, the trajectory may shift rapidly as environmental policies evolve and natural systems adjust.

In a world grappling with rising temperatures, India’s anomalously slow warming pattern offers both a mystery and a potential guide. By deciphering this phenomenon, scientists hope to equip the country—and perhaps others in similar climatic zones—with the tools to navigate an uncertain future.

The Ancient Olive Tree of Vouves: A Testament to Time and Resilience

Nestled in the heart of Crete, where myth converges with natural splendor, stands the legendary olive tree of Vouves. This ancient marvel, estimated to be at least 2,000 years old, has silently borne witness to the rise and fall of civilizations, outlasting even some of Greece’s most renowned historical figures.

For centuries, olive trees have been revered not only for their fruit and oil but also for their remarkable resilience. These trees symbolize endurance, wisdom, and continuity, standing as nature’s unwavering sentinels. In a world where time erodes most living things, the olive tree of Vouves serves as a powerful reminder that life can persist against all odds.

Scientists, historians, and nature enthusiasts alike have been captivated by the tree’s storied past, which offers rare insight into the evolutionary processes that allow certain organisms to survive for millennia. With its gnarled trunk and sprawling branches, the tree stands as a living testament to a lineage that defies time.

A Living Relic of History

The olive tree of Vouves is among the oldest living olive trees in the world, with estimates of its age ranging from 2,000 to as many as 4,000 years. If it is indeed closer to the upper end of this estimate, the tree may have existed before the time of Alexander the Great and Pythagoras.

Unlike younger olive trees, this ancient specimen possesses extraordinary adaptations that have allowed it to endure the passage of time. Its robust, weathered trunk and intricate root network have enabled it to survive harsh droughts, climate fluctuations, fires, and human activity—all while continuing to produce fruit.

The tree’s structural composition is a direct result of both genetic inheritance and the tumultuous environment in which it has thrived. Its resilience has made it a focal point for botanists and biologists who study longevity and adaptation in long-lived species.

Beyond its scientific significance, the olive tree of Vouves carries profound cultural meaning. Older than even the Parthenon, it is woven into the fabric of Greek heritage. Archaeologists and historians have unearthed ancient myths and legends that elevate the significance of olive trees as sacred entities, fueling discussions about the true age and importance of the Vouves tree.

The Secrets Behind Its Longevity

One of the key reasons behind the olive tree of Vouves’ extraordinary lifespan is its ability to regenerate through vegetative or clonal reproduction. At the core of this process is the “root mother,” an underground network that stabilizes the tree while enabling new growth to emerge even as the visible structure above ground ages.

This regenerative capacity acts as a biological time capsule, allowing the tree to withstand environmental challenges that would prove fatal to less adaptable species. Even if the tree were to be burned, cut down, or severely damaged, the root mother would continue to generate new shoots, ensuring its survival.

Over the centuries, the olive tree of Vouves has successfully utilized this genetic blueprint to produce genetically identical offshoots. This form of clonal propagation is one of nature’s most effective survival strategies in an ever-changing climate.

At a cellular level, olive trees possess unique biochemical mechanisms that repair damaged tissues and protect against pathogens. These processes involve antioxidants and stress-response proteins, which maintain cellular integrity over centuries.

Additionally, the oil produced by these trees offers benefits beyond human consumption. It contains antimicrobial and antifungal properties that serve as a natural defense mechanism, further contributing to the tree’s biological “immortality.”

A Versatile and Essential Tree

Olive trees are not merely ancient relics; they play an essential role in environmental sustainability and human well-being. The olives they bear are rich in polyphenols, vitamins, and healthy fats—compounds that have been extensively researched for their health benefits. Studies suggest that olive consumption contributes to cardiovascular health, reduces inflammation, and even holds potential anticancer properties.

The production of olive oil remains a vital industry, supporting sustainable agricultural practices and providing livelihoods for communities across southern Europe and beyond. The transformation of olives into oil has been central to Mediterranean economies and culinary traditions since antiquity. Large-scale cultivation, while a more recent development in modern history, continues to reinforce the significance of this ancient tree.

Beyond culinary uses, olive oil has long held a place in cosmetics, medicine, and religious rituals. Its presence in both ancient ceremonies and modern kitchens underscores the deep-rooted cultural and practical importance of the olive tree.

The groves where olive trees grow serve a critical role in maintaining ecological balance. These landscapes contribute to biodiversity, prevent soil erosion, and enhance water retention. Olive groves also provide habitats for various species, reinforcing their value beyond the scope of botanical study.

The Symbolism of Olive Trees in Culture

Throughout history, olive trees have been deeply ingrained in cultural and spiritual traditions. In ancient Greece, they were considered sacred and were associated with Athena, the goddess of wisdom. According to legend, the first olive tree was a divine gift from Athena to the people of Athens, symbolizing peace and prosperity.

Olive branches have also been used as symbols of victory, peace, and endurance. Victors in ancient Olympic Games were crowned with olive wreaths, and the olive branch continues to be a global emblem of harmony and reconciliation.

The tree’s significance extends beyond Greece, as olive cultivation has shaped societies across the Mediterranean. From religious ceremonies in Christianity, Judaism, and Islam to traditional medicinal applications in various cultures, olive trees remain an enduring symbol of human civilization.

The Future of the Olive Tree of Vouves

As climate change threatens ecosystems worldwide, the longevity of ancient trees like the olive tree of Vouves offers valuable lessons in resilience. Scientists continue to study these trees in the hope of understanding how their genetic makeup and adaptive strategies could inform conservation efforts and sustainable agricultural practices.

Efforts to preserve the olive tree of Vouves are ongoing, with conservationists and local authorities working to protect its legacy. The tree has become a major attraction, drawing visitors from around the world who come to marvel at its extraordinary history.

Given its unique ability to withstand adversity, the tree serves as both a scientific curiosity and an inspiration for future generations. It stands as a testament to nature’s enduring strength and the intricate balance that allows life to persist for millennia.

A Legacy Rooted in Time

The olive tree of Vouves is more than just a botanical marvel; it is a living bridge between the past, present, and future. Its ancient roots intertwine with the history of civilizations, while its ongoing survival provides insight into the resilience of nature.

Whether admired for its historical significance, scientific intrigue, or cultural symbolism, the olive tree of Vouvesremains a remarkable example of nature’s ability to endure. As researchers continue to explore its secrets, and visitors pay homage to its lasting presence, one thing is certain—the story of this ancient tree is far from over.

Blood Moon Lunar Eclipse on March 14 to Be Visible in the Americas but Not in India

A total lunar eclipse, commonly referred to as the Blood Moon, is set to occur on March 14, 2025, and will be visible across the Americas. Unfortunately, this celestial event will not be visible from India.

The next total lunar eclipse that can be seen in India will take place later in the year, on September 7-8, 2025.

During the March 14 eclipse, the Moon will take on a reddish hue as it passes through Earth’s shadow. This phenomenon occurs when the Earth moves directly between the Sun and the Moon, filtering out shorter wavelengths of light and casting a deep red glow on the lunar surface.

Although this event promises to be visually stunning, it will not be visible in India due to its timing, which coincides with daylight hours in the country.

The eclipse will start at 9:27 am IST, reach its peak at 12:28 pm IST, and conclude by 3:30 pm IST. Since the Moon will be below the horizon during this period, observers in India will not be able to witness the event directly.

However, astronomy enthusiasts in India can still experience the lunar eclipse through live streams available on various social media platforms, which will broadcast the event in real time.

For those in the Americas, the eclipse will be particularly prominent. The total phase will last over 65 minutes, offering a spectacular sight to sky-watchers.

The event will begin at 11:57 pm EDT on March 13, 2025, and end at 6:00 am EDT on March 14. As reported by the Times of India, the total eclipse phase will take place between 2:26 am and 3:31 am EDT (06:26 to 07:31 UTC).

During this time, the Moon will take on its characteristic red tint, making it a remarkable celestial display.

Apart from North and South America, certain regions of Europe will witness the eclipse at moonset, while parts of East Asia will observe it at moonrise.

Australia and some areas of Africa will also have an opportunity to see the eclipse.

While this particular event will not be visible in India, sky-watchers in the country can look forward to the next total lunar eclipse on September 7-8, 2025, which will be observable nationwide without the limitations of daylight.

This upcoming total lunar eclipse is part of a series known as a tetrad, which consists of four consecutive total lunar eclipses. The subsequent eclipses after March 14, 2025, are scheduled for September 8, 2025, March 3, 2026, and August 28, 2026.

With more such astronomical events lined up, stargazers will have ample opportunities to witness these breathtaking celestial phenomena in the coming years.

Massive Iceberg Runs Aground Near South Georgia, Impacting Wildlife and Ocean Life

The world’s largest iceberg has become stuck in shallow waters near the remote British island of South Georgia, a habitat for millions of seals and penguins.

This massive iceberg, approximately twice the size of Greater London, appears to have lodged itself near the island’s southwestern shores. As it remains in place, it is expected to begin breaking apart.

Fishermen are concerned about navigating through large chunks of ice, while some macaroni penguins that rely on feeding in the area may be affected. However, Antarctic scientists suggest that as the iceberg melts, it will release significant nutrients into the ocean, potentially fostering a surge of marine life.

“It’s like dropping a nutrient bomb into the middle of an empty desert,” said Prof. Nadine Johnston of the British Antarctic Survey.

Mark Belchier, an ecologist who advises South Georgia’s government, warned of potential risks. “If it breaks up, the resulting icebergs are likely to present a hazard to vessels as they move in the local currents and could restrict vessels’ access to local fishing grounds,” he said.

This event is the latest chapter in a nearly 40-year-long journey that began when the iceberg calved from the Filchner–Ronne Ice Shelf in 1986. Scientists have been tracking its movement through satellite imagery, particularly since December when it finally escaped an ocean vortex that had trapped it for years.

As the iceberg drifted northward through warmer waters known as “iceberg alley,” it largely retained its structure. At one point, it seemed to rotate in place before accelerating in mid-February, moving about 20 miles (30 km) per day.

“The future of all icebergs is that they will die. It’s very surprising to see that A23a has lasted this long and only lost about a quarter of its area,” said Prof. Huw Griffiths, who spoke to BBC News from the Sir David Attenborough polar research vessel currently stationed in Antarctica.

On Saturday, the towering 300-meter ice mass struck the shallow continental shelf roughly 50 miles (80 km) from the island and now appears to be firmly grounded.

“It’s probably going to stay more or less where it is until chunks break off,” said Prof. Andrew Meijers of the British Antarctic Survey.

The iceberg is displaying clear signs of deterioration. Initially covering an area of 3,900 square kilometers (1,500 square miles), it has steadily decreased in size, shedding significant amounts of water as it has traveled through warmer seas. Its current estimated size is 3,234 square kilometers.

“Instead of a big, sheer, pristine box of ice, you can see caverns under the edges,” Prof. Meijers noted.

As the tides lift and lower the iceberg, the friction against the continental shelf will cause it to grind back and forth, eroding both ice and rock.

“If the ice underneath is rotten—eroded by salt—it’ll crumble away under stress and maybe drift somewhere more shallow,” Prof. Meijers explained.

Beneath the iceberg, an entire ecosystem of small marine creatures, including corals, sponges, and sea slugs, faces destruction.

“Their entire universe is being bulldozed by a massive slab of ice scraping along the sea floor,” said Prof. Griffiths.

Although this is devastating in the short term, he pointed out that such events are a natural part of the region’s ecological cycle.

“Where it is destroying something in one place, it’s providing nutrients and food in other places,” he added.

Concerns had initially been raised regarding the impact on the island’s larger wildlife. A similar event in 2004, when an iceberg lodged in the Ross Sea, negatively affected penguin breeding and resulted in increased mortality.

However, experts now believe that most of South Georgia’s wildlife will not face the same fate.

Peter Fretwell from the British Antarctic Survey noted that some macaroni penguins that forage on the continental shelf where the iceberg is grounded may experience disruption.

As the iceberg releases freshwater into the surrounding saltwater, it could decrease the availability of krill, a primary food source for penguins.

While the penguins might relocate to other feeding areas, doing so would place them in competition with other marine species.

The iceberg could also pose logistical challenges when the fishing season begins in April, potentially obstructing harbors and complicating navigation.

“This will be the most ice from an iceberg we will have ever dealt with in a fishing season, but we are well-prepared and resourced,” said Andrew Newman of Argos Froyanes.

Despite the challenges, researchers in Antarctica are also uncovering the critical role icebergs play in sustaining marine ecosystems.

Prof. Griffiths and Prof. Johnston, aboard the Sir David Attenborough research vessel, are studying how nutrients from Antarctic ice circulate across the planet.

They explain that various particles and minerals become trapped in ice and are gradually released into the ocean as the iceberg melts.

“Without ice, we wouldn’t have these ecosystems. They are some of the most productive in the world, and support huge numbers of species and individual animals, and feed the biggest animals in the world like the blue whale,” said Prof. Griffiths.

One indicator that the nutrient release from iceberg A23a has begun will be the emergence of vast phytoplankton blooms around it. If this occurs, satellite images should capture a massive green halo surrounding the iceberg in the coming weeks and months.

The natural cycle of iceberg formation and melting is crucial to marine life. However, climate change is expected to accelerate the process, leading to increased instability in Antarctica’s ice sheets.

As temperatures rise, more icebergs could break away, melt at faster rates, and further disrupt wildlife and fishing industries in the region.

Severe Arctic Blast to Grip U.S. in Deep Freeze as Polar Vortex Stretches Again

The coldest Arctic blast of the season is set to engulf much of the United States, marking yet another intense polar vortex event in what has already been a winter of repeated frigid invasions, meteorologists warn. The icy grip is expected to persist throughout next week.

Unusual weather patterns in the Arctic are causing the typically confined frigid air near the North Pole to spill southward, affecting both the U.S. and parts of Europe, according to meteorologists interviewed by The Associated Press.

This marks the 10th time this winter that the polar vortex—a system that normally contains the coldest Arctic air—has stretched southward, said Judah Cohen, seasonal forecast director at Atmospheric and Environmental Research. By contrast, a typical winter sees only two or three such events.

From record snowfall in New Orleans to drought and devastating wildfires in Southern California, this winter has been anything but ordinary.

Bitter Cold to Dominate the Central and Eastern U.S.

The impending Arctic outbreak is expected to first hit the northern Rockies and northern Plains by Saturday, lingering throughout the week. The cold will be most intense east of the Rockies, sparing only the far western U.S. and parts of central and southern Florida.

On Tuesday, temperatures across the Lower 48 states are forecasted to average 16.6 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 8.6 Celsius), dropping further to 14 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 10 Celsius) by Wednesday, according to calculations by private meteorologist Ryan Maue, a former chief scientist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

By next week, about 89% of the contiguous U.S. will experience freezing temperatures, with 27% of the Lower 48 seeing subzero conditions (minus 18 degrees Celsius), per National Weather Service projections.

Adding to the misery, strong winds will make the cold even more punishing. Every U.S. state—except Hawaii, California, and Florida—will likely experience wind chills of 20 degrees or lower at some point, the National Weather Service predicts.

Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri, and Iowa will bear the brunt of the Arctic chill, with temperatures plummeting as much as 35 degrees Fahrenheit (19 degrees Celsius) below normal, said Zack Taylor, a meteorologist at the Weather Prediction Center. NOAA models forecast subzero lows in Oklahoma, Colorado, Nebraska, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Wyoming, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Michigan by Wednesday.

Potential for Storms and Nor’easter

The extended period of extreme cold may also bring storms, including heavy snowfall, flooding, or possibly a nor’easter, though exact details remain uncertain, Taylor noted.

“All the stars align—all the wind directions in the atmosphere are dragging the cold polar air out of the Canadian Arctic,” Maue said. “It’s the depths of winter. Everything signals extreme, biting winter cold. This isn’t the first polar vortex event of the season, but it looks to be the most severe.”

Unusual Polar Vortex Behavior Under Scrutiny

Unlike traditional polar vortex disruptions—where sudden warming weakens the vortex and allows cold air to escape south—this event involves stretching rather than breaking. According to Cohen, the vortex remains strong but elongates and bends, resulting in outbreaks that, while extreme, are generally less severe than full vortex collapses. Stretch events like this tend to impact the U.S. more than Europe.

Meteorologists are analyzing why this type of stretching is occurring so frequently this year. It could simply be a result of natural climate variability, said Laura Ciasto, a NOAA meteorologist specializing in the polar vortex.

“What we’re observing right now is interesting, but not unprecedented,” said Martin Stendel, a scientist at Denmark’s National Center for Climate Research.

A contributing factor is a high-pressure system over Greenland, which is shifting westward and altering the jet stream. This change is creating a pattern that allows Arctic air to surge southward and linger, Cohen explained.

Some scientists, including Stendel, suggest that human-induced climate change may be making the jet stream more erratic, increasing the likelihood of these prolonged, wavy weather patterns.

Cold Winter Amid Global Warming

Despite the frigid conditions in much of the U.S., the planet continues to experience a broader warming trend. January set another global temperature record, marking the 18th time in the past 19 months that the Earth exceeded the internationally recognized warming threshold of 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) above pre-industrial levels.

With an unprecedented number of polar vortex disruptions this winter, meteorologists remain uncertain about when this extreme cold pattern will finally break.

Trump Reverses Federal Push Against Plastic Straws, Reigniting Environmental Debate

Straws might seem trivial, often sparking humor in discussions about plastic versus paper alternatives, but plastic straws have become emblematic of a global pollution crisis in the past decade.

On Monday, former President Donald Trump reignited the controversy by signing an executive order reversing federal efforts to phase out plastic straws. Defending the use of plastic over paper, Trump asserted that paper straws “don’t work” and lack durability. He further stated, “It’s OK” to continue using plastic straws, despite concerns that they contribute to ocean pollution and endanger marine life.

The debate over plastic straws gained widespread attention in 2015 when a video surfaced of a marine biologist extracting a plastic straw from a turtle’s nose, sparking global outrage. This led to a wave of bans, beginning with Vanuatu, a Pacific Island nation, and Seattle in 2018.

The Fate of Plastic Straws

According to the Turtle Island Restoration Network, over 390 million plastic straws are used daily in the United States, typically for no more than 30 minutes before being discarded. These straws often end up littering beaches and waterways, posing a threat to marine animals that may ingest them, mistaking them for food.

Due to their small size, plastic straws are not recyclable and can take at least 200 years to decompose, according to the advocacy group. As they degrade, they break down into microplastics—fragments tinier than a grain of rice—that have been detected in various human body tissues. Although research remains limited, increasing concerns suggest that microplastics in the body might be linked to heart disease, Alzheimer’s, dementia, and other health issues.

Trump’s executive order argued that paper straws contain chemicals that could pose health risks and are more costly to produce than plastic alternatives. A 2023 study from the University of Antwerp found that “forever chemicals” known as PFAS were present in paper, bamboo, glass, and plastic straws but not in stainless steel ones.

Despite the cost argument, Beyond Plastics, an environmental advocacy group, contends that skipping straws altogether is the most economical and sustainable choice.

Judith Enck, a former Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regional administrator and current president of Beyond Plastics, expressed concern over the executive order. She encouraged individuals and local governments to push back against the decision by actively reducing their use of plastic straws.

“It’s easy to just kind of almost poke fun of this, ignore it,” Enck remarked on Tuesday. “But this is a moment that we as individuals and state and local policymakers can make a statement that they disagree with this executive order and are committed to using less plastic straws. It’s not that hard to do.”

Across the country, several states and cities have already imposed bans on plastic straws, while some restaurants have opted to stop automatically providing them to customers.

Global Efforts Against Plastic Waste

Under President Joe Biden, the administration had committed to eliminating single-use plastics—including plastic straws—from federal food service operations, events, and packaging by 2027, with a complete phase-out from all federal operations by 2035.

This initiative signaled formal acknowledgment from the federal government of the severity of plastic pollution and the level of response necessary to combat the crisis effectively.

Erin Simon, a plastics and packaging expert at the World Wildlife Fund, emphasized the significance of this effort, stating that it sent a global message: “If we can make change happen at scale, so can you.”

The Biden administration’s pledge came in July, just months before international negotiators convened in South Korea to draft a treaty aimed at addressing plastic pollution on a global scale. While the negotiations did not yield a final agreement last year, discussions are set to resume this year.

Initially, the U.S. under Biden took a position that was perceived as industry-friendly, advocating for individual countries to create their own plastic management plans rather than adopting global regulations. China, the U.S., and Germany dominate the global plastics trade, making their stances particularly influential in shaping international policy.

However, ahead of the South Korea talks, the U.S. revised its stance, voicing support for including provisions in the treaty that would regulate plastic production. More than 100 nations back a robust agreement that not only limits plastic production but also promotes cleanup efforts and enhances recycling systems.

With Trump’s return to the political spotlight, U.S. manufacturers have urged him to remain engaged in negotiations while reverting to the previous industry-focused approach, which emphasized redesigning plastic products, expanding recycling efforts, and promoting reuse rather than outright reduction of plastic production.

The Broader Plastic Pollution Crisis

Plastic straws represent only a fraction of the larger environmental issue posed by single-use plastics. Items such as water bottles, takeout containers, coffee lids, and shopping bags contribute significantly to plastic pollution.

The United Nations reports that over 400 million tons of new plastic are produced annually, with approximately 40% used for packaging.

According to Ocean Conservancy, in 2023 alone, volunteers collected over 61,000 plastic straws and stirrers from polluted beaches and waterways across the United States. However, plastic straws were far from the most prevalent waste—cigarette butts, plastic bottles, bottle caps, and food wrappers were collected in even greater numbers.

Most plastics are derived from fossil fuels, and their production remains closely tied to the oil and gas industry. During the United Nations’ COP28 climate talks in 2023, negotiators reached an agreement emphasizing the global need to transition away from fossil fuels and triple renewable energy use.

As global efforts to curtail fossil fuel consumption intensify, oil and gas companies have increasingly looked to the plastics sector as a potential growth market. Trump has been a strong advocate of the oil and gas industry and continues to receive significant support from it.

While the debate over plastic straws may seem symbolic, it underscores a larger battle over environmental policy, corporate interests, and the future of plastic consumption worldwide.

January 2025 Becomes Hottest on Record, Defying Expectations and Raising Climate Concerns

The past month has officially been the warmest January ever recorded, raising fresh concerns among scientists about the pace of climate change, according to a BBC report.

January 2025 was initially expected to be slightly cooler than the previous year due to a shift in the Pacific’s natural weather cycle away from El Niño. However, contrary to expectations, it surpassed the January 2024 record by nearly 0.1°C, as reported by the European Copernicus climate service.

The ongoing rise in global temperatures is primarily attributed to greenhouse gas emissions from human activities, particularly the burning of fossil fuels. Despite this, scientists acknowledge they are still unable to fully explain why January 2025 experienced such an intense spike in heat.

This continues a trend of unexpected temperature surges observed since mid-2023, with temperatures exceeding previous projections by approximately 0.2°C.

“The basic reason we’re having records being broken, and we’ve had this decades-long warming trend, is because we’re increasing the amount of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere,” said Gavin Schmidt, director of NASA’s Goddard Institute for Space Studies, in a statement to BBC News.

He further explained that while the overall warming trend is well understood, the specifics behind why 2023, 2024, and now the beginning of 2025 have been exceptionally warm remain unclear. “The specifics of exactly why 2023, and 2024, and [the start of] 2025, were so warm, there are other elements involved there. We’re trying to pin those down,” Schmidt added.

Data from the European Copernicus climate service illustrates this trend through a bar chart showing global average January temperatures from 1940 to 2025. The chart reveals a clear upward trajectory, with January 2025 registering the highest global average temperature of 1.75°C above pre-industrial levels, marginally surpassing the 2024 record. The visual representation also indicates that as the years have gotten hotter, the color of the bars has progressively darkened to deeper shades of red.

In absolute terms, January 2025 ended up 1.75°C warmer than the late 19th century, a period before human activities had a significant impact on the climate.

The warming trend early last year was partially influenced by the El Niño phenomenon, a natural climate pattern where abnormally warm ocean surface waters spread across the eastern tropical Pacific. This event releases excess heat into the atmosphere, further elevating global temperatures.

In contrast, La Niña conditions, which tend to have a cooling effect, are now developing, according to the U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Scientists expected this shift to lead to a slight drop in temperatures.

Currently, La Niña remains weak, and its full impact on global temperatures can take a few months to manifest. Even with this transition underway, experts anticipated that January 2025 would be cooler than January 2024.

“If you’d asked me a few months ago what January 2025 would look like relative to January 2024, my best shot would have been it would be cooler,” said Adam Scaife, head of monthly to decadal predictions at the UK Met Office.

He admitted that the reality has proven otherwise, and researchers are still struggling to understand the reasons behind this unexpected warmth. “We now know it isn’t, and we don’t really know why that is,” Scaife acknowledged.

Study Reveals Hidden Vessel Activity and Urgent Need for Maritime Transparency

A recent study by Global Fishing Watch has revealed an enormous amount of previously untracked vessel activity at sea, underscoring the hidden dynamics of the world’s oceans. Spanning over 70% of the Earth’s surface, the ocean is vital to global trade, food supplies, and energy production. Yet much of its activity remains shrouded in mystery.

Using satellite imagery, vessel GPS data, and artificial intelligence, researchers have mapped industrial vessel movements and offshore energy infrastructure in unprecedented detail. Their findings expose significant gaps in public tracking systems, raising concerns about maritime transparency, environmental sustainability, and global security.

The Shadowy World of Dark Vessels

For years, governments and maritime organizations have depended on the Automatic Identification System (AIS) to track vessel movements. While AIS provides a valuable tool for monitoring registered ships, it has notable limitations.

Many countries do not mandate its use, and vessels engaging in illegal fishing, smuggling, or other illicit activities often disable their transponders to avoid detection. The study found that 72% to 76% of the world’s industrial fishing vessels remain untracked, revealing the scale of hidden fishing operations. Furthermore, 21% to 30% of transport and energy vessel activity also goes unmonitored, highlighting the extent of undisclosed industrial use of the ocean.

Regions of Concern

The study identified South Asia, Southeast Asia, and the northern and western coasts of Africa as areas with the most untracked activity. These regions, rich in marine biodiversity, are plagued by illegal fishing, overexploitation, and environmental degradation.

Without reliable tracking, it becomes increasingly difficult for governments and conservationists to enforce regulations, protect marine ecosystems, and monitor maritime security. Over a billion people rely on the ocean as their primary food source, and 260 million are employed by global marine fisheries. With 80% of global goods transported via ocean routes and nearly 30% of oil production occurring offshore, the lack of effective tracking allows illegal activities, including forced labor and human trafficking, to persist unchecked.

AI and Satellite Technology to the Rescue

To address the shortcomings of AIS, researchers utilized artificial intelligence and satellite imagery. By analyzing two petabytes of data from the European Space Agency’s Sentinel-1 satellites, deep learning models accurately detected and classified vessels.

Three deep convolutional neural networks were developed and trained to process satellite imagery and GPS data. These models achieved remarkable accuracy: over 97% for object detection, 98% for identifying offshore infrastructure, and 90% for distinguishing fishing vessels from other types.

Unveiling Hidden Vessel Activity

The dataset for this study was extensive, incorporating 67 million image tiles and 53 billion AIS positions. The high-resolution radar images enabled researchers to track industrial fishing vessels, tankers, and offshore infrastructure with clarity.

“Our satellite mapping revealed high densities of vessel activity in large areas of the ocean that previously showed little to no vessel activity by public tracking systems,” the researchers stated.

These revelations have transformed our understanding of global maritime activity. This advanced tracking system can help pinpoint illegal fishing hotspots, identify human rights violations, and enhance the enforcement of marine protected areas (MPAs).

Offshore Energy: Wind vs. Oil

Beyond vessel movements, the study also highlighted the rapid expansion of offshore energy infrastructure. By 2021, offshore wind turbines outnumbered oil platforms, signifying a shift toward renewable energy. Wind energy accounted for 48% of offshore structures, while oil installations represented 38%.

Despite this progress, oil-related vessel traffic remains dominant, with oil platforms generating five times more vessel activity than wind farms. While the transition to renewable energy is underway, oil continues to play a significant role in maritime operations.

Energy Infrastructure Growth

The study revealed that offshore wind farms are concentrated in northern Europe (52%) and China (45%), with China experiencing a 900% increase in offshore wind turbines between 2017 and 2021. Offshore oil platforms, meanwhile, are primarily located in the Gulf of Mexico, the Persian Gulf, and Southeast Asia, with the United States, Saudi Arabia, and Indonesia leading in installations.

The interaction between these energy infrastructures and existing maritime industries is complex. For example, trawlers avoid fishing within one kilometer of oil platforms to prevent net entanglement. However, other fishing activities increase near these structures, which often act as artificial reefs, attracting marine life.

Revolutionizing Maritime Surveillance

New AI-driven technologies promise to revolutionize real-time ship detection. The Rapid Earth Monitoring Information System (REMIS), developed in partnership with ESA and other organizations, offers real-time vessel tracking capabilities.

Traditional satellite monitoring involves lengthy processes of downlinking and analyzing data, often taking days. By the time authorities receive the information, dark vessels may have moved on. REMIS addresses this issue by pre-filtering images in space and prioritizing those containing ships.

“If we can already identify ships onboard and potentially even combine it with AI systems, we could mark dark vessels and prioritize the scenes containing ships or their locations,” said Maris Tali, a technical officer involved in the project.

This technology will prove invaluable for combating illegal fishing, preventing ship collisions, and managing maritime traffic during emergencies.

The Pandemic’s Impact on Fishing Activity

The study also examined how COVID-19 influenced maritime activity. Global fishing activity decreased by 12% in 2020 and has not returned to pre-pandemic levels. However, transport and energy-related vessel activity remained steady during the same period.

This decline in fishing is part of a broader trend. Since the 1980s, global marine fish catches have stagnated as many fisheries have reached sustainable limits. Meanwhile, offshore energy and maritime trade continue to grow, reshaping human interactions with the ocean.

Call for Greater Transparency

The findings underscore the urgent need for increased transparency in maritime activity. With three-quarters of industrial fishing operations hidden from public tracking, stricter regulations and better enforcement are essential.

AI-powered satellite monitoring and systems like REMIS offer powerful tools to combat illegal fishing and improve ocean governance. As human activity in the ocean expands, accountability, sustainability, and international cooperation are crucial.

By shedding light on the shadowy activities in the ocean, this study marks a significant step toward a more transparent and sustainable future.

Rare “Corpse Flower” Blooms in Australia, Captivating Thousands Online

An endangered plant renowned for its pungent odor, nicknamed the “corpse flower,” is currently in bloom at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney, Australia. The rare event has drawn global attention, with thousands of people tuning in to a livestream to witness the phenomenon.

The titan arum, scientifically known as Amorphophallus titanum, is native to the rainforests of Sumatra, Indonesia. The plant blooms only once every few years, with the flowering process lasting a mere 24 hours. This short-lived spectacle has made the corpse flower a botanical marvel, celebrated for its massive structure and the distinct stench it emits.

The Sydney specimen, affectionately named Putricia, has become an online sensation. Descriptions of its scent range from “wet socks” and “hot cat food” to “rotting possum flesh.” The event’s popularity has even inspired unique language among viewers, who have coined phrases like “WWTF” (We Watch the Flower) in the livestream’s chat.

On Thursday, more than 8,000 people were watching the livestream simultaneously, a number that doubled as the flower began to show noticeable changes. The anticipation was palpable as the plant, cordoned off behind a red velvet rope, slowly revealed its vibrant maroon spathe—a petal-like structure that surrounds the spadix, the towering central spike.

The excitement surrounding Putricia’s bloom is unprecedented at the Royal Botanic Gardens. “This specimen is around 10 years old,” said John Siemon, director of horticulture and living collections at the gardens. “We acquired it from our colleagues in LA Botanic Garden at the age of three, and we’ve been nurturing it for the last seven years. We’re incredibly excited to have our first bloom in 15 years.”

Siemon likened the public interest in the bloom to Sydney’s 2000 Olympics, noting, “We’ve had 15,000 people come through the gates before it [the flower] even opened.”

The livestream has become a platform for humor and camaraderie among viewers. One commenter wrote, “I’m back again to see how Putricia is going, and I can see she’s still taking her time like the queen she is, fair play.” Another quipped, “This is the slowest burlesque ever.” A particularly devoted fan shared, “Overnight I watched, fell asleep, awoke, watched, fell asleep. I am weak, but Putricia is strong. WWTF.”

Other acronyms created by viewers include WDNRP (We Do Not Rush Putricia) and BBTB (Blessed Be The Bloom), reflecting the playful yet reverent tone of the online community.

The corpse flower’s unique characteristics make it one of nature’s wonders. When in bloom, the spadix emits a strong odor resembling decaying flesh, which lures pollinators like flies and beetles. These insects, mistaking the plant for rotten meat, assist in transferring pollen between male and female flowers.

The titan arum holds the distinction of having the largest flowering structure in the world, capable of reaching heights of up to 3 meters (10 feet) and weighing as much as 150 kilograms (330 pounds). Its spadix contains hundreds of flowers at its base, further emphasizing its extraordinary biology.

Despite its grandeur, the titan arum is endangered in the wild due to deforestation and habitat degradation in Sumatra. Efforts to cultivate the plant in botanical gardens worldwide aim to preserve its existence while also educating the public about its ecological significance.

Putricia is one of several titan arums housed at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Sydney. The last bloom there occurred 15 years ago, making this event a rare and cherished occasion. However, other Australian cities have hosted similar blooms in recent years. Botanic gardens in Melbourne and Adelaide have also showcased the corpse flower, each time drawing thousands of visitors eager to experience its notorious odor.

The fascination with the titan arum extends beyond Australia. London’s Kew Gardens, a pioneer in cultivating the plant outside its native habitat, saw a corpse flower bloom as recently as June last year. The first recorded bloom outside Sumatra occurred at Kew Gardens in 1889, marking a historic milestone in botanical history.

As Putricia continues her fleeting bloom, she serves as a reminder of the delicate balance required to protect endangered species. The thousands of people captivated by her appearance, both in person and online, underscore the enduring appeal of nature’s rare and unusual phenomena.

With her maroon skirt unfurled and her infamous stench filling the air, Putricia has cemented her status as a true botanical queen, inspiring awe, laughter, and a deeper appreciation for the wonders of the natural world. WWTF indeed.

Trump’s First-Day Actions Signal U-Turn on Climate Policies

On his first day back in office, President Donald Trump wasted no time signaling his Administration’s intent to steer away from combating climate change. In a series of swift executive orders, Trump withdrew the United States from the Paris climate agreement, halted offshore wind expansion, promised to bolster oil and natural gas production, and vowed to rescind what he inaccurately described as Joe Biden’s electric vehicle mandate.

These measures, aligned with his campaign promises, pose a significant setback to international climate change mitigation efforts. However, experts argue that the momentum toward renewable energy remains “unstoppable,” despite Trump’s attempts to reverse progress.

Withdrawing From the Paris Climate Agreement

One of Trump’s first executive orders was to once again withdraw the United States from the Paris climate agreement. This move, signed during a rally at the Capital One Arena, marked a repeat of his actions during his first term, which were later reversed by Joe Biden.

The Paris accord aims to limit global temperature increases to 2.7 degrees Fahrenheit (1.5 degrees Celsius) above pre-industrial levels. Failing that, the agreement seeks to ensure temperatures do not rise above 3.6 degrees Fahrenheit (2 degrees Celsius). Participating nations are required to set and periodically update their greenhouse gas reduction targets.

Trump also signed a letter to the United Nations formalizing his intention to leave the 2015 agreement. This pact allows nations to define their own emission reduction targets, which are intended to become progressively stringent. A critical deadline looms in February 2025, by which nations must submit updated plans.

Before leaving office, Biden proposed a plan to cut U.S. greenhouse gas emissions by more than 60% by 2035. However, Trump criticized the Paris accord, stating that it represents international agreements that “don’t reflect U.S. values” and misallocate taxpayer funds to countries that, in his view, are undeserving of financial assistance.

Laurence Tubiana, CEO of the European Climate Foundation and a key architect of the Paris agreement, expressed disappointment at Trump’s decision but remained optimistic. She emphasized, “Action to slow climate change is stronger than any single country’s politics and policies.”

Halting Offshore Wind Development

Another key executive order signed by Trump halted offshore wind lease sales and paused the issuance of approvals, permits, and loans for both onshore and offshore wind projects.

The order directs the interior secretary to review federal practices surrounding wind leasing and permitting. This review will evaluate the environmental impact of wind projects, the economic implications of intermittent electricity generation, and the role of subsidies in sustaining the wind industry.

Currently, wind energy accounts for approximately 10% of electricity generated in the United States, making it the country’s largest renewable energy source. The American Clean Power Association reports that 73 gigawatts of offshore wind capacity are under development, enough to power 30 million homes.

Boosting Oil and Gas Production

Trump also signed executive orders aimed at easing regulatory restrictions on oil and natural gas production, including measures tied to projects in Alaska. Declaring a national energy emergency, Trump reiterated his commitment to expand fossil fuel production under the slogan “drill, baby, drill.”

The move is part of Trump’s vision to increase energy production, which he argues is critical for the United States to compete globally in sectors like artificial intelligence that require substantial energy consumption in data centers.

Challenging Electric Vehicle Policies

During a call with reporters on Monday, a White House official stated that the Trump Administration plans to end what the president referred to as an electric vehicle “mandate.” However, no such mandate exists. Biden’s policies have encouraged the adoption of electric vehicles (EVs) through incentives and have urged automakers to transition from gas-powered to electric vehicles.

By framing these policies as mandates, Trump seeks to draw a contrast between his administration’s support for traditional fossil fuels and Biden’s push for cleaner energy alternatives.

A Climate Crisis at a Tipping Point

Trump’s actions come at a critical moment. The planet recently experienced its hottest year on record, and the effects of the climate crisis continue to intensify. Despite these challenges, experts remain hopeful that global efforts to combat climate change can withstand Trump’s policy reversals, as they did during his first term.

Ultimately, the transition to renewable energy and the fight against global warming may prove resilient in the face of political headwinds. As Tubiana noted, the movement for climate action transcends individual leaders and national politics, driven instead by a broader, global commitment to securing a sustainable future.

Indian Diaspora’s Role in Global Sustainability Highlighted at Pravasi Bharatiya Divas

The second day of the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention on January 10 showcased the vital contributions of the Indian diaspora to global sustainability through a panel discussion titled “Green Connections: The Indian Diaspora’s Contributions to Sustainable Development.” The event emphasized the diaspora’s potential in advancing sustainable development across the world.

The session brought together global leaders and experts to examine how the Indian diaspora can catalyze green growth and sustainable initiatives on a global scale. Pradip Kumar Das, chairman and managing director (CMD) of the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA), moderated the discussion. The panel delved into India’s role as a leader in the worldwide transition to green energy.

Ashwini Vaishnaw, Minister of Railways, Information & Broadcasting, and Electronics & Information Technology, chaired the session and began with an overview of India’s ambitious renewable energy targets for 2030. He outlined goals such as increasing the share of renewable energy to 50% of the country’s total power capacity, achieving technological self-sufficiency in innovations like hydrogen trains, and creating a comprehensive value chain for sustainable energy.

The panel featured prominent leaders and thinkers from countries such as Mauritius, Norway, Mexico, Vietnam, Switzerland, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, and Canada. Indian dignitaries, including Odisha’s Deputy Chief Minister Kanak Vardhan Singh Deo and Member of Parliament Sujeet Kumar, were also present. The participants provided perspectives on how the Indian diaspora can utilize cutting-edge technologies, strategic investments, and global collaborations to support sustainable growth on an international level.

During the discussion, Das highlighted India’s expanding leadership in the green energy sector. As of November 2024, India had achieved an installed renewable energy capacity of 206 GW. He noted the ambitious national target of reaching 500 GW from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030. “IREDA has been instrumental in driving India’s green energy financing efforts,” said Das, emphasizing the agency’s role as India’s largest specialized green financing Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC). IREDA currently manages assets worth $8.3 billion (INR 69,000 Crore) and has cumulatively sanctioned over $28.6 billion (INR 2.39 Lakh Crore) for renewable energy projects.

The panel also explored how the Indian diaspora can lead development and investment in sustainable innovations. Discussions spanned various sectors, including agriculture, real estate, electric mobility, and micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs). The participants stressed the importance of greater collaboration between the diaspora and Indian startups to promote sustainability.

In his concluding remarks, Minister Vaishnaw underscored the need for stronger global partnerships in areas such as technology, innovation, and the development of green skills. He reiterated the pivotal role of the Indian diaspora in shaping a sustainable future and reaffirmed India’s commitment to fostering international cooperation for a greener world.

Devastating Earthquake in Tibet Claims Over 120 Lives, Tremors Felt Across the Himalayas

A powerful earthquake of magnitude 7.1 struck a remote region of Tibet on Tuesday morning, leaving at least 126 people dead and 188 others injured, according to China Central Television (CCTV). The quake, recorded at 9:05 a.m. local time at a depth of 10 kilometers (6.2 miles), caused widespread destruction across the Himalayan region, with tremors reverberating in neighboring Nepal, Bhutan, and parts of northern India.

The United States Geological Survey (USGS) confirmed the quake’s epicenter in Tingri county on the Tibetan plateau, about 50 miles north of Mount Everest and near the border with Nepal. The seismic energy toppled homes in remote villages, shook the Tibetan holy city of Shigatse, and startled visitors at a Mount Everest base camp.

Impact and Casualties

The earthquake severely affected sparsely populated areas close to the epicenter, with more than 3,600 houses damaged, according to CCTV. The China Earthquake Networks Center reported at least 150 aftershocks, including 19 measuring 3.0 or higher. Xinhua news agency estimated about 6,900 people live in 27 villages within a 20-kilometer (12-mile) radius of the epicenter.

The tremors reached Kathmandu, Nepal’s capital, causing panic. Bishal Nath Upreti of the Nepal Centre for Disaster Management described the scene: “It was very strong. People came running out of their houses. You could see the wires from poles shaken loose.”

Rescue efforts are underway in affected areas, with emergency teams, medical personnel, and supplies being transported by Tibet Airlines and Air China. Social media footage showed extensive damage in Lhatse county, 53 miles from the epicenter, with debris littering streets, damaged vehicles, and collapsed shopfronts.

Shigatse: A City Shaken

Shigatse, the nearest major city to the epicenter, lies about 180 kilometers (111 miles) away. Known as the traditional seat of the Panchen Lama, the city is home to approximately 800,000 residents. Surveillance footage from a local supermarket captured the chaos as the quake struck, with customers fleeing and goods toppling from shelves.

Despite the strong tremors, reports of significant damage in Shigatse were limited. The Dalai Lama, who lives in exile in India, expressed his sorrow, stating, “I am deeply saddened to learn of the earthquake. I offer my prayers for those who have lost their lives and extend my wishes for a swift recovery to all who have been injured.”

Eyewitness Accounts

In Bainang County, 200 kilometers (125 miles) from Tingri, 24-year-old Pu Chi described her fear as she experienced her first earthquake. “I was lying in bed when I felt the room shake and saw the ceiling light sway. I quickly threw on some clothes and ran outside,” she told CNN.

Anna Guo, an 18-year-old college student visiting Shigatse, was preparing to travel to Mount Everest when the quake struck. “We have never felt an earthquake that strong before,” she said, recounting how the windows shook violently.

At a Mount Everest base camp, where winter tourism is less common, about 30 visitors were evacuated. Ba Luo, a staff member, reported feeling tremors but noted no structural damage.

Nepal’s Reaction

In Nepal, the quake reignited memories of the catastrophic 2015 earthquake that killed about 9,000 people. Rupesh Vishwakarmi, an official from Solukhumbu district near the Nepal-China border, said, “The tremors were very strong. Definitely, everyone is panicked.”

Nepali police reported 13 injuries, with several homes damaged, including one completely destroyed. The Ministry of Home Affairs confirmed the tremors had shaken buildings and left many fearful.

Rescue Operations

China deployed extensive resources to the affected regions. CCTV reported the arrival of more than 200 Chinese military soldiers in Tingri county, with 1,500 additional personnel on standby. Three villages experienced a complete communication blackout, complicating rescue efforts.

Social media videos released by China’s National Immigration Administration showed officers digging through rubble with their bare hands in search of survivors. In one village, collapsed houses and crumpled walls left residents seeking warmth by sipping hot water while sitting on roadside blankets.

President Xi Jinping emphasized the need for urgent action, directing officials to prioritize rescue operations, minimize casualties, and ensure the safety and comfort of affected residents in the harsh winter conditions.

Preparing for Winter Challenges

With temperatures expected to drop below 0 degrees Fahrenheit (-18 degrees Celsius), China’s meteorological administration urged residents to seek shelter. Local authorities dispatched thousands of tents, beds, and coats to assist survivors in Shigatse and nearby regions.

Everest Base Camp and Tourism

Although winter is not the peak season for Mount Everest climbers, the scenic area still attracts visitors. Authorities temporarily closed the Everest base camp following the quake. Nearly 500 tourists visited the area a day before the earthquake, according to Ba Luo.

Broader Implications

The quake serves as a stark reminder of the Himalayan region’s seismic vulnerability. Tibet, in particular, is an earthquake-prone zone due to the Indian and Eurasian tectonic plates’ collision. The region’s isolation and rugged terrain pose additional challenges for rescue and recovery efforts.

Historical and Political Context

Tibet remains one of China’s most politically sensitive regions, with foreign access tightly controlled. Beijing has maintained strict authority over the region since the Dalai Lama fled to India in 1959 following a failed uprising against Chinese rule.

This earthquake, while a natural disaster, brings renewed attention to the area’s geopolitical complexities and humanitarian challenges. As rescue teams continue to work tirelessly, the international community watches closely, offering support and solidarity to those affected.

Winter Storm Disrupts U.S. with Snow, Ice, and Freezing Temperatures

A powerful winter storm swept across a vast area of the United States on Sunday, affecting more than 60 million people from Kansas to New Jersey. Over a dozen states were placed under winter weather warnings and advisories as snow, ice, and frigid conditions blanketed the region.

The storm advanced toward the mid-Atlantic, with Washington, D.C., preparing for significant snowfall and sub-zero temperatures on Monday. Coincidentally, the same day marks a significant political event—the formal certification of Republican Donald Trump’s election as president by the U.S. Congress.

Despite the weather, Republican House Speaker Mike Johnson assured on Fox News that the storm would not hinder lawmakers from performing their duties. However, federal offices in Washington, D.C., will remain closed on Monday, as announced by the Office of Personnel Management.

Severe Weather in the Midwest

Kansas and parts of northwestern Missouri faced some of the harshest conditions, with blizzard-like weather severely impacting travel. The National Weather Service (NWS) reported that major roadways, including the crucial Interstate 70 in Kansas, were coated in snow and ice, leading officials to urge residents to stay off the roads. The interstate remained closed for much of Sunday due to dangerous driving conditions.

In Missouri, state police took action along a 50-mile shutdown of Interstate 29, assisting stranded motorists. By late Sunday afternoon, troopers had responded to nearly 600 drivers stranded by the storm and handled 285 crashes, the agency said on X.

Snowfall, Ice, and School Closures

The storm’s reach extended across the Midwest and mid-Atlantic, with snowfalls ranging from six to 12 inches (15 to 30 cm) expected in areas stretching from southern Ohio to Washington, D.C. The hazardous conditions prompted hundreds of schools to preemptively announce closures for Monday. Public schools in cities such as Indianapolis, Cincinnati, Washington, and Philadelphia were among those affected.

Freezing rain and sleet compounded the storm’s dangers in northern Kentucky and southern West Virginia. The NWS warned that these areas would experience “hazardous ice accumulations,” adding to the challenges faced by residents.

Meanwhile, the storm’s back end brought severe thunderstorms to the southern states, including Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, with some of these storms capable of producing tornadoes.

Flight Disruptions and Emergency Declarations

The severe weather caused extensive travel disruptions, particularly in the aviation sector. Hundreds of flights were canceled, with more than 275 cancellations reported in Kansas City and St. Louis alone, according to the flight tracking website FlightAware.

Governors in multiple states, including Kansas, Kentucky, Arkansas, West Virginia, and Virginia, declared states of emergency to address the storm’s impacts and coordinate relief efforts.

Arctic Air to Follow the Storm

While the storm is expected to move offshore by Monday night, it will leave behind a wave of bitterly cold arctic air. Daytime temperatures on Monday and Tuesday are predicted to plunge 10 to 20 degrees Fahrenheit below average across regions spanning from the Great Plains to the East Coast, the NWS reported.

This winter storm has already disrupted millions of lives and is set to continue its impact, both through lingering cold air and the challenges left in its wake.

Cosmic Spectacles Await in 2025: Lunar Eclipses, Planetary Parades, and More

The upcoming year is set to dazzle stargazers with an array of celestial events, though a total solar eclipse like the one that captivated North America last spring will be absent. While enthusiasts must wait until 2026 for the next such event, 2025 offers plenty of other cosmic phenomena worth anticipating. From eclipses to supermoons and meteor showers, the skies will deliver a series of awe-inspiring moments.

Eclipses to Watch For

Two lunar eclipses will dominate the celestial calendar in 2025. The first occurs on March 14, when the moon will disappear for over an hour, visible across North and South America. Just two weeks later, a partial solar eclipse will grace skies in Maine, eastern Canada, Greenland, Europe, Siberia, and northwestern Africa.

The spectacle will repeat in September with a total lunar eclipse lasting even longer, visible over Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia. Another partial solar eclipse will follow, this time visible in the southernmost parts of the globe.

Supermoons Take Center Stage

Three supermoons are on the horizon, slated for October, November, and December. These full moons will appear larger and brighter due to the moon’s closer-than-usual orbit around Earth. November’s supermoon will be the most impressive, coming as close as 221,817 miles (356,980 kilometers) to our planet.

Last year, four supermoons lit up the night sky, with the final one appearing in November. This year’s trio promises to be equally enchanting.

Planet Parade Promises a Show

A stunning planetary lineup will greet skywatchers in January 2025. Six planets—excluding Neptune and Uranus—will form a long arc visible just after sunset. For those with clear skies and a sharp eye, this parade will extend for weeks, providing a spectacular opportunity to view planets like Jupiter and Saturn without special equipment.

By February, Mercury will briefly join the show, creating a seven-planet lineup. As Bruce Betts, the chief scientist at The Planetary Society, remarked, “People should go out and see them sometime during the next many weeks. I certainly will.” Over time, these planets will exit the stage one by one, concluding the display in spring.

Auroras Expected to Impress

Last year’s solar activity gave rise to vivid auroras, lighting up skies in regions unaccustomed to such sights. With the sun reaching its solar maximum—an 11-year peak in activity—more geomagnetic storms are expected, potentially producing more dazzling displays of the northern and southern lights.

Shawn Dahl from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration recommends staying informed about space weather updates. “Don’t miss any pop-up, razzle-dazzle shows,” Dahl advised, emphasizing the unpredictability of these natural light spectacles.

Meteor Showers for All

The Perseids in August and the Geminids in December remain annual favorites for meteor enthusiasts, but smaller meteor showers will also shine this year. The Lyrids in April, the Orionids in October, and the Leonids in November provide additional opportunities to witness streaking meteors across the night sky.

For optimal viewing, seek out darker areas with minimal light pollution and a dim moon. Meteor showers occur when Earth passes through debris trails left by comets or asteroids, with each event named for the constellation from which the meteors appear to radiate.

A Year of Cosmic Wonders

2025 is shaping up to be a remarkable year for astronomy fans and casual observers alike. With an array of events including eclipses, supermoons, auroras, and planetary alignments, the year promises to be filled with moments of celestial wonder. Whether gazing at the moon’s disappearance, marveling at a seven-planet lineup, or catching a streak of meteors, the night sky will provide plenty of reasons to look up and be amazed.

Africa’s Emerging Ocean: The Tectonic Forces Shaping the Continent’s Future

The African continent is undergoing a remarkable transformation driven by tectonic forces, which are rapidly altering its geographical and ecological landscape. At the heart of this change lies the East African Rift System, a vast network of faults stretching from Mozambique to the Red Sea. Recent studies show that the tectonic plates in the region are separating at an accelerated rate, potentially leading to the formation of a new ocean. What was once thought to be a process spanning millions of years is now projected to unfold in the next million years or even sooner.

This dramatic geological shift is reshaping Africa’s geography, with the African and Somali plates moving apart at a rate of around 0.8 centimeters per year. The rift, located in the Ethiopian desert, stretches 60 kilometers and reaches depths of 10 meters, marking the early stages of a significant geological event—the birth of a new ocean basin. While this process is slow from a human perspective, it signals the beginning of a transformation that will redefine Africa’s landscape over time.

Cynthia Ebinger, a geoscientist from Tulane University, underscores the accelerated pace of this change, noting that the timeframe for the rift’s development has been shortened considerably. “We’ve reduced the timeframe to about 1 million years, possibly even half that,” Ebinger explains. Although she acknowledges that a major seismic event, such as an earthquake, could further hasten the process, she also points out that predicting such occurrences with precision remains a challenge.

The evolution of the East African Rift mirrors the historical formation of the Atlantic Ocean millions of years ago. It is a unique occurrence, as it is the only place on Earth where continental crust is transitioning into oceanic crust in real time. This rare opportunity allows scientists to closely observe the processes that drive tectonic movement and the formation of new geological features.

In 2005, a significant event in Ethiopia highlighted the rift’s dynamic nature. Over a short period, more than 420 earthquakes triggered the creation of a large fissure in the Afar region, an area known for its extreme heat and arid conditions. What typically occurs over the course of centuries unfolded in just a few days, challenging long-standing assumptions about geological timescales and further emphasizing the rapidly changing nature of the region.

The formation of a new ocean in East Africa could drastically alter the continent’s geography, with far-reaching consequences. Countries that are currently landlocked, such as Zambia and Uganda, may find themselves with new coastlines, which could significantly impact their economies and ecosystems. This shift underscores the dynamic nature of Earth’s surface, where natural forces constantly redefine the landscape.

The potential creation of a new ocean brings with it several key implications for Africa’s future. Geographically, the new coastlines and the splitting of the continent will bring about significant changes. For countries that are landlocked, the emergence of new coastlines could offer new opportunities for trade and access to maritime resources. This transformation could alter not only the economic landscape but also the ecosystems of the region, creating marine habitats where none existed before. At the same time, this shift will require adjustments in land management and coastal infrastructure, posing challenges for planners and governments.

The scientific community faces numerous challenges in studying and predicting these changes. Developing accurate models to forecast the rift’s progress, along with effective techniques for monitoring seismic and tectonic activity, will require collaboration across multiple disciplines. Understanding the environmental impacts of the new ocean basin and its potential effects on the surrounding ecosystems will also demand innovative research and international cooperation.

Ebinger and her colleagues are actively working to refine their models of plate movement, seismic activity, and the transformation of Earth’s crust. Their work is critical not only for unraveling the mysteries of the East African Rift but also for preparing the scientific community and the world for the broader implications of this extraordinary geological event. As the rift continues to evolve, scientists will be better equipped to predict and understand the long-term consequences of this tectonic activity.

The East African Rift serves as a reminder of the planet’s ever-changing nature and the powerful forces that continue to shape it. The accelerated timeline for the formation of a new ocean basin in East Africa underscores the dynamic processes that drive the movement of tectonic plates and the formation of new geological features. As research into this process continues, it offers a unique opportunity to observe and study these changes as they happen.

Ebinger’s statement that “we’ve reduced the timeframe to about 1 million years, possibly even half that” highlights the urgency with which scientists must adapt their research methods to keep pace with this accelerated process. The ongoing shifts in Africa’s geography will not only alter the continent’s physical features but also its political and economic landscape, especially for those countries currently without access to the sea.

The East African Rift’s development is a rare geological event that provides a glimpse into the processes that drive the formation of oceans. As tectonic forces continue to shape the region, scientists will have the opportunity to observe the transformation of continental crust into oceanic crust in real time, offering valuable insights into Earth’s geological history and the forces that have shaped the planet over millions of years.

The implications for Africa’s future are vast. The creation of new coastlines and the reshaping of ecosystems could bring about significant changes in the distribution of resources, economic opportunities, and even the political dynamics of the region. Researchers, policymakers, and environmentalists will need to work together to understand and address the challenges posed by these changes. The accelerated pace of the rift’s development calls for innovative approaches to studying tectonic activity and its impact on the environment.

In conclusion, the ongoing tectonic activity in East Africa represents a transformative moment for the continent. As the East African Rift continues to evolve, the creation of a new ocean basin could drastically alter Africa’s geography, bringing with it new opportunities and challenges. The work of scientists like Cynthia Ebinger and others is crucial in understanding and preparing for these changes, as the continent navigates this dramatic geological upheaval.

The East African Rift’s emergence as a site of tectonic activity offers a unique chance to study the processes that shape Earth’s crust and the formation of new oceans. As researchers continue their work, they are not only unraveling the mysteries of this geological event but also preparing for the broader implications it will have on Africa’s future.

Global Heat Records Shattered: 2024 Likely to Surpass 2023 as Hottest Year Ever

The year 2023 made headlines as a record-breaker, with global temperatures soaring to unprecedented levels since records began in the mid-1800s. One scientist vividly described the heat as “gobsmackingly bananas.” However, 2024 has surged past expectations and is poised to dethrone 2023 as the hottest year ever recorded.

This year’s global average temperature may surpass a critical milestone of 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit) above pre-industrial levels, a threshold set by international agreements to limit the intensification of storms, rainfall, and heat waves. “We keep hearing it’s warm, warm, warm, but there’s repercussions. It’s affecting all of us one way or another,” says Jared Rennie, a research meteorologist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).

Clues Behind the Heat Surge

The relentless heat has left scientists searching for explanations. While the primary culprits are well-documented—the continued burning of fossil fuels and the El Niño climate pattern—additional factors may be amplifying the phenomenon.

El Niño, characterized by the Pacific Ocean releasing significant heat into the atmosphere, kicked off the year with intensity, contributing to rising global temperatures. As the year progressed, El Niño transitioned towards La Niña, which typically cools global temperatures. Yet, the anticipated cooling failed to materialize. Instead, autumn in the U.S. turned out to be the hottest on record. “Usually under La Niña conditions, we do tend to be not as warm. But we’re still hitting records… all over the world,” Rennie notes.

Scientists are delving into potential additional contributors, including diminished cloud cover, which typically reflects solar energy back into space. Recent changes in international shipping practices could also play a role. A switch to cleaner fuels has reduced air pollution, but fewer pollutants mean fewer particles in the atmosphere to help form clouds. Furthermore, a reduction in Saharan dust levels may have decreased the reflection of sunlight, allowing more heat to penetrate the Earth’s surface.

The 2022 eruption of the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai volcano in the South Pacific introduced another layer of complexity. The massive amounts of water vapor released by the volcano contribute to heat retention in the atmosphere. Additionally, an increase in solar radiation due to the natural solar cycle is adding incremental heat.

These factors, combined with the steady impacts of climate change, have raised concerns among scientists about whether the Earth’s climate is more sensitive to changes than previously believed.

Intensifying Disasters

The last two years have brought a slew of catastrophic weather events, underscoring the tangible consequences of rising global temperatures. In the U.S., Hurricane Helene wreaked havoc on North Carolina and Florida, while record-breaking heat waves blanketed the country. Globally, the consequences were equally dire: a heat wave in Saudi Arabia claimed 1,300 lives during the Hajj pilgrimage in June.

If 2024’s annual average temperature breaches the 1.5 degrees Celsius threshold, it will mark the first time that critical benchmark is crossed. The Paris Climate Agreement aimed to keep warming below this level to prevent increasingly severe storms, floods, and heat waves. However, scientists caution that crossing this line for a single year does not signify failure. “Temperatures would need to consistently breach 1.5 degrees Celsius,” scientists clarify, adding that the figure is calculated as a 20-year average.

Nevertheless, even temporary breaches underscore the urgency of addressing climate change. “One degree or one and a half degrees, they don’t seem so dramatic,” says Kai Kornhuber, a senior research scholar at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis. “But on a local scale, these events lead to really dramatic record temperatures and extreme weather events.”

A Puzzling Climatic Whodunit

This year’s heat has perplexed scientists, presenting a puzzle that goes beyond the expected impact of El Niño and human-induced climate change. The interplay of diminished cloud cover, changes in atmospheric particles, volcanic activity, and heightened solar radiation is under scrutiny. While these factors may each contribute incrementally, their combined effect appears to be amplifying global temperatures more than anticipated.

Moreover, the past decade has consistently been the warmest since record-keeping began. Every month in 2024, from January through August, has set new temperature records, highlighting the persistence of warming trends. As temperatures climb, the effects of climate change become increasingly evident and alarming.

Heat Waves: A Growing Threat

As global temperatures rise, heat waves are becoming more severe, particularly in regions like Western Europe and the Arctic. A recent study revealed that heat waves in these hotspots are worsening at rates beyond what climate models had predicted. This discrepancy has raised questions about whether existing models are adequately capturing the impacts of warming.

For instance, in the Arctic, rising temperatures are accelerating ice melt, which in turn exposes darker ocean surfaces that absorb more heat. Such feedback loops could amplify warming in ways that are difficult to predict. Kornhuber emphasizes the localized impacts of global warming, stating, “On a local scale, these events lead to really dramatic record temperatures and extreme weather events.”

Amplified Impacts

As the Earth’s interconnected systems are disrupted by rising temperatures, scientists warn that the consequences may be magnified in unexpected ways. The combination of intensified storms, persistent heat waves, and increasingly severe weather events underscores the need for urgent action to mitigate climate change.

The record-breaking heat of 2024 is not just a statistical anomaly but a stark reminder of the growing urgency to address global warming. With every tenth of a degree increase in temperature, the risks of extreme weather events and catastrophic consequences become more apparent.

World Magnetic Model 2025 Unveiled: Tracking Earth’s Magnetic North

The World Magnetic Model 2025 (WMM2025) has been released, providing an updated prediction of Earth’s magnetic fields. This model will remain valid until late 2029, during which the magnetic north pole is expected to continue its slow drift toward Russia. The release underscores the importance of monitoring the magnetic north pole’s unpredictable movement and its implications for navigation systems.

Earth’s magnetic north pole differs from the geographic North Pole. While the geographic North Pole, or “True North,” is a fixed location at 90° North latitude where the Earth’s axis of rotation intersects its surface, the magnetic north pole is a dynamic point influenced by the movement of liquid metals in Earth’s outer core.

The outer core consists of conductive molten metals in constant motion, driven by Earth’s rotation and heat-induced convection. These movements generate electric currents that create Earth’s magnetic field, which features two poles. Unlike the fixed geographic poles, magnetic poles are constantly shifting, albeit slowly. This variability necessitates periodic updates to models like the WMM to ensure accuracy.

On December 17, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the British Geological Survey (BGS) unveiled the WMM2025. This latest update includes the World Magnetic Model High Resolution (WMMHR2025), a significant enhancement in spatial resolution. At the equator, WMMHR2025 achieves a resolution of approximately 300 kilometers (186 miles), a marked improvement from the standard model’s resolution of 3,300 kilometers (2,050 miles).

The updated model is crucial for modern technology that depends on Earth’s magnetic field, such as the Global Positioning System (GPS) and other satellite-based navigation systems used worldwide.

The importance of this release is heightened by the accelerating movement of the magnetic north pole. Historically, the north magnetic pole has shifted approximately 2,250 kilometers (1,400 miles) across the Northern Hemisphere, traveling from Canada toward Siberia since the 1830s. Between 1990 and 2005, the rate of movement increased significantly, rising from less than 15 kilometers (9.3 miles) per year to around 50 to 60 kilometers (31 to 37 miles) annually.

Dr. William Brown, a global geomagnetic field modeler at BGS, emphasized the significance of the WMM2025 in a statement: “The WMM is officially released today, ensuring users can have the most up-to-date information so they can continue to navigate accurately for the next five years.”

Dr. Brown further explained the unprecedented nature of recent magnetic north movements: “The current behavior of magnetic north is something that we have never observed before. Magnetic north has been moving slowly around Canada since the 1500s but, in the past 20 years, it accelerated towards Siberia, increasing in speed every year until about five years ago, when it suddenly decelerated from 50 to 35 kilometers per year, which is the biggest deceleration in speed we’ve ever seen.”

The WMM2025 serves as a vital tool for understanding and adapting to these changes, ensuring navigation systems remain reliable despite the magnetic north’s erratic behavior

World’s Largest Iceberg Drifts Toward Warmer Waters, Scientists Monitor Its Journey

The world’s largest iceberg, A23a, has begun drifting again through the Southern Ocean, after spending several months spinning in place, according to scientists from the British Antarctic Survey (BAS). Spanning 3,672 square kilometers (1,418 square miles) as of August, the iceberg is slightly larger than Rhode Island. Since its calving from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf in 1986, A23a has been under close observation by researchers.

For more than three decades, A23a remained grounded on the Weddell Sea floor in Antarctica. Scientists believe that the iceberg remained stuck due to its size, but it eventually shrank enough to loosen its hold on the seafloor. Once free, ocean currents carried it away, but it became trapped once again in a Taylor column, a phenomenon where ocean currents create a vortex around an underwater mountain. This swirling vortex held A23a in place until recently.

Now that the iceberg has broken free, scientists expect it will continue drifting toward warmer waters and the remote South Georgia Island. There, A23a is expected to eventually break up and melt. BAS explained in a statement on Friday that the iceberg’s movement will be monitored as it continues its journey through the Southern Ocean.

Since the 1980s, A23a has been the largest current iceberg several times, although other larger icebergs such as A68 in 2017 and A76 in 2021 have temporarily surpassed it in size. However, these larger icebergs had shorter lifespans, and A23a reclaimed its title as the largest iceberg again after their breakup.

While the calving of A23a was likely a part of the natural cycle of the ice shelf’s growth and won’t directly contribute to rising sea levels, climate change is accelerating changes in Antarctica. These shifts have the potential to lead to significant increases in global sea levels. Scientists have pointed out that, in addition to its size, A23a’s journey has been an important opportunity to study the ways in which sea ice affects oceanic processes and the Earth’s carbon balance.

Over the years, researchers have closely examined the iceberg’s erosion and the impact it has on local ecosystems. Laura Taylor, a biogeochemist from BAS, highlighted that large icebergs like A23a can influence ocean ecosystems by introducing nutrients to waters they pass through, which can support thriving ecosystems in otherwise low-productivity regions.

“We know that these giant icebergs can provide nutrients to the waters they pass through, creating thriving ecosystems in otherwise less productive areas,” Taylor said in the BAS statement. However, she also pointed out that scientists do not yet fully understand the influence that specific icebergs, including their size and origins, have on these processes.

During A23a’s journey, scientists have taken samples from the ocean at different points along its path. These samples, which were collected from the surface waters both behind and ahead of the iceberg, will help researchers understand the role the iceberg plays in stimulating life in the surrounding waters and its effect on the ocean’s carbon dynamics. The samples will also offer insights into how the iceberg might influence the balance of carbon between the ocean and the atmosphere.

“What we don’t know is what difference particular icebergs, their scale, and their origins can make to that process,” Taylor added. The ongoing study of A23a’s journey will continue to provide valuable data on how large icebergs contribute to global ocean cycles of carbon and nutrients.

In the broader context of climate change, A23a’s movement through the Southern Ocean serves as a reminder of the rapidly changing dynamics in Antarctica and the potential long-term impacts on sea level rise. Scientists remain vigilant in tracking the iceberg’s path, as it moves closer to warmer waters, where it is likely to break up and eventually melt.

The movement of icebergs like A23a provides an opportunity to study the broader environmental effects of melting ice in the Southern Ocean. As researchers continue to monitor the iceberg’s journey, the findings could offer crucial insights into the effects of climate change on marine ecosystems and global carbon cycles.

While A23a’s natural detachment from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf was part of the expected growth cycle of the ice shelf, the acceleration of such events due to climate change raises important concerns. Rising temperatures in the region could lead to more frequent calving events, contributing to higher sea levels and more significant disruptions to ecosystems.

Scientists will continue to analyze the data collected from the area around A23a, especially as it approaches warmer waters. As the iceberg breaks apart and melts, researchers hope to gain a clearer understanding of how these giant ice structures interact with the environment and influence the world’s oceans. These studies could ultimately help improve predictions about the future of Antarctica’s ice shelves and their contribution to global sea level rise.

The A23a iceberg’s current journey through the Southern Ocean offers an opportunity to learn more about the complex interactions between large icebergs, ocean ecosystems, and the global climate system. As A23a drifts toward warmer waters and eventually melts, scientists will continue to monitor the iceberg’s impact on the surrounding environment, providing critical information about the potential consequences of climate change for both local and global ecosystems.

Heavy Lake-Effect Snow Continues to Pummel Great Lakes Region, Prompting Emergency Measures

Over four million people across five states remained under winter storm alerts on Sunday as intense lake-effect snow blanketed the Great Lakes region, prompting emergency declarations and the deployment of National Guard troops to assist stranded motorists.

The snowfall, which began on Thursday, has been relentless, especially in western New York. The region, which has already been buried under more than 40 inches of snow, is bracing for an additional 24 inches from Sunday into Monday. States under winter alerts include New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Michigan, and Wisconsin.

Buffalo Faces Heavy Snowfall

A lake-effect snow warning persisted from Cleveland, Ohio, to Buffalo, New York, on Sunday. New York Governor Kathy Hochul declared a state of emergency for 11 counties, including Erie County, home to Buffalo.

“More heavy snowfall is expected across western and central New York through Sunday night and into Monday, with rates reaching up to 4 inches per hour,” Hochul stated on Sunday.

The snowstorm has left parts of the state buried under significant accumulations. By Sunday morning, Barns Corner in Lewis County recorded 45 inches of snow, while Perrysburg in Cattaraugus County and Copenhagen in Lewis County measured 37.6 inches and 36.5 inches, respectively.

Hochul warned that an additional 1 to 2 feet of snow could accumulate in western New York, with the heaviest deposits anticipated in northern Chautauqua and south-central Erie counties. The North Country region could see 2 to 3 feet of additional snow, particularly from northern Tug Hill to Watertown.

The Science Behind Lake-Effect Snow

Lake-effect snow, a common phenomenon during this time of year, occurs when cold air passes over relatively warmer lake waters, producing narrow, intense bands of snowfall.

According to the National Weather Service in Buffalo, “An intense lake-effect band across Watertown and Jefferson County will continue to produce snowfall rates of 3-4 inches per hour today.”

Efforts to Clear Snow at Highmark Stadium

In Orchard Park, a Buffalo suburb, the Buffalo Bills prepared to face the San Francisco 49ers on Sunday night amid a challenging snow cleanup effort at Highmark Stadium. Over 18 inches of snow had already fallen at the stadium, with more expected before the 8:20 p.m. kickoff.

The snow was so overwhelming that the Bills sought volunteers to help with removal, offering $20 an hour along with food and hot beverages.

Governor Hochul praised the efforts of first responders, saying, “As New Yorkers face the ongoing impacts of lake-effect snow, first responders are working around the clock to ensure the safety of our communities. With tonight’s kickoff in our sights, we are doing everything we can to clear roads, assess damage, and provide resources to state and local partners.”

Travel advisories were issued for Jefferson, Lewis, and portions of Erie County. Additionally, lake-effect snow was predicted to reach central New York and parts of the Mohawk Valley region by Sunday afternoon, bringing 4 to 10 inches of snow to central New York and 3 to 5 inches to the Mohawk Valley.

The New York Department of Transportation also restricted certain commercial vehicles. Empty and tandem trucks were banned on I-86 between the Pennsylvania state line and I-390, as well as on State Route 219 from the Pennsylvania state line to I-90.

To address potential road and power emergencies, Hochul announced the deployment of additional personnel alongside National Guard members.

Pennsylvania Mobilizes National Guard

In Pennsylvania, Governor Josh Shapiro declared a disaster emergency and dispatched National Guard troops to Erie County to rescue stranded motorists.

“At the county’s request, I’ve called in the Pennsylvania National Guard—who are now on the ground—to help any stranded drivers and ensure emergency responders can reach those in need,” Shapiro said.

Between Friday and Saturday, Pennsylvania State Police responded to over 200 traffic incidents. Erie County Executive Brenton Davis said the local disaster emergency would remain in effect until midweek.

Davis added that county buildings, including courthouses, would remain closed on Monday and Tuesday, with officials advising school districts to do the same. He also urged residents to limit travel during the storm.

Record-Breaking Snowfall Across the Region

The heavy snow has shattered records across the region. Gaylord, Michigan, experienced its snowiest day on record on Friday, with 24.8 inches falling. This surpassed its previous record of 17 inches, set on March 9, 1942.

In an image shared by the New York Department of Transportation, a snowplow worked to clear a heavily blanketed road, underscoring the severity of the storm’s impact on infrastructure.

Counties in Michigan, Ohio, and Pennsylvania have similarly reported substantial snowfall totals, as the Arctic blast continues to wreak havoc.

The combined efforts of state and local authorities, first responders, and volunteers remain focused on minimizing the storm’s disruption and ensuring public safety as the region braces for additional snowfall in the coming days.

Trump 2.0: What the 2024 Election Means for Energy and Climate Policy

The 2024 presidential election has ushered in a new administration under Donald Trump, yet the nation remains sharply divided over numerous issues, including energy and climate change policies. Experts have started assessing the potential implications of Trump’s second presidency, often referred to as “Trump 2.0,” for both domestic and international policy.

“Trump’s presidency will have huge reverberations for international policy,” remarked David Victor, a professor of innovation and public policy at the School of Global Policy and Strategy, in a Nature commentary.

Victor’s comments set the stage for a recent roundtable discussion centered on the effects of Trump’s return to office. The panel included Victor; Thad Kousser, a professor in the UC San Diego Department of Political Science; and Varun Sivaram, who served in the Biden administration as a senior advisor to U.S. Special Presidential Envoy for Climate John Kerry. Jade Hindmon, journalist and host of KPBS’ Midday Edition, moderated the event.

Held on November 18, the discussion explored key takeaways from the election results and their implications over the next four years. Topics included the U.S.’s stance on international agreements, the role of markets in decarbonization, bipartisan opportunities, and challenges in navigating public opinion on climate issues.

Withdrawing from the Paris Agreement

One major concern is Trump’s likely withdrawal from the Paris Agreement, which he exited during his first term. President Joe Biden rejoined the accord, but experts predict Trump may pull out again, possibly as early as his first day back in office.

“I actually think it’s good for them to leave the Paris Agreement,” Victor stated. “All of these agreements work through consensus, and so if you have one country whose diplomats have a political brief to cause trouble, you’re better off not having them have a formal vote.”

Victor elaborated that while the absence of U.S. leadership in such agreements is concerning, it might be preferable to avoid disruption from within. He posed an important question: “The key, though, is, what does the rest of the world do?”

Market-Driven Decarbonization

Despite concerns about policy shifts, panelists agreed that markets will continue driving decarbonization efforts, regardless of the administration in power.

“There is bipartisan consensus on supporting the next generation of energy technology innovation,” noted Sivaram, who is also a senior fellow for energy and climate at the Council on Foreign Relations. He emphasized that technological advancements decoupling energy production from emissions will proceed independently of White House policies.

Victor supported this view, stating, “That revolution is underway, and it isn’t really affected by who’s in the White House. The President is not some Wizard of Oz who’s pulling all these levers and changing everything outside in the economy.”

Bipartisan Opportunities for Climate Action

Sivaram expressed cautious optimism about certain bipartisan initiatives continuing under Trump. “My hope is to still see research and development for the next generation of batteries and geothermal energy,” he said. He also highlighted nuclear power as a potential area for bipartisan collaboration, especially given the rise in energy demand fueled by artificial intelligence technologies.

Victor noted that Trump’s threats to defund the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), a cornerstone of Biden’s climate agenda, may face resistance from Republican lawmakers. “Most of the funds are flowing to red states,” he pointed out, suggesting that fiscal benefits could sway Republicans to support the legislation despite Trump’s opposition.

Challenges of Political History

Historical patterns indicate that a unified government under one party, as the Republicans now enjoy, does not guarantee sweeping legislative victories. Trump’s party gained majorities in both the House and Senate, but narrow margins could prove problematic.

“I think we’re going to see a test over the next two years on whether history repeats itself,” Kousser observed. He recalled how past presidents, including Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, and Trump himself, faced significant legislative setbacks despite initial optimism.

“Obamacare is stronger, more popular, and has been more embraced by red state policymakers than ever since then,” Kousser added, highlighting the long-term resilience of major policies despite partisan attempts to dismantle them.

Victor suggested that Trump could also encounter resistance from fiscally conservative Republicans when proposing tax cuts. “People are going to start paying attention to costs and the deficit,” he explained. He predicted that moderate Republican senators, such as Lisa Murkowski and Susan Collins, could become pivotal figures, akin to Democratic Senator Joe Manchin during Biden’s presidency.

Public Opinion on Climate vs. Economic Concerns

Kousser underscored a notable disconnect between the increasing prevalence of climate disasters and their relatively low priority among voters. “Let’s look for where climate is among the top 10 issues that Americans said drove them to the polls,” he said. “It is nowhere. If you look at the Gallup poll on the biggest issues, you have to go to number 16 before you get energy and you have to go to number 21 before you get climate change.”

Hindmon asked Kousser to explain this apparent paradox. He attributed it to the overriding influence of economic concerns. “We saw voters’ views of the economy drive where this election went,” he said, noting that many political models accurately predicted Trump’s victory based on economic dissatisfaction.

Despite this, Kousser acknowledged a gradual shift in public opinion on climate change. “If you look at this question of the percentage of U.S. adults who say climate change is a major threat to the country, there’s been a strong majority in favor of that ever since 2016,” he said.

Isolationism and Administrative Challenges

Victor expressed concern about the Trump administration’s isolationist tendencies and their potential to hinder climate progress. He criticized bipartisan support for policies such as tariffs on China, which began under Trump and continued under Biden.

“If we don’t have access to global markets, and everyone’s turning inward and costs go up, that would be just horrible for the clean energy revolution,” he warned.

Another pressing issue is the potential erosion of expertise within the federal workforce. Victor highlighted Trump’s attacks on civil servants, whom he has criticized as part of a “deep state” obstructing his agenda.

“We are talking about civil servants, many of them scientists,” Victor said. “They are non-partisan and work in the administration from president to president. Many of them will be deeply demoralized, they are going to be wondering whether they have a role in policymaking, whether they’re going to be able to still do their jobs.”

The panel discussion offered a nuanced perspective on the challenges and opportunities of Trump’s second presidency, emphasizing the complex interplay of politics, market forces, and public opinion in shaping the future of climate and energy policy.

COP29 Draft Text Highlights Climate Finance Stalemate and Gender Considerations

As COP29 nears its conclusion, the much-anticipated new draft text on climate action and finance was released today, highlighting ongoing divisions between developed and developing countries. The draft acknowledges that developing nations disproportionately suffer from climate change impacts due to systemic barriers like high capital costs, limited fiscal space, and mounting debt burdens, which exacerbate existing developmental challenges.

Diverging Views on Climate Finance

The New Collective Quantified Goal (NCQG) for climate finance remains a contentious issue. Ambassador Ali Mohamed, Kenya’s Special Envoy for Climate Change and Chair of the African Group of Negotiators, praised the streamlined draft for incorporating several principled positions from the African Group and other developing nations. However, he criticized the lack of a clear financial commitment, particularly the absence of the proposed $1.3 trillion annual goal supported by the G77 and China.

“The elephant in the room is the lack of a quantum proposal,” Mohamed stated, urging developed nations to engage meaningfully.

The draft’s first option aligns with developing countries’ demands, proposing trillions in annual financing from 2025 to 2035. However, it controversially suggests that developing nations may voluntarily contribute, a provision seen as undermining the primary goal of support from wealthier nations.

Climate justice advocate Mohamed Adow criticized the draft, calling it a “blank cheque” and emphasizing the need for specific financial commitments. “We came here to talk about money. You measure money with numbers,” he said. While the draft includes promising language on grant-based financing and the avoidance of debt-inducing instruments, Adow stressed that concrete figures are necessary to advance negotiations.

Developed nations prefer the second option, which proposes a phased approach to climate finance, starting from their existing $100 billion annual contributions. This approach would extend the timeline to 2035, giving developed countries more time to meet their commitments. Critics argue this delays urgent climate action and lacks accountability for historical polluters.

Adaptation, Loss, and Damage Funding

The draft faced criticism for its treatment of adaptation financing. Cristina Rumbaitis, Senior Adaptation and Resilience Advisor at the UN Foundation, called the text “poor and disappointing.” Key issues include the exclusion of a specific funding floor for adaptation and the lack of reference to the Global Goal on Adaptation or the UAE Framework for Global Climate Resilience.

While the draft emphasizes balancing mitigation, adaptation, and loss-and-damage financing, experts fear this language could reduce adaptation funding. However, it does include some positive elements, such as calls for grant-based financing for Least Developed Countries and Small Island Developing States.

Gender and Just Transition

The draft incorporates provisions on gender-responsive climate action, recognizing that integrating gender considerations can enhance ambition and promote equality. The enhanced Lima Work Programme on Gender, originally established in 2014, has been extended for ten years to support gender-balanced implementation of the Paris Agreement.

The text also underscores the need for just transition pathways, particularly in vulnerable developing countries. It calls for multi-stakeholder, people-centric approaches, focusing on education, skills development, labor rights, and social protections to ensure equitable workforce transitions in the face of climate change.

Way Forward

As the COP29 negotiations continue, the lack of specific financial commitments remains a significant hurdle. The divide between developed and developing nations underscores the urgency for concrete agreements to address the climate crisis. Without decisive action on funding and equitable burden-sharing, the goals of COP29 risk being undermined.

India Urges Action on Climate Finance at COP29: A Call for Justice for the Global South  

The ongoing COP29 climate summit has highlighted the pressing need for enhanced financial commitments from developed countries to address the mounting climate challenges faced by vulnerable nations in the Global South. India has underscored this urgency, emphasizing that the talks represent a critical opportunity for nations most affected by climate change to adopt ambitious mitigation and adaptation measures. During key discussions, India reiterated its demand for the rich world to mobilize a minimum of $1.3 trillion annually to support developing nations in combating the climate crisis.

At Thursday’s High-Level Ministerial on Climate Finance, Naresh Pal Gangwar, India’s lead negotiator, firmly opposed efforts to dilute the financial responsibilities of developed nations under the Paris Agreement. He criticized the significant presence of fossil fuel interests at the summit, describing it as a distraction from the core objectives of climate action. Gangwar called for the financial support to come in the form of grants, concessional finance, and non-debt-inducing mechanisms to avoid further burdening developing nations that are already grappling with climate-induced adversities.

“We are at a crucial juncture in our fight against Climate Change. What we decide here will enable all of us, particularly those in the Global South, to not only take ambitious mitigation action but also adapt to Climate Change,” Gangwar stated, stressing the devastating impact of extreme weather events on vulnerable populations.

Upholding Historical Responsibilities

India took a strong position against redefining the New Collective Quantified Goal (NCQG) on climate finance. This goal is set to succeed the Paris Agreement’s $100 billion annual target, a promise made in 2009 that remains unfulfilled. Gangwar insisted that the NCQG must remain a unidirectional commitment from developed to developing countries, as originally outlined in the Paris Agreement. “NCQG cannot be changed into an investment goal when it is a unidirectional provision and mobilisation goal from the developed to the developing countries,” he emphasized. “Bringing in elements of any new goal, which are outside the mandate of the convention and its Paris Agreement, is unacceptable.”

India’s concerns centered on two key issues: the shift of financial obligations from public sources in developed countries to private investment mechanisms and the need to uphold the principle of historical responsibility, which holds wealthier nations accountable for their disproportionate contributions to global emissions.

This stance resonated strongly with other developing nations, particularly the African Group of Negotiators (AGN), which echoed India’s demands. “We are standing firm against attempts to re-define Paris Agreement’s obligations. The funding commitments by developed nations remain binding. For Africa and other developing nations, the $1.3 trillion is essential for achieving climate adaptation, resilience, and emissions reductions,” said AGN chair Ali D Mohamed, highlighting the collective resolve of the Global South.

A Test for Future Ambitions

India’s remarks also pointed to the importance of making tangible progress at COP29 as a precursor to COP30, set to be hosted by Brazil. At COP30, nations are expected to submit updated Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), a key mechanism for advancing global climate goals. However, the persistent failure of developed countries to meet existing financial commitments has dampened expectations.

“We have a common time frame for expressing ambitions every five years. There is a similar need in terms of Climate Finance. We are very hopeful that developed countries will realise their responsibility to enable enhanced ambitions and make this COP29 a success,” Gangwar said.

The outcome of the ongoing financial discussions will play a pivotal role in determining whether the global community can meet the objectives of the Paris Agreement. Current estimates suggest the world has already reached 1.3°C of warming above pre-industrial levels, nearing the critical 1.5°C threshold established in the accord.

Private Sector Finance Falls Short

The reliance on private sector funding as a solution to climate finance gaps has come under scrutiny. A recent report by Oil Change International revealed that low- and lower-middle-income countries, representing 42% of the global population, received only 7% of clean energy investments in 2022. The analysis also debunked the assumption that public finance could significantly leverage private investment, showing that each dollar of public funds attracted only 85 cents in private financing on average. For low-income countries, this figure dropped to 69 cents.

These findings challenge the developed nations’ emphasis on mobilizing private investment as a substitute for direct public financing. The report underscores the inadequacy of private sector contributions to meet the urgent and large-scale financial needs of vulnerable nations.

Fossil Fuel Interests Under Scrutiny

The COP29 talks have also been overshadowed by concerns over the influence of the fossil fuel industry. Analysis by the Kick Big Polluters Out (KBPO) coalition revealed that at least 1,773 fossil fuel lobbyists are attending the summit, surpassing the delegation sizes of most participating countries. Only Azerbaijan, COP30 host Brazil, and Türkiye have sent larger contingents.

“The fossil fuel lobby’s grip on climate negotiations is like a venomous snake coiling around the very future of our planet,” said Nnimmo Bassey, a representative of KBPO. The coalition has called for an end to the industry’s influence on global climate discussions, warning that their presence undermines the credibility and effectiveness of the negotiations.

KBPO’s analysis was based on the UNFCCC’s provisional participant list, cross-referenced with fossil fuel lobbying records from previous COPs and external registers. The growing representation of fossil fuel interests has raised alarms among climate activists and negotiators alike, who fear that the industry’s involvement may derail efforts to achieve meaningful outcomes.

A Crucial Moment for Global Climate Action

As COP29 unfolds, the demands of India and other developing nations reflect a broader call for justice and equity in climate action. The Global South, bearing the brunt of climate impacts despite contributing the least to global emissions, is seeking not just acknowledgment but concrete support from wealthier nations.

India’s firm stance, supported by the African Group of Negotiators and other developing countries, highlights the critical need for developed nations to fulfill their financial obligations. With the Paris Agreement’s goals hanging in the balance and the planet nearing dangerous levels of warming, the decisions made at COP29 could shape the trajectory of global climate action for years to come.

COP29 Begins in Baku with Ambitious Climate Goals Amid Criticisms and Divisions

The 2024 United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP29) commenced in Baku, Azerbaijan, on Monday, bringing together a broad array of delegates from nearly 200 countries. Business leaders, climate scientists, Indigenous Peoples, journalists, and other stakeholders are attending the conference, which will run until November 22.

The primary aim of COP29 is to unite countries in developing a collective strategy to address global warming. The summit is also expected to focus on enhancing climate finance to assist developing nations in mitigating the impacts of climate change.

What is COP?

The Conference of the Parties (COP) is an annual meeting of members of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), an international agreement signed in 1992. The UNFCCC has provided the foundation for climate negotiations, committing its members to work together to stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations to a level that prevents dangerous human-induced interference with the climate system. Presently, there are 198 parties to the UNFCCC, which includes 197 countries and the European Union, making it nearly universal in its membership.

Since 1995, except for 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the parties have gathered each year to discuss international climate policies. A key responsibility of COP is to review the national communications and emission inventories submitted by member states. As outlined by the UNFCCC, “Based on this information, the COP assesses the effects of the measures taken by Parties and the progress made in achieving the ultimate objective of the Convention.”

Key Milestones of COP

COP has seen several significant milestones over the years. A major breakthrough occurred at COP3 in Kyoto in 1997, where the Kyoto Protocol was adopted. This international treaty set emission reduction targets for rich and industrialized nations, with the goal of reducing greenhouse gases by 4.2% by 2012, based on 1990 levels, as reported by the London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE).

However, the protocol faced significant challenges. Many wealthy nations, including the United States, which signed the protocol but never ratified it, expressed dissatisfaction with its provisions. At COP15 in Copenhagen in 2009, efforts to establish a successor treaty fell short.

A more successful attempt came at COP21 in Paris in 2015, where the landmark Paris Agreement was forged. This legally binding international treaty aims to limit global temperature rise to well below 2 degrees Celsius, ideally keeping it under 1.5 degrees Celsius. As part of the agreement, parties committed to submitting their climate action plans, known as nationally determined contributions (NDCs), by 2020.

Another significant development came at COP26 in Glasgow in 2021, with the adoption of the Glasgow Pact. This agreement included a commitment to “phase down” coal use (though the language was watered down from “phase out” during negotiations) and to phase out “inefficient fossil fuel subsidies.” This was the first time a UN climate agreement specifically addressed coal.

At COP28 in Dubai last year, the establishment of a Loss and Damage fund was a key highlight. This fund is designed to provide financial assistance to nations impacted by climate-related disasters.

Criticism of COP’s Effectiveness

Despite these milestones, COP has faced substantial criticism for its lack of progress in significantly reducing emissions and achieving climate goals. One of the most significant concerns is that COP has failed to implement sufficient emission cuts to meet the targets of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5 or 2 degrees Celsius. Studies have shown that the world must reduce emissions by at least 43% by 2030 compared to 2019 levels to keep the 1.5-degree target within reach. However, by 2023, emissions were still rising and had not yet peaked. Even in the most optimistic scenarios, global emissions are projected to be only 2% below 2019 levels by 2030, far from the required 43% reduction.

COP has also been criticized for its failure to fulfill promises regarding climate finance for developing nations. In 2009, wealthier countries, which are disproportionately responsible for the climate crisis, committed to raising $100 billion annually to help developing nations mitigate greenhouse gas emissions and adapt to climate change. However, they have not met this commitment, prompting frustration from poorer nations.

Expectations for COP29

At COP29, the issue of climate finance remains a central topic. Delegates are negotiating the New Collective Quantified Goal (NCQG), which outlines the amount of money developed countries must raise annually from 2025 onward to finance climate action in developing nations. This amount must exceed the $100 billion previously promised.

However, discussions surrounding the NCQG have been marked by deep divisions. As reported by Carbon Brief, parties are at odds over several aspects of the fund, including “the amount of money that needs to be raised, who should contribute, what types of finance should feed into it, what it should fund, and what period of time it should cover.” As such, it remains uncertain how member states will finalize the NCQG.

Looking Forward

As COP29 continues, the global community will be watching closely to see whether meaningful progress can be made on these critical issues. The ability of wealthy nations to fulfill their climate finance promises and take more decisive action on emission reductions will play a pivotal role in determining whether the world can meet its climate goals in the years to come. With the stakes higher than ever, the outcome of COP29 will be crucial for shaping the future of global climate policy.

In conclusion, while COP has played a central role in advancing international climate dialogue, the persistent challenges, including insufficient emission reductions and unmet finance commitments, point to the need for more robust and immediate actions. As the summit unfolds, all eyes will be on the discussions and decisions that emerge from Baku.

Global Climate Talks Open in Baku Amid Uncertain U.S. Stance on Environmental Goals

The COP29 summit has officially commenced in Baku, Azerbaijan, a nation known for its significant oil and gas production, positioned strategically along the Caspian Sea. This annual climate summit, attended by global leaders, scientists, environmental activists, and corporate representatives, is a platform to discuss actionable strategies to mitigate global warming and address the urgent climate-related threats facing communities worldwide. However, the recent re-election of Donald Trump as U.S. President has raised concerns about the future of America’s participation in international climate initiatives, especially given the country’s status as a major historical contributor to greenhouse gas emissions.

Last year’s conference concluded with an important agreement to move countries away from fossil fuel reliance. However, Trump has consistently advocated for increased fossil-fuel production in the U.S., a stance that could hinder international climate efforts. In fact, even before Trump’s return, the United Nations had already signaled that global efforts to combat climate pollution were severely lagging. 2023 saw greenhouse gas emissions reach record highs, and scientists from the EU now suggest with near certainty that 2024 will surpass all previous years as the hottest on record.

At the heart of this year’s discussions will be financing climate change efforts. The Baku summit aims to address the immense financial demands required to transform economies that remain deeply entrenched in fossil fuels and to help countries cope with escalating extreme weather risks. These financial needs are most urgent in developing countries, which contribute minimally to global emissions yet face the heaviest burdens of climate change. Nonetheless, funding remains far short of the necessary levels, and climate experts warn that the window for averting the most severe consequences of global warming is rapidly closing.

Rich Lesser, global chair of Boston Consulting Group, noted the urgency of the situation, saying, “I remain very optimistic on the technology side. The challenge is that the timeline to do this is not set by us.”

Objectives and Purpose of the COP29 Summit

This summit traces its roots to the 1992 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, an international treaty signed by nearly 200 countries to prevent human-caused greenhouse gas pollution from disrupting the Earth’s climate. The annual climate meetings, known as the Conference of the Parties (COP), bring countries together to evaluate progress. COP29 will follow the tradition of assessing global action plans toward limiting global warming to under 2 degrees Celsius, with an ideal cap of 1.5 degrees, compared to pre-industrial levels to mitigate escalating extreme weather impacts. Yet, despite the target, the global community remains far from achieving these goals.

The landmark Paris Agreement, signed in 2015, mandated countries to set specific emissions reduction targets and periodically update them. These targets are aimed at containing global temperature increases within manageable limits. Nonetheless, current projections show the world is not close to meeting the 1.5-degree goal, and achieving it remains increasingly unlikely without significant shifts in climate policies.

Impact of the U.S. Presidential Election

Trump’s election victory could influence the summit’s trajectory. Known for his dismissal of climate change as a “hoax,” Trump previously withdrew the U.S. from the Paris Agreement and has implied he may repeat this action in his upcoming term.

“President-elect Trump has made very clear that he won’t wait six months to pull out of the Paris agreement like he did in his last term,” explained Alden Meyer, senior associate at climate think tank E3G. “He will pull out on day one.”

If the U.S. were to withdraw, the process requires a year to finalize. However, the immediate threat of departure is already impacting the diplomatic atmosphere. Meyer added that due to Trump’s victory, countries at the Baku summit may look to the European Union and China for leadership rather than the U.S.

Early next year, countries are expected to submit more ambitious emission reduction commitments. Still, to move forward, they must establish a new framework to assist developing countries in reducing fossil fuel dependence and managing climate change impacts. This agenda item will be a primary focus at COP29.

Financial Assistance Promised to Developing Nations

Wealthy nations have historically built their prosperity by exploiting fossil fuels, thereby contributing significantly to global warming. Developing countries, by contrast, are responsible for a smaller share of emissions but endure disproportionate climate impacts due to weaker economies and geographic vulnerabilities.

To address this disparity, wealthier nations pledged in 2009 to allocate $100 billion annually to developing nations by 2020. This goal, reaffirmed in 2015 and extended to 2025, is intended to support developing nations in combating climate change. However, despite reaching a record $115.9 billion in 2022, these funds only partially meet the critical needs of these nations.

Vijaya Ramachandran, director for energy and development at The Breakthrough Institute, emphasized the necessity of sustained funding. “I think for me, success is when the money is actually delivered,” she said. “What we really want to see is an increase in resources to poor countries that will actually enable them to tackle climate change. Instead, what we are seeing are these pronouncements.”

Additionally, the summit will discuss the newly established “loss and damage” fund, designed to support vulnerable countries already suffering from climate-related losses. While some countries have committed to the fund, no payments have yet been distributed due to ongoing discussions on its administration.

Countries’ Commitments to Emission Reduction

Countries are scheduled to submit their next round of emissions reduction pledges in February 2025. Some nations may unveil their commitments during the Baku summit.

The 2022 climate talks reached a consensus on the need to phase out fossil fuels such as oil, gas, and coal. Yet, S&P Global Commodity Insights reports that investments in fossil fuel exploration and production have increased this year. Trump’s climate agenda, which includes promoting fossil fuels and reducing funding for renewable energy projects, contrasts sharply with global climate goals. Trump has pledged to “terminate” Biden’s climate initiatives, including investments in solar and wind energy and large-scale batteries.

Assessment of Global Climate Goals

During COP28 in Dubai last year, countries committed to tripling renewable energy capacity by 2030 and improving annual energy efficiency rates by 4%. According to the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), this commitment is crucial to avoid the adverse effects of ongoing fossil fuel usage. Although countries aim to achieve 11,000 gigawatts of renewable energy capacity by 2030, a recent IRENA report suggests that they are on track to reach only half that target by the deadline.

IRENA director-general Francesco La Camera cautioned that while meeting this goal remains possible, it becomes increasingly challenging each year. “We made a shared commitment at COP28. Now it is time for us to deliver,” he said.

Countries are expected to submit detailed plans outlining how they intend to meet these climate goals in 2025. However, IRENA indicates limited progress in annual energy efficiency improvements, falling short of the 4% target.

For COP29, Azerbaijan has introduced an ambitious objective to enhance global energy storage capacity sixfold. Energy storage, primarily through batteries, is essential for maintaining renewable energy supplies during periods without sunlight or wind.

Role of Indigenous Communities

Indigenous groups have limited representation at COP meetings, but they offer valuable insights to countries willing to listen. These groups often advocate for policies that respect Indigenous rights and address the specific climate challenges they face.

Eriel Deranger, executive director of Indigenous Climate Action, highlighted Indigenous voices’ marginalization at COP29, stating, “It’s been really difficult, to be honest.”

Graeme Reed, representing North American Indigenous communities, emphasized the need for global solidarity among Indigenous groups. He explained, “The COP is predicated on the erasure of Indigenous nationhood. It’s built around the upholding of state nationhood, and as a result, we won’t see significant change until the nationhood of Indigenous peoples is acknowledged and incorporated.”

As COP29 progresses, these diverse perspectives will help shape the policies and commitments countries make toward tackling the global climate crisis. The decisions reached in Baku are likely to have lasting effects on climate actions worldwide, highlighting the urgent need for countries to not only commit to ambitious climate goals but also follow through on these commitments.

Saudi Arabia’s Al-Jawf Region Transformed by Historic Snowfall, Heavy Rains, and Blossoming Spring Potential

In an unexpected climate event, parts of Saudi Arabia are witnessing snowfall and heavy rain for the first time on record. Recent weather in the Al-Jawf region brought about a rare sight of heavy snow, which has transformed the landscape in a country typically associated with heat and arid deserts. This snowfall follows a series of heavy rains and hail that swept across the region, creating a unique winter spectacle.

Residents of Al-Jawf awoke to an almost surreal scene with snow-covered mountains, as pristine white snow blanketed the area. According to the Saudi Press Agency, the weather not only brought snowfall but also revived the area’s natural water systems, forming waterfalls and revitalizing the region’s valleys. This winter transformation presents a welcome shift as the country transitions to the colder season. This season also serves as a prelude to the anticipated spring in Al-Jawf, known for blooming wildflowers. As spring progresses, vibrant flowers like lavender, chrysanthemum, and various aromatic plants color the landscape, creating a captivating seasonal display.

However, the Saudi weather department has advised residents to prepare for continued severe weather, forecasting thunderstorms across much of Al-Jawf. The department’s warnings include expectations for heavy rains, hail, and strong winds, which are anticipated to decrease visibility. Residents have been urged to remain cautious under these conditions.

Meanwhile, Saudi Arabia is not alone in facing unusual weather; the United Arab Emirates (UAE) has also been experiencing similar conditions. On October 14, the UAE’s National Centre of Meteorology (NCM) issued warnings of anticipated rain, thunderstorms, and possible hail across several areas. According to the NCM, these unusual weather patterns are attributed to low-pressure systems originating in the Arabian Sea and stretching toward Oman, impacting conditions throughout the region.

The snowfall in Al-Jawf is a sign of the changing climate patterns in the Middle East. In an area known for its dry climate, such weather is unprecedented and offers residents and visitors a rare chance to experience a winter landscape. As more rain is expected, the region eagerly awaits the vibrant spring blooms that usually follow, adding a sense of beauty and anticipation to this extraordinary weather event.

SCREEN Magazine Makes a Grand Comeback with Shraddha Kapoor on Digital Cover

The Indian Express is set to bring back its renowned SCREEN magazine after an 11-year hiatus. The highly anticipated relaunch will take place in Mumbai on Friday, with a dazzling event that marks SCREEN’s first-ever digital cover, featuring Shraddha Kapoor, the star of the hit film Stree 2. This grand return of SCREEN will not only celebrate its illustrious history but also introduce a contemporary flair that resonates with today’s entertainment landscape.

SCREEN, a well-known name in Indian cinema journalism, has been a prominent voice in the entertainment industry since its inception in 1951. Over the decades, it has chronicled the ups and downs, trends, and transitions of the Indian film industry, making it a go-to publication for both fans and professionals. Now, after more than a decade, SCREEN is returning in a new and vibrant digital form.

The highlight of the event will be the unveiling of the digital cover, graced by Shraddha Kapoor, whose career has skyrocketed following her performance in Stree 2, a horror-comedy that achieved massive success at the box office. Kapoor’s presence is set to be a significant draw for the event, not just because of her star power, but also for her wide appeal across audiences.

The digital cover launch will be followed by a series of engaging and insightful panel discussions. The first major session, titled ‘SCREEN Live,’ will spotlight Shraddha Kapoor as she opens up about her career, personal life, and the immense fame she has garnered, especially after the success of Stree 2. She will share the stage with Jyoti Sharma Bawa, Entertainment Editor of The Indian Express, in a conversation that promises to give fans a deeper look into the life of one of Bollywood’s brightest stars. The session will also feature a special segment led by Anant Goenka, Executive Director of The Indian Express Group, and will conclude with a Q&A session, giving the audience a chance to interact directly with the actress.

In addition to the focus on Kapoor, the event will include a dynamic conversation between acclaimed director Rajkumar Hirani and talented actor Vijay Varma. Hirani is known for his work on some of Bollywood’s most beloved films, including *Munnabhai MBBS*, *3 Idiots*, and Dunki, starring Shah Rukh Khan. His films are not just box office hits but have also garnered critical acclaim for their storytelling, humor, and social relevance. Meanwhile, Vijay Varma, who has been making waves with his powerful performances, was recently seen in Netflix’s IC 814.

The discussion between Hirani and Varma, moderated by Shubhra Gupta, Film Critic for The Indian Express, is expected to delve deep into their artistic processes, personal philosophies, and the challenges and triumphs they’ve experienced in their respective careers. This session, titled ‘Creator x Creator,’ is poised to be a highlight of the event, offering a rare glimpse into the minds of two highly respected figures in the film industry. Fans of both cinema and storytelling are sure to appreciate the insights shared during this conversation.

The relaunch of SCREEN magazine is part of a broader rebranding of The Indian Express’s entertainment section, which has already established a substantial online presence. Attracting between 20 million and 45 million unique users monthly, the entertainment coverage by The Indian Express has been a trusted source for news, interviews, reviews, and insights from the world of cinema and television. With the relaunch of SCREEN, the section is expected to become even more dynamic, continuing to offer cutting-edge content about the Indian film industry.

The event is supported by various partners, including Ixigo, the official presenter, and e-Tail as the e-commerce partner. Other contributors include Smaaash as the entertainment partner, HEXO as the AI partner, Innate Essentials as the beauty partner, Pack TEK as the packaging partner, Stranger & Sons as the liquor partner, and Stehlen utensils for life as the dining partner. The wide array of sponsorships underscores the significance of SCREEN’s relaunch and its impact on the entertainment industry.

As SCREEN re-enters the media landscape, it is clear that its influence and legacy are still very much alive. Fans of Indian cinema, as well as industry insiders, are eagerly awaiting the magazine’s return and the fresh content it will offer in its new digital format. For decades, SCREEN has been synonymous with high-quality journalism in entertainment, and its relaunch marks a new chapter that blends the rich history of Indian cinema with the evolving digital age.

Shraddha Kapoor’s presence on the first digital cover represents both the magazine’s past and future—a nod to the golden era of Indian cinema while embracing the future of entertainment. Kapoor’s role in Stree 2 is a perfect reflection of this balance, as the film itself is a blend of traditional Bollywood storytelling with modern, genre-blending elements that appeal to today’s audiences.

As Stree 2 continues to break records and Shraddha Kapoor solidifies her place among Bollywood’s elite, the conversation at the SCREEN relaunch event is expected to offer fans a chance to hear directly from the star about her experience, her approach to acting, and the future of her career.

Meanwhile, the discussion between Rajkumar Hirani and Vijay Varma will bring together two distinct yet complementary voices from Indian cinema. Hirani’s thoughtful, socially conscious films and Varma’s edgy, diverse roles offer different perspectives on what it means to be a creator in today’s entertainment world.

The relaunch of SCREEN, with its combination of insightful discussions, star-studded appearances, and exciting digital content, is shaping up to be one of the most significant media events of the year. By embracing its rich heritage while also looking forward to the future of entertainment, SCREEN is poised to reclaim its place as a leading voice in Indian cinema journalism.

Global Coral Reef Bleaching Reaches Record Levels as Oceans Heat Up

The mass bleaching of coral reefs that began in February 2023 has now become the most widespread on record, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). As of now, 77% of the world’s coral reef areas, spanning the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, have been subjected to bleaching-level heat stress. This alarming trend is driven by climate change, which has caused ocean temperatures to soar to record and near-record levels worldwide.

“This event is still increasing in spatial extent and we’ve broken the previous record by more than 11% in about half the amount of time,” NOAA Coral Reef Watch coordinator Derek Manzello told Reuters. “This could potentially have serious ramifications for the ultimate response of these reefs to these bleaching events.”

The NOAA officially declared the global bleaching event in April 2024, marking the fourth such occurrence since 1998. The last record-breaking bleaching event, which occurred from 2014 to 2017, affected nearly 66% of the world’s reef areas. However, this latest event has already surpassed that figure.

Coral bleaching is triggered by the heat stress of warm ocean waters. When exposed to excessive heat, corals expel the algae living in their tissues, which are responsible for their vibrant colors. Without these algae, corals lose their color, becoming pale and vulnerable to starvation and disease. Though bleached corals are not immediately dead, they require cooler ocean temperatures for any chance of recovery.

Previous bleaching events have had devastating consequences. It is estimated that at least 14% of the world’s remaining corals died during the last two global bleaching events. Despite this current mass bleaching being the most widespread on record, affecting reefs in 74 countries and territories, NOAA has not yet declared it the “worst” event in terms of overall impact. The full extent of the damage will not be known until scientists conduct underwater assessments in the coming months and years to count the number of dead corals.

“It seems likely that it is going to be record-breaking in terms of impacts,” said Manzello. “We’ve never had a coral bleaching event this big before.”

The effects of this bleaching event have already been confirmed in several regions over the past six weeks, including Palau, Guam, and Israel. Heat stress also remains dangerously high in the Caribbean and South China Sea. As ocean temperatures remain elevated, there are concerns about the future of the world’s coral reefs.

In response to the growing crisis, scientists have organized a special emergency session on coral reefs. The meeting will be held at the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (COP16) summit in Colombia later this month. During this session, world leaders and scientists will discuss strategies to prevent the functional extinction of corals. These discussions will include potential new protections and increased funding for coral conservation efforts.

“The meeting will bring together the global funding community to say we’re still in the fourth bleaching event, these are happening back to back …. What are we going to do about it?” said Emily Darling, who leads the Wildlife Conservation Society’s global coral reef conservation program.

In the past, scientists have projected that coral reefs would be in danger once global warming reached 1.5 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels. At this point, they predicted that up to 90% of reefs could be lost. However, the latest bleaching records suggest that coral reefs may have already passed this tipping point, even though the planet has only warmed by 1.3 degrees Celsius so far. If true, this could have severe consequences for ocean ecosystems, subsistence fisheries, and tourism, as coral reefs play a vital role in the global economy.

According to a 2020 estimate by the Global Coral Reef Monitoring Network, coral reefs contribute approximately $2.7 trillion in goods and services each year. This includes their role in protecting coastlines from storms, supporting marine biodiversity, and sustaining fisheries that millions of people rely on for food.

The current bleaching event has been exacerbated by El Niño, a natural climate pattern that can temporarily increase ocean temperatures. El Niño officially ended in May, but its effects have lingered, adding to the heat stress that coral reefs are enduring. Scientists are now watching for the potential onset of La Niña, a climate pattern that typically brings cooler ocean temperatures. Many hope that La Niña could provide a temporary reprieve for coral reefs, allowing them a chance to recover.

However, there are concerns that even La Niña may not be enough to reverse the damage. The year 2024 is on track to be the warmest year ever recorded, and some experts fear that high ocean temperatures may now be the new normal. If this is the case, coral reefs could be facing a future where they are in a near-constant state of bleaching.

Derek Manzello expressed this concern, warning that the world might be entering a period “where we’re more or less in a state of chronic global bleaching.”

As the world grapples with the consequences of climate change, coral reefs are emerging as one of the ecosystems most vulnerable to its effects. The unprecedented scale of this bleaching event highlights the urgent need for action to protect these critical ecosystems. The upcoming emergency session at COP16 will provide an opportunity for world leaders to address the crisis and take concrete steps to prevent further damage to coral reefs. Whether through increased funding, stronger protections, or global cooperation, the future of the world’s coral reefs may depend on the decisions made in the coming months.

In the meantime, scientists will continue to monitor the situation closely, gathering data and assessing the damage caused by the ongoing bleaching. As more regions report the effects of heat stress on their coral reefs, the scale of this crisis is becoming increasingly clear. It is now up to the global community to respond and work together to ensure that coral reefs do not disappear altogether from our oceans.

Antarctica’s Dramatic Greening: Vegetation Surge Linked to Global Warming

A recent study has revealed a surprising development in one of the coldest regions on Earth – a significant increase in vegetation cover across the Antarctic Peninsula. This unexpected greening is a direct result of global warming, according to scientists, and it marks a dramatic change in the region’s ecology. Over the past 40 years, the amount of plant life in this icy landscape has grown more than tenfold.

“The landscape is still almost entirely dominated by snow, ice, and rock, with only a tiny fraction colonized by plant life,” explained Thomas Roland, one of the study’s co-authors from the University of Exeter in the U.K. in a statement. “But that tiny fraction has grown dramatically – showing that even this vast and isolated ‘wilderness’ is being affected by anthropogenic (human-caused) climate change.”

Rising Temperatures and Frequent Heat Events

The researchers found that rising temperatures are at the heart of this transformation. The Antarctic Peninsula, in particular, has seen dramatic warming over the last 60 years. This increase has been most pronounced in the western regions of the Antarctic and along the peninsula itself. According to the study, the rate of warming in these areas is happening much faster than the global average.

Since 1950, temperatures on the Antarctic Peninsula have increased by more than 5 degrees Fahrenheit. This significant rise stands in stark contrast to temperature changes in other parts of the world. The study, which was published in *Nature Geoscience*, emphasizes that the Antarctic Peninsula is warming at a rate that far exceeds the global average. The frequency of extreme heat events in the region has also become more common, further contributing to the shift in the environment.

Greening Trends Likely to Persist

The study’s authors suggest that this greening trend is unlikely to slow down and will probably continue in the coming years. The growing presence of plant life on the Antarctic Peninsula is altering the physical makeup of the region.

“Soil in Antarctica is mostly poor or non-existent, but this increase in plant life will add organic matter and facilitate soil formation – potentially paving the way for other plants to grow,” said study co-author Olly Bartlett from the University of Hertfordshire. This process could open the door for non-native and invasive plant species to take root in the region. Bartlett highlighted a potential concern that these species might be introduced by visitors to Antarctica, such as tourists or scientists, who could inadvertently carry seeds or other organic material with them.

Satellite Technology Reveals the Full Picture

The research team used advanced satellite imagery to track and measure the extent of the greening across the Antarctic Peninsula. These satellite images allowed the scientists to observe changes over a broad area and establish a clear trend of increasing vegetation.

Jasmine Lee, a conservation scientist from the British Antarctic Survey in Cambridge, U.K., commented on the significance of the research. Speaking to *Nature*, she said, “This research is really important.” While earlier studies have indicated that plant life in the region was responding to climate change, Lee noted that this is the first large-scale study to assess the entire area comprehensively.

The findings, according to Lee, provide a detailed understanding of how the region is transforming in response to rising global temperatures. Roland echoed these concerns, noting that the rapid expansion of greenery underscores the “unprecedented changes that humans are imposing on Earth’s climate.”

Long-Term Implications of a Greener Antarctica

The implications of the greening of Antarctica are still being studied, but researchers agree that the changes could have significant and far-reaching effects on the region’s ecology. The introduction of more organic matter, soil formation, and the potential for new plant species could fundamentally alter the balance of life in this fragile ecosystem.

At present, Antarctica remains predominantly covered by ice, snow, and rock, with only a small portion of its landscape supporting plant life. However, as climate change continues to reshape the continent, that fraction is likely to grow, bringing with it a host of ecological changes. One of the most concerning risks highlighted by the study is the possibility of invasive species establishing a foothold on the continent. Non-native plants and animals could potentially outcompete the region’s existing species, leading to unforeseen ecological consequences.

The study also raises concerns about the broader implications of global warming and how it is altering some of the most remote and previously untouched areas of the planet. Antarctica, long considered a frozen and isolated wilderness, is now undergoing profound changes as a result of human activities. The rapid greening of the region serves as a visible reminder of the impact of climate change on the Earth’s ecosystems, even in places once thought to be immune from such shifts.

The greening of the Antarctic Peninsula represents a significant and surprising development in the ongoing story of global climate change. The study’s findings highlight how even the coldest, most remote regions of the planet are being transformed by rising temperatures. As plant life continues to expand across the Antarctic landscape, scientists will continue to monitor the long-term ecological effects of this change and the potential risks posed by invasive species. While much of the continent remains frozen, the dramatic increase in vegetation serves as a stark reminder of the far-reaching consequences of human-induced climate change.

Winter Outlook: La Niña to Bring Wetter North, Warmer South, and Snow Variability Across the U.S.

As fall unfolds, it’s already time to prepare for the upcoming winter, which promises to be quite different from last year’s El Niño-dominated season. This year, meteorologists predict the arrival of a weak La Niña, which could affect temperatures, precipitation, and snowfall across the United States.

La Niña is a natural climate phenomenon characterized by cooler-than-average ocean temperatures in the equatorial Pacific. Its effects are more pronounced during winter in the Northern Hemisphere, while its summer impact is less significant. This upcoming winter’s La Niña pattern is expected to shape weather trends across the country.

Looking Back: The Impact of Last Year’s Winter

Last year’s winter was the warmest on record for the Lower 48 states, largely due to the influence of El Niño, La Niña’s counterpart, combined with the effects of global warming driven by fossil fuel emissions. The warmth of last winter led to fewer heavy snow events in regions like the Northeast and Midwest, causing a snow drought, with snowfall totals missing by several feet in some areas.

As of now, La Niña hasn’t fully developed, but the Climate Prediction Center (CPC) gives it a 60% chance of materializing by November. Once in place, La Niña is expected to linger throughout the winter and could last into early spring of the following year.

It’s important to note that while La Niña and El Niño play significant roles in shaping seasonal weather patterns, they are not the sole factors at play. However, they tend to have an outsized influence, especially when they are strong. This winter’s La Niña is forecasted to be relatively weak, which could lead to less predictable weather outcomes.

What to Expect: La Niña’s Potential Impact on Winter Weather

No two La Niña winters are exactly alike, but they often share similar temperature and precipitation trends. One of the key ways La Niña affects winter weather is through the jet stream, a fast-flowing river of air in the atmosphere that directs storms. During a La Niña winter, the jet stream tends to shift northward, moving stormy weather away from the southern United States and bringing it to the northern parts.

This is reflected in the CPC’s winter forecast for December through February, which suggests that the northern tier of the U.S. is likely to see wetter-than-normal conditions. This includes areas like the Pacific Northwest, the Midwest, and parts of the interior Northeast. The Midwest, in particular, could benefit from this wet weather, as it would help alleviate ongoing drought conditions.

This winter’s pattern stands in stark contrast to last year’s, which saw wetter conditions in the South and drier weather in the North.

Snow Outlook: Will There Be More Snow This Year?

While an increase in precipitation is likely, more precipitation does not necessarily mean more snow. For snowfall to occur, temperatures both at the surface and in the atmosphere must be cold enough. Weak La Niña events, like the one predicted for this year, often allow for increased snowfall in the Northeast. In contrast, stronger La Niña events tend to limit snowfall due to warmer temperatures creeping up the East Coast.

The CPC’s latest winter temperature outlook isn’t promising for snow enthusiasts in the Northeast. It predicts warmer-than-normal temperatures across much of the southern U.S. and the East, which could result in more rain than snow in some winter storms in the East. Additionally, drier and warmer conditions are forecasted for the South, which could worsen drought conditions throughout the season.

In contrast, parts of the Midwest, the Plains, and the Rockies are expected to see temperatures closer to normal, while cooler-than-normal conditions are forecasted for the Pacific Northwest and parts of the Dakotas. The combination of cooler temperatures and increased precipitation could mean a significant snowpack in the Pacific Northwest, an area where snow is vital for both tourism in the winter and water supply during the warmer months.

California’s Forecast: Wet North, Dry South

La Niña winters typically bring wetter conditions to Northern California. However, the CPC’s forecast suggests that Northern California might see near-normal precipitation levels this season. La Niña has played a role in the extremely wet winters that have affected much of the state in the past, including the December 2022 to February 2023 period.

Southern California, on the other hand, is expected to be drier and warmer than usual, which is typical for La Niña winters. This region is in critical need of rain in the coming months to help shut down wildfire season. Wildfires could continue to be a major threat if the area doesn’t receive enough rainfall, as there is an abundance of dry fire fuels like grasses and brush that could sustain fires.

What’s at Stake This Winter

A weaker La Niña event, like the one currently forecasted, means that other weather and climate factors could interfere with La Niña’s typical patterns. As Emily Becker, an atmospheric scientist at the University of Miami, explained, “A weaker event makes it more likely that other weather and climate phenomena could play the role of spoiler.”

La Niña’s strength is a critical factor in determining how much influence it will have on the weather. Stronger La Niña events tend to create more consistent and predictable weather patterns, while weaker events lead to more variability. As Becker pointed out in the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) latest La Niña/El Niño blog, a weaker La Niña could result in a wider range of weather outcomes.

The Bottom Line: Expect a Different Winter

In summary, the coming winter will likely be wetter in the northern U.S. and warmer in the South. Snowfall could be more frequent in the Pacific Northwest, the Rockies, and the Northeast, depending on how cold temperatures get. Southern regions, including California, may experience warmer and drier conditions, which could exacerbate wildfire risks if sufficient rain doesn’t arrive early in the season.

While La Niña is expected to be the dominant weather pattern this winter, its weak nature means that other climate forces could also shape the season’s weather. So, while some regions might see more snow than last year, others might experience continued dryness and warmth. As the season progresses, we’ll gain a clearer picture of how La Niña will influence the U.S. this winter, but for now, the focus is on cooler and wetter conditions in the North and warmer, drier weather in the South.

Indian Americans and South Asian Trailblazers Make TIME100 Next List

Indian Americans Tara Raghuveer and Aadith Moorthy, along with filmmaker Payal Kapadia, British-Indian actress Ambika Mod, and British-Indian physician Dr. Mehreen Datoo, have been named in this year’s TIME100 Next, a prestigious annual list spotlighting emerging global leaders who are shaping the future. Joining them are Nepali LGBTQ activist Rukshana Kapali and Bangladeshi student activist Nahid Islam.

The TIME100 Next list, now in its fifth edition, was conceived to acknowledge the influence of leaders who are making significant impacts at an early stage in their lives. According to TIME, these leaders aren’t waiting for traditional power structures to dictate their influence. They are, instead, forging new paths and redefining what leadership looks like today. The list also highlights how leadership and influence no longer fit old molds. TIME emphasized that there are no age requirements for the list, just as leadership has no boundaries, noting that most of the honorees are people of color, and more than half are women.

Tara Raghuveer, the founding director of KC Tenants, is a prime example of this modern leadership. KC Tenants is a tenants’ union based in Kansas City, Missouri, focused on protecting the rights of poor and working-class renters. Raghuveer also serves as the Homes Guarantee Campaign Director for People’s Action, a national network of grassroots organizations advocating for racial, economic, gender, and climate justice. Born in Australia to Indian parents, Raghuveer moved to the U.S. with her family in 1995 and grew up in Kansas City.

Sara Nelson, the international president of the Association of Flight Attendants, described Raghuveer’s work as “remarkable.” Nelson explained that Raghuveer began her efforts by organizing with her neighbors in Kansas City and created a tenants union that has become a national leader in advocating for better renter protections. This year, Raghuveer expanded her influence by launching the Tenant Union Federation, which aims to support the development of similar tenant unions across the U.S. Nelson wrote, “Her organizing could impact millions and shift our national conversation about housing. And just as important—Tara has helped thousands embrace the power that’s available to all of us through solidarity.”

Aadith Moorthy, the founder and CEO of Boomitra, has gained recognition for his work tackling climate change while improving the livelihoods of farmers. Boomitra operates a verified carbon credit marketplace, which incentivizes farmers to restore their land and remove carbon emissions. Using advanced AI and satellite technology, the startup has achieved measurable results in both emission reductions and financial support for farmers. Moorthy, who is a Stanford Knight-Hennessy Scholar and holds graduate degrees from Stanford University and bachelor’s degrees from the California Institute of Technology, founded Boomitra as a student at Stanford.

Jeremy Gantz, a writer and editor, highlighted Boomitra’s success, noting that the company has already helped farmers remove 10 million metric tons of CO2 from the atmosphere. Moorthy aims to double this impact soon and distribute $200 million to marginalized farmers by 2025. A notable recent achievement was Boomitra’s partnership with the Mongolian government to sequester 1.3 million metric tons of CO2 annually, while also addressing desertification across 3 million acres. Gantz remarked, “Moorthy knows that change often begins with an uphill battle, but says the pursuit of solutions that could move the climate needle on a ‘planetary scale’ keeps him motivated.”

British-Indian actress Ambika Mod also earned a spot on the list for her portrayal of Emma Morley in Netflix’s popular adaptation of David Nicholls’ 2009 bestseller, One Day. The 14-episode series, which captures the slow-burning relationship between Emma and Dexter Mayhew, resonated with global audiences. In her essay about Mod, writer and producer Mindy Kaling praised the actress for her multifaceted performance. Kaling noted, “Ambika’s character, Emma, is at the heart of this sweeping love story, which had the distinction of making millions of people weep uncontrollably, internationally.” Beyond the emotional impact, Kaling was also struck by Mod’s humor, describing her portrayal of Emma as “cynical, goofy, vulnerable, and sexy.” Kaling concluded, “I was immediately googling Ambika to find out more. And I think that’s when I knew I was a fan for life.”

Indian filmmaker Payal Kapadia has made a significant mark with her film All We Imagine as Light, which won the Grand Prix at the Cannes Film Festival. The Malayalam-Hindi film explores themes of sisterhood in contemporary Mumbai and follows the intertwined lives of two women navigating personal and societal challenges. Actor Ayushmann Khurrana, who contributed to TIME’s essay on Kapadia, described her as a “trailblazer” and said her film was a “master class of emotions—deeply reflective, philosophical, and meditative.” Khurrana also expressed his admiration for Kapadia’s ability to depict authentic human experiences, stating, “Her authenticity and her lens on reality are part of what makes her work so rare.” Khurrana also pointed out that Kapadia’s Cannes win was a significant milestone for Indian cinema, which he believes will inspire many filmmakers to pursue their dreams.

Dr. Mehreen Datoo, a British-Indian physician, played a pivotal role in the clinical development of the R21/Matrix-M malaria vaccine, which is now being administered to children in sub-Saharan Africa. This vaccine is expected to be a “game-changer” in the fight against malaria, a disease that claimed 608,000 lives in 2022, three-quarters of whom were children under five. Dr. Adrian Hill, director of the Jenner Institute, praised Datoo’s contributions, noting that her work with teams across multiple continents has been central to the vaccine’s success. Hill emphasized that the vaccine would have a transformative impact on global health, particularly for children and their communities in malaria-endemic regions. He wrote, “Her team’s efforts will help reduce the incidence of malaria globally, as well as have a direct impact on the health and quality of life of children and their families.”

Nepali LGBTQ activist Rukshana Kapali is also among the emerging leaders recognized by TIME. A transgender woman and law student from the Newa Indigenous nation, Kapali has been at the forefront of legal battles to secure greater protections for Nepal’s transgender community. Since 2021, she has filed over 50 cases against the Nepalese government, pushing for policy changes. While many of these cases remain unresolved, her first victory in 2022 granted her full legal recognition as a woman, setting a legal precedent for future cases. Kapali remarked, “Suing them and holding them accountable in the court of law is also saying that we are not stoppable and we’ll keep on fighting.”

Finally, Bangladeshi student activist Nahid Islam is recognized for his role in mobilizing protests against Bangladesh’s Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina. Islam, who became a well-known figure after enduring torture by the country’s intelligence services, was instrumental in the student movement that called for Hasina’s resignation. Following weeks of protests, Hasina fled Bangladesh in August 2024. Islam is now serving as one of two Gen Z ministers in the interim government, where he is working to repair Bangladesh’s democratic system. “We should understand the pulse of the new generation,” Islam said, emphasizing the need to end political violence in the country and focus on moving forward.

These individuals, each in their own field, represent the next generation of global leadership, as highlighted by the TIME100 Next list. They are reshaping the future and proving that leadership today is more diverse, inclusive, and impactful than ever before.

Earth’s Climate Through 485 Million Years: New Study Shows History of Extreme Shifts and Warnings for Today

A groundbreaking study of Earth’s climate over the past 485 million years has revealed an extraordinary history of drastic temperature fluctuations, with hotter temperatures than scientists had previously recognized. This timeline offers an important perspective on the vast climate changes Earth has already endured and provides a stark warning about the unprecedented rate of warming driven by human activity today.

Published in the journal *Science* on Thursday, this comprehensive study is the most thorough reconstruction of Earth’s past temperatures ever produced. According to the researchers, the findings were made possible by combining over 150,000 fossil records with sophisticated climate models. This data highlights the close link between carbon dioxide levels and global temperatures, showing that for much of Earth’s history, the planet has been in a significantly warmer state.

At its most extreme, the Earth’s average temperature is thought to have reached 96.8 degrees Fahrenheit (36 degrees Celsius), a figure much higher than the 58.96 F (14.98 C) recorded in 2023. This new understanding of Earth’s climate history raises fresh concerns about modern climate change, said Emily Judd, a University of Arizona researcher and lead author of the study.

Judd explained that the timeline illustrates how rapid temperature changes were linked to many of Earth’s worst extinction events, including a mass extinction that wiped out nearly 90% of species, as well as the asteroid strike that wiped out the dinosaurs. “We know that these catastrophic events shift the landscape of what life looks like,” Judd said, adding that such drastic temperature changes have devastating consequences for life on Earth.

One of the most significant extinction events occurred 250 million years ago, when volcanic eruptions spewed carbon dioxide and other gases into the atmosphere, causing the Earth’s temperature to rise by more than 18 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) over approximately 50,000 years. This event wiped out 90% of species. “When the environment warms that fast, animals and plants can’t keep pace with it,” Judd explained.

Yet, no point in the last 485 million years has seen Earth’s climate shift as rapidly as it is now. “In the same way as a massive asteroid hitting the Earth, what we’re doing now is unprecedented,” she emphasized.

485 Million Years of Climate Volatility

The study spans nearly the entire Phanerozoic eon, a period beginning with the appearance of multicellular organisms and continuing to the present day. This era includes significant climate swings, from hot to cold and back again, with some periods witnessing rapid spikes in temperature. Jess Tierney, a co-author of the study and a climate scientist at the University of Arizona, said that past models have generally depicted more gradual shifts in climate, but the new research reveals more abrupt and extreme changes.

Like previous research, the new timeline highlights the key role of carbon dioxide in driving temperature changes. “Carbon dioxide is really that master dial,” Tierney said, adding that the findings underscore the importance of addressing modern emissions from fossil fuels.

At the beginning of the timeline, 485 million years ago, Earth was in a “hothouse” state with no polar ice caps and average temperatures exceeding 86 F (30 C). Over time, atmospheric carbon dioxide levels dropped, and temperatures gradually declined. Around 444 million years ago, the planet experienced a “coldhouse” state, marked by ice sheets at the poles and global temperatures plummeting by more than 18 F (10 C). This abrupt cooling triggered Earth’s first major extinction, with roughly 85% of marine species disappearing as sea levels fell and ocean chemistry changed.

A more drastic shift took place 251 million years ago, near the end of the Permian period. Volcanic eruptions unleashed huge quantities of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, leading to a sudden rise in temperatures by about 18 F (10 C). The oceans became dangerously hot and lost oxygen, causing marine ecosystems to collapse. “We know it to be the worst extinction in the Phanerozoic,” Tierney noted. “By analogy, we should be worried about human warming because it’s so fast.”

A Sobering Reminder for Today’s Climate Crisis

The study’s findings also make clear that the relatively mild climate humans have experienced throughout history is an exception rather than the norm. For most of the Phanerozoic, Earth’s average temperatures exceeded 71.6 F (22 C), with little or no ice present at the poles. Coldhouse conditions like the present day have occurred only about 13% of the time during this period.

This is a sobering revelation, Judd noted. Although life has survived in much hotter climates than what humans are currently creating, humans evolved during one of the coldest periods in Earth’s history, with global temperatures averaging around 51.8 F (11 C). As a result, many aspects of modern life are tied to the relatively cool climate we’ve known. Without drastic action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, scientists predict that global temperatures could rise to 62.6 F (17 C) by the end of this century — temperatures not seen since the Miocene epoch, over 5 million years ago.

“We built our civilization around those geologic landscapes of an icehouse,” Judd explained. “So even though climate has been warmer, humans haven’t lived in a warmer climate, and there are a lot of consequences that humans face during this time.”

Reconstructing Earth’s Climate: A Decade of Research

The researchers’ work began almost ten years ago when curators at the Smithsonian were designing a new fossil exhibit for the National Museum of Natural History. The exhibit aimed to connect ancient climate shifts with those happening today, but the scientists quickly realized that a comprehensive timeline of Earth’s temperatures during the Phanerozoic didn’t exist.

Scott Wing, a co-author of the study and a Smithsonian curator, explained that the team wanted to create a more scientifically rigorous temperature record for this period. The researchers began by compiling a database of climate proxies — fossil evidence that indicates past temperatures. For instance, the chemical makeup of extinct creatures’ teeth and ancient algae fats can provide clues about ocean temperatures at different times.

Despite collecting over 150,000 data points, the team still faced challenges. Most of the evidence came from marine environments, which cover only 70% of Earth’s surface, and the data offered only snapshots of temperatures at specific points in time. Even with this vast dataset, Judd said the process was akin to “trying to assemble a jigsaw puzzle with only 1 percent of the pieces.”

To fill in the gaps, the team used climate models and a technique called data assimilation, which merges real-world evidence with simulations to generate more accurate predictions. “It’s a way of mathematically integrating those handful of puzzle pieces with those possible pictures and finding out, what’s the picture those pieces belong to?” Judd said.

A Warning for the Future

While the new temperature timeline offers unprecedented insights into Earth’s past, it also raises questions. If average global temperatures exceeded 35 degrees Celsius during some periods, certain regions could have been much hotter. Wing pointed out that even the most heat-tolerant modern species might struggle to survive in such conditions. “It’s an indication of all the things we don’t know about how greenhouse climates work,” he said.

Michael Mann, a prominent climate scientist at the University of Pennsylvania, praised the study for its ambition but expressed caution about some of its findings. “I am skeptical about the specific, quantitative conclusions,” Mann said, suggesting that the study might overestimate future warming.

Wing acknowledged that more research is needed. The team hopes to refine their timeline by adding more land-based data and to use their findings to improve models of future climate change. For now, Judd hopes the research will serve as a wake-up call, reminding humanity of the urgent need to act before climate change wreaks havoc on ecosystems and societies.

“My concern is what human life looks like. What it means to survive,” Judd concluded.

India Responsible for a Fifth of Global Plastic Pollution, New Study Reveals

A recent study published in Nature reveals that India is responsible fora significant portion of global plastic pollution, contributing to about 9.3 million tonnes (mt) annually. This figure highlights India’s outsized role in the plastic pollution crisis, with the country burning 5.8 mt of plastic and releasing 3.5 mt into the environment each year. India’s contribution surpasses that of other major polluters, such as Nigeria (3.5 mt), Indonesia (3.4 mt), and China (2.8 mt).

Unmanaged Plastic Waste and Its Impact

The research was conducted by scientists from the University of Leeds, including Joshua W. Cottom, Ed Cook, and Costas A. Velis. It estimates that about 251 mt of plastic waste is generated globally each year, enough to fill 200,000 Olympic-sized swimming pools. Approximately one-fifth of this plastic waste, 52.1 mt, is emitted into the environment. The authors differentiate between “managed” and “unmanaged” waste. Managed waste is collected by municipal bodies and either recycled or disposed of in landfills, though most of it ends up in the latter.

Unmanaged waste, on the other hand, poses a more severe threat. This waste is either burned in uncontrolled fires or left as debris, polluting various parts of the world, including remote locations like Mount Everest and the Mariana Trench. Open burning of plastic releases toxic gases such as carbon monoxide, which have been linked to heart disease, respiratory problems, cancer, and neurological disorders.

According to the study, about 43% of unmanaged waste, or 22.2 mt, takes the form of unburned debris, while the remaining 29.9 mt is burned either in dumpsites or locally. This means that a significant portion of plastic pollution involves open burning, which exacerbates the global pollution crisis by releasing harmful pollutants into the air.

Global Divide in Plastic Pollution

A key finding of the study is the disparity between plastic pollution in the Global North and the Global South. The researchers noted that plastic waste emissions are highest in countries located in Southern Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, and Southeastern Asia. The study points out that approximately 69% of global plastic pollution, about 35.7 mt per year, is produced by 20 nations, none of which are classified as High-Income Countries (HICs).

Despite the fact that HICs, mostly in the Global North, generate more plastic waste than their Southern counterparts, they are not among the top 90 polluters. This is because these nations have near-total collection coverage and controlled disposal systems in place. In contrast, open burning is the predominant method of waste management in the Global South, with the exception of Sub-Saharan Africa, where a larger share of pollution comes from unmanaged debris.

However, researcher Costas Velis cautions against blaming the Global South for the plastic pollution crisis. He explained, “We shouldn’t put the blame, any blame, on the Global South… [or] praise ourselves about what we do in the Global North in any way,” adding that waste disposal capabilities largely depend on government infrastructure and resources. The lack of adequate public infrastructure for waste management in many developing countries results in higher rates of open burning and debris pollution.

Ongoing Debate Over Plastic Pollution

This study is released at a critical time, as negotiations for the world’s first legally binding international treaty on plastic pollution are ongoing. In 2022, the UN Environmental Assembly agreed to create such a treaty, which many experts believe could be the most significant environmental agreement since the Paris Climate Accord of 2015. The treaty is expected to be finalized by the end of 2024, but reaching a consensus on its contents has proven challenging.

There are two main factions in the debate over the treaty. On one side are fossil fuel-producing nations and industry groups, which see plastic pollution primarily as a waste management problem. These countries argue that improving waste management infrastructure, particularly in the Global South, is the key to mitigating pollution. On the other side are countries in the European Union and Africa, which advocate for stronger measures, including phasing out single-use plastics and curbing production.

The so-called “High Ambition Coalition,” comprising countries from the EU and Africa, contends that managing plastic waste alone is not a viable solution. Given the immense volume of plastic waste being generated, the complexity of recycling, and the economics involved, they argue that limiting production is essential. A study published in *Science Advances* in April 2024 backs this position, demonstrating a direct relationship between plastic production and pollution levels. The study found that a 1% increase in plastic production results in a corresponding 1% increase in plastic pollution.

Criticism of the Study

While the recent research has garnered praise from certain industry groups, it has also faced criticism. Some environmental advocates argue that focusing too much on waste management risks ignoring the root cause of the problem: the unchecked production of plastics.

Neil Tangri, senior director of science and policy at GAIA, a global advocacy network working toward zero waste and environmental justice, told The Associated Press, “It risks us losing our focus on the upstream and saying, hey now all we need to do is manage the waste better. It’s necessary but it’s not the whole story.” Tangri and others argue that without addressing the issue of plastic production, any efforts to improve waste management will fall short.

Despite these criticisms, the plastics industry has responded positively to the study. Chris Jahn, council secretary of the International Council of Chemical Associations, emphasized the importance of improving waste collection and management. In a statement, he said, “This study underscores that uncollected and unmanaged plastic waste is the largest contributor to plastic pollution.”

Conclusion

The study sheds light on the growing issue of plastic pollution and its global distribution, showing that countries in the Global South are bearing the brunt of the crisis, despite generating less plastic waste than wealthier nations. While improving waste management systems is essential, critics argue that this alone will not solve the problem. As treaty negotiations continue, the world is faced with the challenge of balancing production limits with waste management to effectively combat the escalating plastic pollution crisis.

Climate Change Justice

Struggling at Sea: The Plight of Indian Fisher workers Amid Climate Change and Government Policies

Warming seas from climate change means that Indian fisher workers often travel illegally into international territorial waters in search of a good catch and find themselves jailed and their boats confiscated, driving their families into poverty.

Fishes 629x472
A fishworker sells a limited variety of fish. Due to climate change, the size of the catch and the variety of the fish caught have significantly decreased over time. Graphic: Aishwarya Bajpai/IPS

NEW DELHI, Aug 28 2024 (IPS) – Climate change forces millions of India’s fishworkers to venture beyond the country’s exclusive economic zone into the perilous high seas.

In their search for a better catch, approximately 4 million of India’s 28 million fishworkers often face increased risks of capture by neighboring countries.

“Earlier, fish used to come close to the shore, but now we have to go farther out to find them. Our fishing season lasts about a month, and it takes several days just to reach our fishing spot. This time keeps increasing with each season, and lately, the number of days we spend at sea has doubled,” Jivan R. Jungi, a fishworker leader from Gujarat, India, told IPS.

It has not only made the lives of fishworkers challenging, but it also affects their families, accounting for about 16 million people, according to official data.

India, a South Asian country with a 7,500-kilometer coastline, relies on aquatic products such as fish and shrimp for its national income.

Number of people engaged in fisheries aquaculture and its allied activities
People involved in the fish and related industries. Source: Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying Graphic: Aishwarya Bajpai/IPS

According to a recent report by the Indian Express, India exported about 17,81,602 metric tons (MT) of seafood, generating a substantial revenue of ₹60,523.89 crore (USD 7.38 billion) in FY 2023–24.

“The government does not take care of us at all, despite the high profit margins in the fishing industry. They fail to provide even the basic benefits that the government can do, like fire safety,” Jungi told IPS. “Our boats are made of wood and run on diesel, which increases the risk of fire. We’ve been requesting safety measures or compensation for years, but nothing has been done, even as we face the growing challenges of climate change.”

Their plight is exacerbated by the Indian government’s policies, including a recent provision in the National Fisheries Policy 2020, which promotes “deep-sea fishing and fishing in areas beyond the national jurisdiction to tap under-exploited resources.” This policy aims to generate more revenue for the nation but does so at the expense of the fishworkers.

Temperature Rises Compare With Hiroshima Bomb

A report by Down to Earth, quoting a study by Science Direct, indicates that the Indian Ocean could experience a temperature rise of 1.7–3.8 degrees Celsius between 2020 and 2100.

To illustrate the severity, Roxy Mathew Koll, a climate scientist at the Indian Institute of Tropical Meteorology, is quoted as saying: “The projected increase in heat content is comparable to adding the energy of one Hiroshima atomic bomb explosion every second, continuously, for an entire decade.”

Fishworkers along the entire Indian coastline face mounting challenges, leading to conflicts with neighboring countries such as Pakistan, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, and Saudi Arabia.

According to India’s Ministry of External Affairs, between 2020 and 2022, more than 2,600 Indian fishworkers were imprisoned in ten countries across the Indian Ocean for maritime border incursions. The highest number of arrests occurred in Pakistan (1,060), followed by Saudi Arabia (564) and Sri Lanka (501).

Number of Indian fishworkers in foreign prisons 1 1
People involved in the fish and related industries. Source: Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying Graphic: Aishwarya Bajpai/IPS

At Sea, In Danger

The issue of maritime boundaries and fishing rights goes deeper, often causing conflicts among fishworkers from different countries. When fishworkers cross into another country’s waters and catch fish, the local fishworkers claim ownership of the catch, leading to disputes.

This tension among fishworkers can have severe consequences. Moreover, after the arrest, instead of being treated as civilian prisoners, they sometimes face dire conditions, including the risk of death in foreign prisons.

As reported by the Ministry of External Affairs, nine Indian fishermen died in Pakistani jails over the past five years. In 2022, an Indian fisherman named Maria Jesind reportedly had been killed in an Indonesian prison.

This situation is too familiar to fishworkers, particularly those from India and Pakistan, who have long been caught in the political crossfire between their governments.

Historically, the lack of a clear demarcation line has forced fishworkers deeper into the sea without adequate security. As a result, both countries have been arresting fishworkers from each other’s territories for years now.

Last year, 499 fishworkers were released by Pakistan on July 3, 2023, after numerous attempts at their release by civil society organizations. These fishworkers, charged with violating the Passport Act for trespassing on water borders, are imprisoned after court trials, usually receiving sentences of a few months. The official sentence is typically six months, but the release of these fishworkers is rarely prompt, with many spending more than five years.

“But several have died. Balo Jetah Lal died in a Pakistani prison in May 2023; Bichan Kumar alias Vipan Kumar (died April 4, 2023); Soma Deva (died May 8, 2023); and Zulfiqar from Kerala (died May 6, 2023) in Karachi prison,” Jungi says, adding, “Vinod Laxman Kol died on March 17 in Karachi and his mortal remains were brought to his village in Maharashtra on May 1, 2024.”

While the arrests and deaths affect the families of the fishworkers, they also have a broader impact on the community, challenging their way of life and livelihood.

Fishworkers now demand that they not be arrested or shot at, but rather pushed back if they cross maritime boundaries.

After their release, the fishworkers struggle to make ends meet because the arresting government rarely returns their boats, resulting in a lifelong debt of around Rs. 50–60 lakhs (USD 5–6 million) per boat. As a result, the workers now demand that their boats be returned and that the government ensure that the families of arrested fishworkers receive support through policies and schemes, including educational opportunities for their children, to prevent them from falling into extreme poverty.

IPS UN Bureau Report

Winter 2024/2025 Forecast: La Niña’s Influence Expected to Shape Cold Weather Patterns

The preliminary forecast for the Winter of 2024/2025 is influenced significantly by a weak La Niña phase. This phase is expected to alter the typical jet stream patterns over North America and the Pacific Ocean, affecting weather conditions across the globe. A potentially weaker-than-normal Polar Vortex is also being closely monitored for the early part of the winter season.

Global weather systems are driven by a combination of large-scale and small-scale factors, with the weak La Niña event in the Pacific being the primary driver this year. The Polar Vortex, which typically becomes more active during winter, will also play a significant role in determining weather patterns.

In previous La Niña winters, a blocking high-pressure system over Greenland and the North Pacific has been observed, with low pressure and colder air extending from western Canada into the United States. In Europe, a cutoff low-pressure area often brings cold and snowy conditions to central regions.

Emergence of a Weak La Niña

La Niña, characterized by cooler-than-average sea surface temperatures in the central and eastern Pacific Ocean, is the cold phase of the ENSO (El Niño-Southern Oscillation) cycle. The ENSO cycle oscillates between La Niña and El Niño, the latter being the warm phase.

Recent data from NASA’s mid-August ocean anomaly analysis reveals colder-than-normal surface waters in the central and eastern ENSO regions. These cold anomalies, shaped by strong easterly trade winds, are indicative of the early development of a La Niña phase.

Forecasts from the NMME (North American Multi-Model Ensemble) suggest that these cooler anomalies will persist through the autumn and winter of 2024/2025. The forecasted cooling remains within the La Niña threshold, though it appears weaker than earlier predictions.

Despite a relatively weak La Niña event, this oceanic condition will still influence the positioning of the jet stream during winter, affecting weather patterns across North America and beyond.

Winter and the Polar Jet Stream

Historical data from past La Niña winters provides valuable insights into how such conditions might affect the upcoming winter. Each ENSO phase exerts a substantial influence on tropical rainfall, pressure patterns, and the energy exchange between the ocean and atmosphere. The interaction between these factors drives global weather patterns, particularly in the Northern Hemisphere during winter.

The circulation pattern during La Niña typically features a strong high-pressure system in the North Pacific and low-pressure systems over Canada and the northern United States. A similar low-pressure area is often observed over southwestern Europe. This pattern tends to push the jet stream southward, bringing colder air and winter storms from the polar regions into the northern and northwestern United States.

As the jet stream shifts, colder and wetter conditions become more frequent in the northern United States, while the southern states often experience warmer and drier weather. The cold air is more accessible to the northern regions, increasing snowfall potential when moisture is present.

Analysis of the average temperature and snowfall patterns during weak La Niña years suggests that this winter could see increased snowfall in the northwestern United States, the Midwest, and parts of northeastern United States and eastern Canada.

Winter 2024/2025 – ECMWF First Forecast

The first look at the winter forecast for 2024/2025 involves three key seasonal models: the ECMWF (European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts), the CanSIPS (Canadian Seasonal and Interannual Prediction System), and the NMME. These models provide an average picture of weather patterns over the three meteorological winter months (December, January, and February).

The ECMWF model indicates a prominent La Niña high-pressure system over the North Pacific and a low-pressure area over Canada. This configuration pushes the jet stream into the northern and northwestern United States, while in Europe, the jet stream is nudged further north due to the high-pressure system.

The ECMWF model also shows a broad high-pressure area covering the tropical Pacific, confirming La Niña’s influence on surface-level circulation and atmospheric conditions. As a result, Europe is expected to experience warmer-than-normal temperatures, particularly in regions influenced by the high-pressure system.

In terms of precipitation, Europe is likely to see drier conditions in the west due to the high-pressure anomaly, while the rest of the continent may experience above-average precipitation. Over North America, the ECMWF forecast predicts colder surface temperatures in western Canada and warmer-than-normal conditions in the southern United States.

A closer look at the January 2025 forecast reveals a potential break in the above-average temperature anomalies, indicating a possible route for cold air outbreaks in the central and Midwest regions of the United States.

ECMWF Winter 2024/2025 Snowfall Forecast

The ECMWF snowfall forecast for the winter of 2024/2025 shows below-average snowfall across much of Europe, with the exception of Scandinavia, where increased snowfall is expected due to the influence of a local low-pressure system.

In North America, the forecast indicates below-average snowfall for most of the United States, particularly in the Midwest and Northeast, regions that typically receive more snow during weak La Niña winters. However, more snowfall is anticipated in the western and northwestern United States and parts of central and eastern Canada. It’s important to note that this forecast does not yet include data for February, which could alter the overall snowfall outlook.

CanSIPS Winter Season Forecast

The CanSIPS model, developed by the Canadian Meteorological Centre, supports the weak La Niña pattern, with a high-pressure zone over the North Pacific and a low-pressure area over Canada. Additionally, a high-pressure area is forecast over northwestern Europe.

The temperature forecast for Europe suggests warm anomalies across much of the continent, with a belt of normal to colder temperatures in central regions due to easterly flows outside the high-pressure zone. In North America, the CanSIPS model predicts above-normal temperatures across the southern United States and colder-than-normal conditions in southern Canada and parts of the northern United States.

For February 2025, the CanSIPS model shows cold air anomalies extending further south into the northern United States, suggesting a slower start to winter across the central and eastern regions, with more snowfall potential in the latter part of the season.

The precipitation forecast from CanSIPS mirrors that of the ECMWF, with drier-than-normal conditions expected in much of Europe and the southern United States, while more precipitation is forecast for the northwestern United States.

NMME Winter 2024/2025 Weather Forecast

The NMME forecast, which combines multiple North American models, reinforces the expected weak La Niña pattern with a strong high-pressure system in the North Pacific and a low-pressure system over Canada. This pattern pushes the jet stream down over the northern United States, resulting in normal to colder temperatures in these regions, while warmer temperatures are forecast for central, eastern, and southern parts of the United States.

The NMME precipitation forecast indicates wetter conditions in the northwestern United States and the Midwest, while drier conditions are expected in the southern United States. Canada and the northern United States may also see increased precipitation, in line with a typical weak La Niña winter.

Overall, the Winter of 2024/2025 is expected to feature a “double character” across the United States, with colder conditions in the north and warmer weather in the south, as influenced by the weak La Niña phase.

Hundreds of Sea Lions Overtake California Beach, Prompting Closure and Caution

Hundreds of California sea lions have taken over San Carlos Beach in Monterey, California, leading local officials to close the area to the public. In response to the unexpected influx of marine mammals, caution tape has been set up around the beach, although this has not deterred crowds from gathering to witness the unusual spectacle. Visitors continue to flock to the beach, snapping photos of the sea lions as they rest on the sand and frolic in the water.

Sea lions, which are a type of eared seal, are a common sight along various beaches up and down the California coast. However, local residents have noted that they have never seen such a large number of these animals congregating in Monterey before. This gathering has sparked both curiosity and concern among locals and experts alike.

Lisa Uttal, a marine biologist affiliated with the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary, explained that the reason behind the sea lions’ choice of San Carlos Beach is not entirely clear. However, she speculated that the rich diversity of food available in the area’s ecosystem might be a key factor in attracting the animals. She also pointed out that nearly all the sea lions currently on the beach are male.

“They migrate up here down from Ventura and the Channel Islands … They are incredibly mobile. They’re usually chasing the food, and because Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary is so productive out here, the productivity is really rich,” Uttal stated. She added that the sea lions are expected to remain at San Carlos Beach for about three to four weeks.

The presence of these marine mammals at San Carlos Beach has brought attention to the U.S. Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, which provides protections for sea lions and other marine species. According to Marge Brigadier, a volunteer with the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary’s Bay Net program, this law prohibits any actions that would alter the sea lions’ natural behavior. This means that getting too close to the animals or doing anything that might scare them away is against the law.

“People just need to think about how they would feel if they were resting on their bed taking a nap and something big kept coming and chasing them out of the house,” Brigadier commented, drawing a parallel between human and animal behavior to emphasize the importance of respecting the sea lions’ space.

With their arrival in such large numbers, the sea lions have created a unique situation at San Carlos Beach. The community, while intrigued by the rare event, is also being reminded of the importance of maintaining a respectful distance to avoid disturbing these marine animals. As these sea lions take a temporary residence at the beach, both officials and wildlife experts are closely monitoring the situation, ensuring that the necessary precautions are in place to protect both the animals and the public.

Global Temperature Record Shattered on Sunday, July 21

On Sunday, July 21, the global temperature soared to unprecedented levels, marking it as the hottest day ever recorded. According to preliminary data from the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service, the global average surface air temperature hit 17.09 degrees Celsius (62.76 degrees Fahrenheit). This slight increase surpassed the previous record of 17.08 degrees Celsius (62.74 degrees Fahrenheit) set last July.

The past week has seen intense heatwaves affecting vast regions of the United States, Europe, and Russia. The Copernicus Climate Change Service confirmed to Reuters that the new record set on Sunday breaks the daily temperature record documented last year, with their records tracing back to 1940.

In 2022, there were four consecutive days from July 3 through July 6 where the global temperature records were broken. This phenomenon was largely attributed to climate change fueled by the relentless burning of fossil fuels, which caused extreme heat across the Northern Hemisphere.

Notably, every month since June 2023 has been the hottest on record for that month compared to previous years, according to Copernicus. This streak now extends to 13 consecutive months.

Looking ahead, some scientists predict that 2024 might surpass 2023 as the hottest year on record. This speculation is based on the ongoing impact of climate change and the El Nino natural weather phenomenon, which concluded in April but had already contributed to the escalating temperatures this year.

The global temperature milestone reached on July 21 underscores the pressing issue of climate change and its role in driving extreme weather conditions. The consistent trend of rising temperatures over the past year, coupled with the end of the El Nino event, points to the likelihood of even hotter years ahead.

Urgent Action Needed to Protect Environmental Health and Secure Our Future

Protecting Environmental Health: An Urgent Imperative

Earth is uniquely suited for human life, providing everything necessary for our physical and mental well-being. However, with the human population surging over the past century, the exploitation of nature has escalated to unsustainable levels. This excessive strain has driven many natural resources and species to the brink of extinction. Sustainable development has often been neglected, resulting in a polluted environment that harms human health. Many health issues and fatalities caused by unhealthy environments could be prevented or significantly reduced through improved environmental quality. Now, more than ever, it is vital to understand and act to safeguard our environmental health.

The Importance of Environmental Health

We reside in a world with numerous options for living, though some people have more choices than others. Key criteria for the best places to live typically include affordability, job opportunities, home value, proximity to family and friends, safety, quality schools, and favorable climate conditions. It wasn’t until the early 20th century that people began recognizing the detrimental effects of air pollution on the atmosphere. This awareness led to the development of an academic discipline aimed at understanding environmental threats, primarily caused by human activities, and their consequences. The goal is to mitigate negative impacts on nature and preserve Earth for future generations.

The World Health Organization (WHO) defines public health as “the art and science of preventing disease, prolonging life, and promoting health through the organized efforts of society.” Public health, therefore, encompasses protecting the health and well-being of entire populations, ranging from small local communities to the global population.

Our daily lives are influenced by the quality of the environment we live in. The food we consume, the places we reside, and the communities we engage with all impact our physical and mental well-being. This broad field of study, known as Environmental Health, examines all environmental factors affecting our health.

Major Sources of Environmental Health Issues

  1. Air Pollution

Pollutants, a mix of natural and manmade elements, molecules, and particles, adversely affect human health. Breathing polluted air from factories or heavy traffic harms the lungs and heart, causing asthma and increasing the risk of heart attacks or strokes. According to WHO, 600,000 children die annually from respiratory infections caused by air pollution, with 9 out of 10 people breathing polluted air, resulting in nearly 9 million deaths each year.

  1. Water Contamination

Access to clean water is a basic human right, yet it remains a privilege for many. About 780 million people lack safe drinking water, and 2.5 billion people, nearly a third of the global population, do not have adequate sanitation services. Over 2,000 children die daily due to diseases related to poor water and sanitation.

  1. Toxic Substances and Hazardous Waste

Toxic substances in discarded materials, such as heavy metals or chemicals, harm the environment and human health. This waste, often stored in landfills or discarded improperly, contaminates the environment. From 1930 to 2000, man-made chemical production surged from one million to approximately 400 million tons annually, with no signs of slowing down. The average person absorbs around 300 man-made chemicals, and WHO reports that exposure to these substances causes over 1.6 million deaths each year.

  1. Climate Change and Natural Disasters

Climate change is the foremost human health threat of the 21st century. Rising global temperatures and altered rain patterns lead to extreme weather events such as cyclones, hurricanes, droughts, and wildfires, which devastate communities and infrastructure, often resulting in loss of life. The 2010 Haiti earthquake, lasting just 30 seconds, caused over 160,000 deaths and affected many more.

  1. Infrastructure Issues

Infrastructure is crucial for a high quality of life. Healthcare centers and hospitals should be integrated into the community, but governments at all levels must allocate more resources to overcome infrastructure problems. Improved infrastructure enhances access to healthcare. As Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, WHO Director-General, stated, “It is completely unacceptable that half the world still lacks coverage for the most essential health services.”

The Danger of an Unhealthy Environment

Anne Stauffer, director of Strategy and Campaigns at the European non-profit Health and Environmental Alliance (HEAL), emphasized the urgency of tackling environmental pollution and climate change, stating, “There is not that much of a difference between 2012 and 2020; in fact, the urgency to tackle environmental pollution and climate change has only increased.” She pointed out that “one root cause of the problem is that our whole way of production, consumption, and way of life is based on fossil fuels.”

A 2019 report by the European Environment Agency highlighted that heatwaves are the deadliest type of extreme weather in Europe. The report warned that, under current global warming scenarios, heatwave-related deaths could exceed 130,000 annually. Statistics indicate that 23% of all deaths (26% of deaths among children aged 0-5) are entirely preventable environmental health issues.

Strategies to Enhance Environmental Health

Afforestation

Planting more trees helps absorb carbon dioxide, build new ecosystems, and meet the demand for wood.

Reduce the Use of Plastics

Plastic waste constitutes 80% of all marine pollution. Researchers predict that by 2050, plastic could outweigh all fish in the sea.

Sustainable or Regenerative Agriculture

Regenerative agriculture and sustainable farming methods reduce emissions and improve soil health. Agriculture accounts for 80% of soil degradation in Europe. Healthy soils are essential for producing sufficient food for the growing population.

Electric Cars

Electric cars significantly reduce a vehicle’s carbon footprint by up to 70% compared to gasoline-powered cars. They also produce less noise pollution, which is beneficial in densely populated areas.

Rainwater Collection

Harvesting rainwater helps manage stormwater runoff, prevent erosion, and improve water quality. Using rainwater for irrigation replenishes groundwater supplies.

Energy Saving

Switching to energy-saving bulbs can cut household electricity use by 25-80%. Adopting energy-saving practices reduces reliance on fossil fuels, the primary energy source worldwide.

Reducing Industrial Emissions and Waste

To prevent Earth from becoming uninhabitable, fossil fuel emissions must decrease rapidly. Human activities have been the main source of greenhouse gases for the past 150 years.

Final Thoughts

Environmental health is more critical than ever. Caring for our planet is essential. While individuals may feel powerless against climate change and environmental crises, there are numerous ways to contribute and make a difference. Supporting a healthy environment is crucial for longer, better-quality lives.

Climate Change Alters Earth’s Rotation, Lengthening Days and Impacting Technology, Study Finds

Human-caused climate change is having profound impacts on the planet, including altering the length of a day, according to recent research. This effect is due to polar ice melt caused by global warming, which changes Earth’s rotation speed, increasing each day’s length. This trend is expected to accelerate throughout the century as humans continue to emit planet-heating pollution, according to a study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

The changes in day length are minute, amounting to milliseconds each day, but they have significant implications for the high-tech, interconnected systems we depend on, such as GPS. “This is a testament to the gravity of ongoing climate change,” said Surendra Adhikari, a geophysicist at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory and one of the report’s authors.

The length of a day on Earth is determined by the speed of Earth’s rotation, influenced by numerous factors including processes in the planet’s fluid core, the melting of massive glaciers since the last ice age, and the current melting of polar ice due to climate change. Historically, the moon has been the primary factor, gradually lengthening the day by a few milliseconds per century by exerting a gravitational pull that causes ocean bulges, slowing Earth’s rotation.

Previous research has linked polar ice melt to longer days, but this new study indicates that global warming is a more significant factor than previously thought. “In the past, the impact of climate change on time has not been so dramatic,” said Benedikt Soja, a study author and assistant professor of space geodesy at ETH Zurich. However, he notes that this is changing, with climate change potentially becoming the dominant factor over the moon if current pollution levels persist.

As humans warm the planet, glaciers and ice sheets melt, and the resulting meltwater flows from the poles toward the equator. This redistribution of mass changes Earth’s shape, flattening it at the poles and causing it to bulge at the equator, which in turn slows its rotation. This process is akin to a spinning ice skater extending their arms to slow their spin.

The international team of scientists examined a 200-year period from 1900 to 2100, using observational data and climate models to assess how climate change has influenced day length in the past and to predict future impacts. They found that climate change’s impact on day length has significantly increased. In the 20th century, sea level rise caused by climate change altered the length of a day by 0.3 to 1 millisecond. In the past two decades, the increase has been 1.33 milliseconds per century, a rate significantly higher than any time in the previous century.

If emissions continue to rise, warming the oceans and accelerating ice loss in Greenland and Antarctica, the rate of change is expected to increase dramatically. The report predicts that if emissions are not curbed, climate change could lengthen the day by 2.62 milliseconds by the end of the century, surpassing the natural effects of the moon.

“In barely 200 years, we will have altered the Earth’s climate system so much that we are witnessing its impact on the very way Earth spins,” Adhikari told CNN. While a few extra milliseconds per day might go unnoticed by humans, it affects technology. Accurate timekeeping is crucial for GPS and other communication and navigation systems, which rely on highly precise atomic time.

Since the late 1960s, the world has used coordinated universal time (UTC) to set time zones, relying on atomic clocks but keeping pace with Earth’s rotation. This means “leap seconds” must occasionally be added or subtracted to maintain alignment with Earth’s rotation.

Some studies have suggested a link between increased day length and an uptick in earthquakes, according to Mostafa Kiani Shahvandi, a study author and geoscientist at ETH Zurich. However, this connection remains speculative, requiring much more research to establish any definitive link.

A paper on the same topic published in March found that while climate change was increasingly slowing Earth’s rotation, processes in Earth’s core could counteract this by speeding it up, thus shortening day length. “What we have done is to go a little bit further and re-estimate these trends,” said Shahvandi, noting that their study found the influence of the molten core was outweighed by that of climate change.

Duncan Agnew, a professor of geophysics at the University of California San Diego and author of the March study, stated that the new study aligns with his research, extending its results further into the future and considering more climate scenarios. Jacqueline McCleary, an assistant professor of physics at Northeastern University not involved in the study, said the research contributes to a longstanding debate about the role of climate change in altering day length.

While there is now general consensus that climate change will have a “net lengthening effect on the day,” McCleary told CNN, there has been uncertainty about which processes will dominate this century. This study concludes that climate change is now the second most dominant factor. “We have to consider that we are now influencing Earth’s orientation in space so much that we are dominating effects that have been in action for billions of years,” said Soja.

The profound impacts of human activity on the planet are increasingly evident, not only in the environment but in the fundamental mechanisms of Earth’s rotation. This research underscores the far-reaching consequences of climate change, emphasizing the urgent need to address the root causes of global warming.

Florida Farmers Turn to Ancient Pongamia Trees for Sustainable Biofuel and Protein Solutions

An ancient tree from India, the pongamia, is now thriving in Florida where citrus trees once flourished and could potentially help provide renewable energy. The citrus industry in Florida has suffered due to diseases like greening and citrus canker, leading farmers to seek alternatives such as the pongamia tree, known for its resilience and potential to produce plant-based proteins and sustainable biofuel.

Historically, pongamia has been used as a shade tree, producing inedible legumes due to their bitterness. Unlike orange and grapefruit trees, pongamia trees require minimal care, no fertilizer or pesticides, and can thrive in varying weather conditions. Harvesting the beans is straightforward, requiring just a machine to shake them from the branches.

Terviva, a San Francisco-based company founded in 2010 by Naveen Sikka, uses a patented process to remove the bitter-tasting biopesticides, making the beans suitable for food production. “Florida offers a rare opportunity for both Terviva and former citrus farmers. The historical decline of the citrus industry has left farmers without a crop that can grow profitably on hundreds of thousands of acres, and there needs to be a very scalable replacement, very soon,” Sikka told The Associated Press. “Pongamia is the perfect fit.”

The pongamia tree, native to India, Southeast Asia, and Australia, is now being used to produce various products, including Ponova culinary oil and protein, featured in Aloha’s Kona protein bars. The tree also produces oil that can be used as a biofuel, especially in aviation, which has a low carbon footprint, according to Ron Edwards, Terviva’s chairman and a long-time Florida citrus grower.

Transforming pongamia from a wild to a domesticated tree has been challenging. “There are no books to read on it, either, because no one else has ever done it,” Edwards said. The tree supports local biodiversity by attracting bees and other pollinators to its flowers. An acre of pongamia trees can produce as much oil as four acres of soybeans. After extracting the oil, the remaining high-grade protein can be used in baking, smoothies, and other plant-based protein products, showing potential for both the food and petroleum industries.

Sikka emphasized the advantages of growing pongamia in Florida: “We know pongamia grows well in Florida, and the end markets for the oil and protein that come from the pongamia beans — biofuel, feed, and food ingredients — are enormous. So farmers can now reduce their costs and more closely align to the leading edge of sustainable farming practices.”

At a nursery near Fort Pierce, workers skilled in pongamia grafting techniques ensure the genetics and desired characteristics of the mother tree are perpetuated in all of Terviva’s trees.

Citrus was Florida’s premier crop until the 1990s when citrus canker and later greening began to devastate groves. Citrus canker, a bacterial disease, causes lesions on fruit, stems, and leaves, eventually making the trees unproductive. Citrus greening, or Huanglongbing, slowly kills trees and degrades the fruit, reducing citrus production in Florida by 75% since 2005. The disease has spread to Louisiana, Texas, and California. Hurricane Ian caused $1.8 billion in damages to Florida’s agriculture in September 2023, further impacting the citrus industry.

Global citrus production has also been affected by disease and climate issues. Brazil, the world’s largest orange juice exporter, is facing its worst harvest in 36 years due to flooding and drought, according to Fundecitrus, a citrus growers’ organization in Sao Paulo state.

However, pongamia trees are largely unaffected by climate and disease. “It’s just tough, a jungle-tested tree,” Edwards said. “It stands up to a lot of abuse with very little caretaking.” Pongamia also thrives in Hawaii, on land previously used for sugarcane.

John Olson, owner of Circle O Ranch west of Fort Pierce, has replaced his grapefruit groves with 215 acres of pongamia trees. “We went through all the ups and downs of citrus and eventually because of greening, abandoned citrus production,” Olson said. “For the most part, the citrus industry has died in Florida.” In the 1980s and 1990s, a grove of similar size was profitable, but the costs of combating disease eventually became too high.

Edwards shared his motivation for switching to pongamia: “What attracted me to pongamia was the fact that one it can repurpose fallow land that was citrus and is now lying dormant. From an ecological point of view, it’s very attractive because it can replace some of the oils and vegetable proteins that are now being generated by things like palm oil, which is environmentally a much more damaging crop.”

In December 2023, Terviva signed an agreement with Mitsubishi Corporation to provide biofuel feedstock that can be converted into biodiesel, renewable diesel, and sustainable aviation fuel. “Our partnership with Mitsubishi is off to a great start,” Sikka said, noting that the company coordinates closely with Mitsubishi on tree plantings and product development and sales. “Terviva’s progress has accelerated thanks to Mitsubishi’s expertise and leadership around the globe on all facets of Terviva’s business.”

Research on pongamia’s food products is ongoing. Edwards mentioned they have successfully made graham crackers and other plant-based protein products, including flour and protein bars. Pongamia offers an alternative to soybean and yellow pea protein “if you don’t want your protein to come from meat,” he said.

Alaska’s Juneau Icefield Melting 4.6 Times Faster: Researchers Warn of Imminent Tipping Point

The Juneau Icefield in Alaska, encompassing over 1,000 glaciers, is experiencing an accelerated melt. A recent study reveals that the icefield’s snow-covered areas are shrinking 4.6 times faster than in the 1980s. Researchers have meticulously tracked snow levels since 1948, extending data back to the 18th century. The icefield has been steadily shrinking since its peak after the Little Ice Age around 1850, but the melting rate significantly increased about a decade ago, according to the study published in Nature Communications.

Bethan Davies, a glaciologist at Newcastle University and the study’s lead author, explained, “What’s happening is that as the climate is changing, we’re getting shorter winters and longer summers. We’re having more melt, longer melt season.” This accelerated melting is contributing to a substantial flow of ice into the water, averaging about 50,000 gallons per second, according to study co-author Mauri Pelto, a professor of environmental science at Nichols College.

“In fact, glacier shrinkage in Alaska from the year 2000 to the year 2020, we’re losing more ice in Alaska than anywhere else,” Davies added. The study highlights a stark increase in the number of glaciers disappearing: only four Juneau Icefield glaciers vanished between 1948 and 2005, but 64 disappeared between 2005 and 2019. Many of these glaciers were unnamed due to their small size, but notable larger glaciers like Antler Glacier have completely vanished.

Alaska climatologist Brian Brettschneider, not involved in the study, emphasized the alarming acceleration, warning of a “death spiral” for the thinning icefield. An icefield, different from an ice sheet, is a collection of glaciers. Ice sheets cover entire continents, with only two remaining in Greenland and Antarctica. The Mendenhall Glacier, a prominent glacier in the Juneau Icefield, is a popular tourist destination. The Arctic, including Alaska, is warming four times faster than the global average, with Alaska warming by 2.6 degrees (1.5 degrees Celsius) since 1980, according to federal weather data.

Pelto, who first visited the Juneau Icefield in 1981 aiming to join the U.S. ski team, has studied it ever since, forsaking competitive skiing for research. Reflecting on the changes, he said, “When you go there the changes from year-to-year are so dramatic that it just hits you over the head.” He noted the ease of accessing the glaciers back in 1981, “In 1981, it wasn’t too hard to get on and off the glaciers. You just hike up and you could ski to the bottom or hike right off the end of these glaciers.” Nowadays, melted snow forms lakes at the edges, and crevasses make skiing difficult.

The icefield now resembles a staircase of bare rocks. White snow and ice reflect sunlight, but dark rocks absorb it, warming the ground and accelerating the melting in a feedback loop. The critical factor is the snow elevation line; below this line, summer can melt the snow, while above it, snow remains year-round. Pelto explained that this snow line keeps moving upward, increasing the areas prone to melting.

Juneau’s flat icefield shape makes it particularly vulnerable to tipping points. Davies noted, “The shape of Juneau’s icefield, which is rather flat, makes it vulnerable to particular tipping points because once the snow line moves up, large areas are suddenly more prone to melt.” Pelto emphasized, “The tipping point is when that snow line goes above your entire icefield, ice sheet, ice glacier, whichever one. And so for the Juneau icefield, 2019, 2018, showed that you are not that far away from that tipping point.”

Despite the significant melting, the Juneau Icefield’s complete melt wouldn’t drastically affect global sea levels, though it remains a crucial tourist and cultural site. Julienne Stroeve, an ice scientist at the University of Manitoba, not part of the study, remarked, “It is worrisome because in the future the Arctic is going to be transformed beyond contemporary recognition. It’s just another sign of a large transformation in all the ice components (permafrost, sea ice, land ice) that communities depend on.”

The study team compiled their findings using satellite images, airplane overflights, archived photographs, and historical local measurements, creating a detailed long-term picture of the icefield’s melting. Michael Zemp, head of the World Glacier Monitoring Service, and five other outside experts affirmed the study’s findings, with Zemp stating, “We need urgent and tangible actions to save at least some of the remaining ice.”

Pelto, reflecting on his decades of study, pondered, “We’re 40 years from when I first saw the glacier. And so, 40 years from now, what is it going to look like? I do think by then the Juneau icefield will be past the tipping point.” The future of the Juneau Icefield appears bleak, with accelerated melting trends posing significant environmental challenges.

Cool Your Home Naturally: How Houseplants Can Help Beat the Summer Heat

Plants: Nature’s Air Conditioners

We are all aware that plants are pleasing to the eye, and with enough of them (or even one of those supercharged houseplants), you can purify your home’s air. However, these natural wonders may also help you endure a heatwave. Plants can actually cool the air in your home through a process called transpiration, according to plant expert Craig Morley of Budget Seeds. The plant specialist collaborated with home builders Barratt London to demonstrate how adding plants to your space may lower the overall temperature and reduce the need for air conditioning.

Understanding Transpiration

Transpiration is the process where water travels up from the soil through the plant to its leaves and stem. This process not only delivers water and nutrients but also keeps plants cool as water evaporates from their leaves.

How It Benefits Us

So, how does this benefit us? “Transpiration also cools the area around the plant,” says Morley. NASA’s Earth Science Division conducted a study showing that plants on a large scale help combat rising temperatures caused by global warming. On a smaller scale, adding plants to your home could help regulate indoor temperatures, although there is less research on transpiration’s effect on temperature at a smaller scale. But, as Morley suggests, it certainly can’t hurt to try.

Tips for Increasing Plant Transpiration

Morley shared some tips for enhancing your indoor houseplant’s transpiration to maximize their cooling effects:

  1. Keep Houseplants Well-Watered:Regular watering is crucial. If a plant isn’t watered often, it will reduce the rate of transpiration to conserve water.
  2. Increase Humidity:Placing your plant on a wet pebble tray can promote transpiration. As the water evaporates from the tray, it creates a bubble of humidity around the plant.
  3. Group Plants Together:Grouping plants helps create a humid microclimate, boosting overall humidity.
  4. Upsize Your Pot:Plants in containers may transpire less due to restricted root space. Using a larger pot can enhance transpiration.
  5. Avoid Pruning in the Summer:Pruning can reduce transpiration by decreasing the plant’s water uptake.

Best Houseplants for Cooling the Air

Is there anything houseplants can’t do? Here are seven of the best air conditioning plants to keep your home cool this summer. What do they have in common? Larger leaves.

“Plant species have different leaf structures which affect their rate of transpiration,” explains Morley. “A larger leaf size means more pores through which to release excess water and increased transpiration.”

  1. Areca Palm:This plant is known for its feathery, arching fronds. It not only cools the air but also adds a tropical touch to your interior.
  2. Boston Fern:Boston Ferns are excellent at adding humidity and cooling the air. Their lush, green foliage can also enhance the aesthetics of your home.
  3. Ficus Tree:With its large, glossy leaves, the Ficus tree is another great option for cooling the air. It’s also a popular choice for indoor decor.
  4. Rubber Plant:Rubber plants have broad, shiny leaves that are perfect for transpiration. They are also relatively low maintenance.
  5. Spider Plant:Spider plants are easy to care for and effective at cooling the air. Their long, arching leaves can fit well in various spaces.
  6. Peace Lily:Known for its beautiful white flowers, the Peace Lily is also great for transpiration. It can add a touch of elegance to any room.
  7. Aloe Vera:*Aloe Vera not only has cooling properties but also serves as a handy remedy for minor cuts and burns.

By incorporating these plants into your home, you can take advantage of their natural cooling properties and potentially reduce your reliance on air conditioning. It’s a simple and aesthetically pleasing way to enhance your living environment, especially during the sweltering summer months.

Summary

Plants are more than just decorative pieces; they have the ability to cool your home through transpiration. Craig Morley of Budget Seeds, in collaboration with Barratt London, has demonstrated how plants can lower indoor temperatures. Transpiration, where water moves from the soil through the plant to its leaves and then evaporates, cools the surrounding air. NASA’s Earth Science Division has shown that plants combat rising temperatures on a large scale, and while there is less research on their impact indoors, adding plants to your home certainly doesn’t hurt. Morley offers tips for maximizing plant transpiration, such as keeping plants well-watered, increasing humidity, grouping plants together, using larger pots, and avoiding pruning in the summer. The best plants for cooling the air include Areca Palm, Boston Fern, Ficus Tree, Rubber Plant, Spider Plant, Peace Lily, and Aloe Vera. With their larger leaves, these plants have higher transpiration rates, making them effective natural air conditioners for your home.

Record Heat Challenges Hajj Pilgrims: Over 500 Deaths Reported Amidst Unprecedented Temperatures

The Hajj, an obligatory pilgrimage for able Muslims, demands significant physical and spiritual commitment. This year’s pilgrimage saw temperatures in Mecca exceeding 115 degrees Fahrenheit, causing many to collapse and resulting in numerous deaths due to heat exhaustion.

The Hajj follows the lunar calendar, which means its timing varies each year. Despite this, a study indicates that Saudi Arabia is warming faster than other regions in the Northern Hemisphere. Ather Hussain, a British imam and Hajj guide with Bilal Tours, noted the unprecedented struggle among pilgrims due to the extreme heat. “It’s just really, really hard. I’ve never seen so many people struggle collectively at the same time, but at the same time, I saw people doing whatever they could to help,” Hussain told NPR from Saudi Arabia this week.

This year, over 1.8 million Muslims from around the globe participated in the Hajj, which concluded on Wednesday. The pilgrimage spans about five days but often involves weeks of travel, significant walking, physical exertion, and intense prayer.

Saudi Hajj authorities advised pilgrims to stay hydrated and avoid outdoor activities during peak heat hours. They also emphasized that walking to Mecca’s Grand Mosque, which houses Islam’s holiest site, the Kaaba, was not necessary for every prayer.

While the exact death toll remains unclear, a leaked hospital list revealed 550 deceased pilgrims, suggesting a severe impact of the scorching temperatures. Saudi Arabia, which offers free healthcare to pilgrims, reported nearly 3,000 heat-related treatments during the Hajj.

Among those affected was Taha Assayid, a 40-year-old Egyptian. He was hospitalized after spending hours in the sun trying to enter the mosque where Prophet Muhammad is believed to have delivered his final sermon. “I am a young man and was hospitalized, so just imagine what it was like for people in their 60s and over 70-years-old,” Assayid remarked.

Pilgrims often push themselves beyond necessary limits, having saved up their entire lives for this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. However, moderation is a key aspect of faith and the Hajj. Hussain, who led a group of about 140 pilgrims this year, advised older participants to delegate some rituals to others. “That education … is definitely something we need to do more. We need to explain to our people that, ‘look, you don’t need to go to extreme circumstances,'” he said. Yet, the extreme heat affected everyone. “Even the locals, you know, it hit them as well. And if the locals are telling you that the Mecca is hot, then you know it’s hot,” Hussain added.

Despite the heat, moments of reflection and inner peace were found in prayers at the Kaaba and on the Day of Arafat. Hosting the Hajj is a prestigious duty for Saudi Arabia, which has faced criticism for past mishaps but has taken measures to prevent such accidents since a deadly stampede in 2015.

The increasing temperatures present ongoing challenges. A study published in the Journal of Travel Medicine by the King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centre noted that during a hot summer in 1987, around 1,000 pilgrims died. Since then, Mecca’s temperatures have risen faster than other parts of the world.

To combat the heat, the Saudi government has planted more trees around Hajj sites, used heat-reflective pavement, and provided volunteers to distribute water, juice, and umbrellas. Pilgrims also walk under misting systems to stay cool. Egyptian pilgrim Ibrahim Omran, who has visited Mecca over 20 times, stated this was the hottest year he had experienced. He noted that many Egyptians walked everywhere and lacked hotel accommodations because they were on tourist visas instead of proper Hajj visas, a result of Egypt’s economic difficulties and inflated Hajj prices.

Omran emphasized the spiritual pull of Mecca but recognized the importance of safety. “I am not going to take risks and kill myself to perform the Hajj. I will do it legally and find the best official way to reach Saudi Arabia so I can find health care, and not expose myself to misery and suffering,” he said.

The Hajj is an expensive, physically taxing, and exhausting endeavor. However, for many, standing shoulder-to-shoulder with people from around the world, dressed in simple white robes, and engaging in prayer and repentance is an unparalleled experience. “I saw adversity, but I also saw the best of humanity,” Hussain reflected. “And I think that is the message of the Hajj: Help one another.”

Early Puberty in Girls: The Role of Environmental Factors and Health Implications

For several decades, scientists worldwide have observed with growing concern that girls are entering puberty at increasingly younger ages compared to previous generations. Key indicators of adolescence, such as the onset of menstruation (age of menarche) and the commencement of breast development, are occurring progressively sooner.

Research indicates that American girls today begin menstruation up to four years earlier than girls a century ago. Recent data reveals that while girls born between 1950 and 1969 typically began menstruating at an average age of 12.5 years, this decreased to 11.9 years for girls born in the early 2000s. This trend is not limited to the United States but is evident globally. South Korean researchers, for instance, have noted a dramatic 16-fold increase in the number of girls showing signs of precocious puberty (either breast development or menstruation before age eight) between 2008 and 2020.

“We’re also seeing that these decreasing ages at puberty are even more pronounced in lower socioeconomic status groups and ethnic minority groups,” says Audrey Gaskins, an associate professor at Emory University in Atlanta. “This has important implications for long-term health.”

Researchers like Gaskins are particularly concerned that earlier puberty might trigger a cascade of events with significant consequences in adulthood. Data suggests it may shorten the fertility window, especially if these women enter menopause sooner, and could reduce overall lifespan. Precocious puberty has been repeatedly associated with a higher risk of diseases such as breast and ovarian cancers, metabolic syndromes like obesity and type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease.

Scientists are still exploring the reasons behind these associations. Brenda Eskenazi, a professor of public health at the University of California, Berkeley, explains one theory: “There’s some theories that having a longer window of exposure to hormones increases risk for reproductive cancers,” suggesting that prolonged exposure to sex hormones like estrogen might elevate tumor development risks by stimulating cell growth.

There are also potential social consequences. Eskenazi points out that girls who enter puberty earlier are more likely to become sexually active sooner. “There’s a scary situation in the United States when we have the trend of abortion becoming illegal and contraception not being available,” she says. “It’s going to lead to more unwanted teen pregnancies, so that confluence of factors is very frightening.”

The question then arises: why is child development being accelerated in this manner?

From Obesity to Air Pollution

Puberty onset is regulated by two key communication networks in the body: the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) and hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (HPG) axes. These connect the brain’s hypothalamus, which regulates essential functions from hunger to temperature control, with hormone-secreting glands.

Gaskins notes that until recently, childhood obesity was considered the primary cause of premature puberty, with proteins produced by fat cells (adipokines) stimulating the HPA and HPG axes. “It’s only recently that people have been like, ‘Oh that doesn’t explain it all, and there have to be other factors involved,'” she says.

Recent studies, however, have identified another surprising cause: air pollution. Much of this research has emerged from South Korea, where cities like Seoul, Busan, and Incheon rank among the world’s most polluted. A review from Ewha Womans University in Seoul highlighted a consistent relationship between exposure to various pollutants and earlier puberty onset.

Toxic gases such as sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, and ozone, released through vehicle emissions or industrial waste, are major culprits. A 2022 study in Poland, a country with significant air quality issues due to coal-burning factories, linked higher exposure to nitrogen gases with menstruation beginning before age 11.

An even greater concern is fine particulate matter (PM), tiny particles from sources like construction sites, wildfires, power plants, vehicle engines, and unpaved roads. In October 2023, Gaskins and colleagues found that U.S. girls exposed to high levels of PM2.5 (particles less than 2.5 micrometers in diameter) and PM10, both in utero and during childhood, were more likely to start menstruating earlier.

“PM2.5 particles can enter the bloodstream pretty readily,” Gaskins explains. “You inhale them into your lungs, and they’re not filtered out like some of the bigger particles would be, and they can then reach different organs. We’ve seen certain PM2.5 particles accumulating in the placenta, fetal tissues, the ovaries, they can get everywhere.”

Studies have shown that chemicals within these fine particles can interact with hormone receptors involved in development, particularly androgen and estrogen receptors, potentially triggering a chain reaction leading to puberty.

“That was our primary hypothesis, that the girls who had higher exposure to PM2.5 were also exposed to more chemicals that were either mimicking estrogen or just generally disrupting that HPA axis and its regular signals, prompting the body to go into puberty earlier,” says Gaskins.

Multiple factors likely contribute to premature puberty. Gaskins suggests that evidence related to PM2.5 and other pollutants is one example of how harmful environmental chemicals can infiltrate the body, causing significant hormonal changes.

“Pre-pubertal girls are an interesting group because another major route of exposure to chemicals which disrupt hormonal processes is through personal care products,” she says. “And there’s now a lot of companies actively going after that demographic and marketing products to them.”

Eskenazi adds that there is much we still don’t understand about the complex interplay between our changing environment and child development. Factors such as microplastics and climate change also remain largely unexplored. “I think we’re still just at the tip of the iceberg,” she says. “We don’t know how a hotter climate is affecting the menstrual cycle or even the role of social factors, pressurizing girls to grow up sooner. But this trend is very real, and it could be a multifactorial combination of environmental chemicals, obesity, and psychosocial issues which are combining to lower the age of menarche.”

Climate Records Shattered: Scientists Warn of Dire Consequences Without Urgent Action

Global temperatures continue to break records month after month, prompting concerns from scientists and climate policymakers about surpassing the warming target established during the historic Paris 2015 climate talks.

The Copernicus agency of the European Union recently announced that May had been the hottest on record, marking the 12th consecutive month of record highs. Similarly, the World Meteorological Organization has projected a nearly 50% chance that average global temperatures between 2024 and 2028 will exceed the desired warming limit of 1.5 degrees Celsius agreed upon in the Paris accords.

Moreover, a group of 57 scientists reported in the journal Earth System Science Data that the Earth warmed at a slightly faster rate in 2023 compared to 2022.

Climate scientists, however, are not surprised by these developments, as they align with their long-standing predictions based on the accumulation of carbon dioxide resulting from increased fossil fuel usage. In 2023, atmospheric levels of heat-trapping gases, particularly carbon dioxide, reached historic highs, according to the U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), with the third-highest increase in 65 years of recordkeeping.

The repercussions of these shattered records translate into heightened human suffering. Climate change induced by human activity has led to erratic weather patterns, more frequent and unpredictable storms, and prolonged heatwaves. For instance, an intense heatwave in Asia this spring led to school closures in the Philippines, fatalities in Thailand, and record temperatures in several countries including Indonesia, Malaysia, the Maldives, and Myanmar. In India, weeks of scorching heatwaves last month resulted in school closures and loss of life.

While exceeding the 1.5-degree Celsius threshold may not spell immediate catastrophe, scientists warn of worsening conditions. Previous United Nations assessments indicate that significant ecological changes are more likely to occur between 1.5 and 2 degrees Celsius of warming, including the eventual disappearance of coral reefs, Arctic sea ice, and certain plant and animal species. Additionally, extreme weather events are expected to intensify, resulting in more casualties and infrastructure damage.

Jennifer Francis, a scientist at the Woodwell Climate Research Center in Massachusetts, emphasized that reaching the Paris threshold does not signify a sudden surge in the impacts already being observed.

Addressing these challenges requires a concerted effort to phase out fossil fuel usage, according to climate scientists. The combustion of fossil fuels—such as oil, gas, and coal—remains the primary driver of human-induced global warming. Francis stressed the need for greenhouse gas concentrations to stabilize to prevent further temperature records from being broken and to mitigate the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events.

While renewable energy sources have seen significant growth, there is a pressing need for accelerated expansion. Efforts to improve efficiency are underway across various sectors, including household heating, cooking methods, and cement production. However, scientists emphasize the urgency of adapting to these changes.

India’s Record-Breaking Heat: Mungeshpur Hits Potential 52.3°C Amid Severe Heat Wave Warnings

India, one of the hottest countries on Earth, potentially recorded its highest temperature ever on Wednesday. A weather station in Mungeshpur, a suburb of New Delhi, recorded a temperature of 52.3 degrees Celsius (approximately 126 degrees Fahrenheit), as reported by the India Meteorological Department (IMD).

This unprecedented reading is currently under scrutiny by the government. Authorities are evaluating the data, noting that this temperature is an outlier compared to other measurements in the region. They suggest the possibility of an error in the sensor or an influence from unique local conditions.

The IMD reported that this temperature was more than 9 degrees Celsius higher than anticipated. The unusually high temperatures have been attributed to hot winds originating from northwestern India, as reported by New Delhi Television (NDTV), a partner of ABC News.

Previously, the highest recorded temperature at the Mungeshpur station was 49.2 degrees Celsius (120.6 degrees Fahrenheit) in 2002. The record for the hottest temperature ever recorded in India was set in Rajasthan in 2016, reaching 51 degrees Celsius (123.8 degrees Fahrenheit), according to the IMD.

In response to the forecast, the India Meteorological Department issued a severe heat wave warning for the region. In India, heat waves are classified as “severe” when temperatures exceed the norm by 6.5 degrees Celsius or more.

A red alert health notice was also issued in New Delhi, warning of a “very high likelihood of developing heat illness and heat stroke in all ages” among the vulnerable groups in the region’s population, which totals around 30 million.

Local government officials have imposed restrictions on water usage due to a shortage, threatening fines for non-essential water use, such as washing cars. Those caught using water unnecessarily could face fines of 2,000 rupees (approximately $24), as reported by Reuters.

The IMD also forecasted rain for Wednesday evening in New Delhi, which could potentially increase humidity levels.

India is renowned for its hot climate, characterized by tropical conditions and prolonged summers. These early-season high temperatures could signal an intensely hot summer ahead.

Copernicus, Europe’s climate change service, has recorded 11 consecutive months of record-warm temperatures, a trend likely to persist through May.

Climate scientists link rising global temperatures to more frequent and prolonged heat waves. A study by the World Weather Attribution found that the extreme heat experienced across Asia in late April was 45 times more likely due to climate change.

The exceptional temperature recorded in Mungeshpur stands out as a significant anomaly. The IMD’s ongoing review aims to verify the accuracy of the data. “The temperature soared to more than 9 degrees Celsius higher than expected,” highlights the severity of this heat event.

Local reports suggest that the hot winds from northwestern India played a crucial role in driving the temperatures up beyond typical expectations. NDTV corroborates this by reporting that “hot winds from northwestern India contributed to the hotter-than-expected temperatures.”

The severity of the heat wave in New Delhi prompted immediate action from the government. The red alert notice underscores the extreme risk to public health, particularly emphasizing the potential for heat illness and heat stroke among vulnerable populations. The scale of the alert reflects the urgency of the situation, given New Delhi’s large population.

In addition to health warnings, the government has taken steps to manage the strain on water resources. With a significant portion of the population potentially affected by water shortages, the authorities have implemented stringent measures to curb non-essential water use. Reuters reported on the enforcement of fines to deter wastage, stating, “Local government officials set limits on water usage, citing a shortage, and threatened to fine those using water unnecessarily.”

The forecasted rain for New Delhi introduces the potential for increased humidity, which could compound the discomfort and health risks associated with the high temperatures. The IMD’s prediction of rain suggests a dynamic weather pattern that may offer temporary relief from the heat but could also introduce new challenges.

India’s climate, already predisposed to high temperatures, faces an increasingly uncertain future as global warming intensifies. The record temperatures reported by Copernicus are a stark reminder of the ongoing trend towards warmer global conditions. “Copernicus, Europe’s climate change service, has recorded 11 consecutive months of record-warm temperatures,” illustrating the persistent nature of this trend.

The link between climate change and the increasing frequency of heat waves is well-established among scientists. The World Weather Attribution study provides a quantifiable measure of this connection, indicating that the recent extreme heat in Asia was significantly influenced by climate change. The study’s findings that the sweltering conditions were “45 times more likely because of climate change” emphasize the profound impact of human activities on weather patterns.

As the situation in Mungeshpur is closely monitored, it underscores the broader implications of climate change for regions already vulnerable to high temperatures. The potential record-setting temperature serves as a critical data point in understanding the trajectory of climate impacts. The IMD’s verification process will be crucial in confirming the legitimacy of this extraordinary measurement and understanding the underlying causes of such extreme weather events.

The reported 52.3 degrees Celsius in Mungeshpur highlights a significant climatic event in India, necessitating careful examination and response from authorities. The combination of immediate health risks, water scarcity, and the broader context of climate change illustrates the multifaceted challenges posed by extreme heat. As global temperatures continue to rise, the frequency and intensity of such events are likely to increase, demanding adaptive measures and heightened awareness of the impacts of climate change.

Indian Meteorological Department Forecasts Above-Normal Monsoon Rainfall, Easing Heatwave Concerns

The chief of the Indian Meteorological Department, Mrutyunjay Mohapatra, announced today at a media briefing that there’s a likelihood of above-normal rainfall during the upcoming monsoon season across the nation, providing a much-needed respite from the prevailing heatwave. Mohapatra stated, “The South West Monsoon rainfall over the country as a whole is likely to be 106% of the long-period average with a model error of 4%. Thus, above-normal rainfall is most likely over the country as a whole.”

This forecast aligns with earlier predictions of heightened rainfall this monsoon, driven by favorable La Nina conditions anticipated to manifest between August and September.

The Indian Meteorological Department anticipates a decline in the ongoing heatwave across India starting from May 30, although it issued warnings regarding severe heatwave conditions prevailing over northwest India for the next three days. Earlier alerts had been released for Delhi and Rajasthan due to temperatures soaring to 50 degrees Celsius in specific areas.

Attributing the recent heatwave in northwest India and certain parts of the central region to various factors, including deficient rainfall, intensified dry and warm winds, and the presence of an anti-cyclonic circulation over southwest Rajasthan and adjoining Gujarat, the IMD has been closely monitoring the situation.

Additionally, the IMD’s projections indicate the onset of western disturbances over northwest India starting Thursday, coinciding with the transition of El Nino conditions to a neutral state.

In the wake of Cyclone Remal’s landfall in Bangladesh last night, coastal Bengal is expected to experience heavy rainfall today, while the northeast region will likely witness extremely heavy rainfall until tomorrow, according to forecasts from the Meteorological Office.

Americans Brace for Hefty Water Rate Hikes Amidst Push for PFAS Removal

In return for purer water, Americans across the nation may soon face substantial financial burdens. Water systems are cautioning residents about significant rate increases as they gear up to implement technology to filter out harmful chemicals known as PFAS.

Utilities from South Florida to upstate New York are alerting customers that they might experience considerable price hikes following the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) mandate to eliminate these substances, linked to various cancers and other illnesses, from their systems. The EPA recently announced its requirement for utilities with water systems containing elevated levels of six types of PFAS to eradicate them from the water.

PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, represent a group of thousands of chemicals utilized in the production of nonstick and waterproof products as well as firefighting foam. These substances have become pervasive in the environment, persisting for extended periods without breaking down.

Exposure to these persistent chemicals has been associated with heightened risks of prostate, kidney, and testicular cancers, compromised immune systems, elevated cholesterol, and developmental issues in children. Now, utilities nationwide face the unprecedented task of removing them from drinking water to mitigate customer exposure. However, this endeavor comes at a cost.

Broward County officials in South Florida cautioned residents about potential drastic water rate increases. Alan Garcia, director of Broward County Water and Wastewater Services, indicated that average monthly water bills, currently around $26, could potentially double or triple as the county addresses PFAS filtration. Yet, the exact extent of the rate increase remains uncertain. With 66,000 accounts, representing an estimated 230,000 individuals, the utility is bracing for substantial changes.

Similarly, officials in Fort Worth, Texas, foresee repercussions for ratepayers in light of the recent EPA regulation. Chris Harder, Fort Worth Water Director, acknowledged the anticipated expenses and their impact on ratepayers, emphasizing efforts to secure federal funding support to alleviate the burden.

Reports from water suppliers in the Buffalo, N.Y., area also suggest that PFAS filtration efforts could influence rates, signaling broader implications beyond specific locales. According to Chris Moody, regulatory technical manager at the American Water Works Association, numerous systems nationwide may face rate increases as a consequence of the rule.

While it remains unclear which water systems will necessitate PFAS filtration, utilities have a few years to conduct tests to determine if their chemical levels surpass federal thresholds. Should they exceed these thresholds, utilities must install filtration technology, indicating that communities warned of rate increases may only represent the beginning. The EPA estimates that approximately 6 percent to 10 percent of water systems will ultimately require action, though Moody believes this figure may underestimate the extent of contamination nationwide.

Much of the financial strain will stem from the installation and maintenance costs of filters capable of eliminating these toxic substances. Despite recent settlements in a major class-action lawsuit against PFAS manufacturers, which could potentially offset treatment costs, Moody doubts these settlements will suffice.

He anticipates that any financial restitution will likely cover only a fraction of the overall expenses. While the added costs pose significant financial burdens, they offer the crucial benefit of reducing communities’ exposure to harmful substances. Garcia acknowledged the importance of PFAS treatment, characterizing it as a necessary measure. Nonetheless, he lamented that communities are bearing the brunt of companies’ past PFAS usage.

The Pastic Story By Dr B K Kishore

Plastic is the evil created by World War II, which also gave us some lifesaving medicines. During WWII, there was a steep rise in demand for metals to manufacture military hardware. To reduce the demand, plastic was introduced to replace metal wherever possible. So, plastic was deliberately made hard not to degrade and last long. Until WWII is over, the plastic was not available for civilian use. To get rid of the huge piles of raw plastic accumulated by the military, the US Congress permitred the use of plastic for civilian use and released several tons of plastic. The Congress did not seek the opinion of environmentalists before passing the law to release plastic for civilian use. Immediately, industry took advantage of this as people were excited to own plastic goods. When I was in school in the 1960s, Surf detergent company used to give one plastic bucket free for the purchase of two big surf packets. Soon, households were full of plastic buckets, replacing the metal containers wherever possible.
It takes decades or centuries for plastic to degrade in landfills. Every plastic toothbrush we have used since childhood is there intact somewhere in the landfills or soil. It is not difficult to introduce molecules that break apart due to sunlight and thus make plastic disintegrate. But then, the smaller pieces do not disappear. They stay intact in soil forever, causing more problems.
That said, plastic really helped us in many ways. For example, please look at the pharmacies full of plastic bottles, as well as the hospitals with plastic tunings, lines, gadgets, etc. It could cost a lot of money to use alternate materials to replace plastic in healthcare. Can we imagine a stethoscope without plastic tubing? Until the year 2000, we were using glassware in research labs. The high-quality glass used in labs is expensive and heavy. It is sold by weight. A 3 liter Pyrex glass container used to cost $600. And they can break during use. Washing and drying glassware to reuse was expensive, consuming tons of water and detergents plus energy and labor. Sterilizing glassware is another issue. So, a major chunk of research budget used to go for glassware. But slowly, plastic was introduced into research labs. In about 15 years, almost all glassware in research labs was replaced by single use plasticware from China. It was clean, available in sterile conditions also. Moving to plastics saved us substantial amount of research money.
So, plastic is like eating French Onion Soup. It is messy to eat, using both spoon and fork alrernatively. But it is so delicious, we do not give up eating. BTW, our profession is plastic-dependent. Our iPhone and Tesla are useless without plastic.

Turning Invasives into Fashion: How Sustainable Fabrics are Revolutionizing the Industry

Each year, Aarav Chavda, a former McKinsey analyst and mechanical engineer, goes scuba diving in the same Florida reefs. Over time, he has observed the corals turning white and species dwindling, except for the invasive lionfish. Local and federal authorities have tried various methods to eradicate the lionfish, a beautifully striped and spiny species with no natural predators in the Atlantic and Caribbean waters that preys on many other fish.

Chavda had a unique idea: turning the lionfish into a fashion statement. Along with two other diving enthusiasts, he founded Inversa, a start-up that transforms lionfish skin into attractive, supple leather. They expanded their efforts to include two other invasive species – Burmese pythons from the Florida Everglades and carp from the Mississippi River. Their innovative leather has been used by brands like Piper and Skye and Rex Shoes for products such as wallets, footballs, flip-flops, and a stylish python dagger and sheath.

The fashion industry’s environmental impact, including the companies that produce fabrics and clothing, is well-known. It’s responsible for up to 4 percent of global climate emissions and a significant amount of global water pollution, according to a McKinsey report. This presents a daunting challenge as humans need clothing and derive meaning from our fashion choices.

“It’s two sides of the coin,” says Monica Buchan-Ng, a sustainability expert at the London College of Fashion’s Centre for Sustainable Fashion. “[Clothes] can be this incredible creative force of self-expression and identity. But also we know that the way the fashion system works at present, it’s just destruction after destruction.”

Despite the industry’s negative impacts, its vast reach offers immense potential for innovation and change. Chavda is optimistic, stating that Inversa has removed 50,000 lionfish, Burmese pythons, and carp so far, and he hopes to increase this to tens of millions in the coming years. “I’m bullish,” Chavda says, “because I think the consumer cares.”

Julia Marsh, CEO of Sway, a company that makes seaweed-based plastic for companies like J.Crew, emphasizes the importance of “reuse and thrifting” in eco-friendly fashion. While cultural shifts towards lower consumption and stricter regulations are crucial, developing new, sustainable fabrics is also vital.

Fabric waste is a growing environmental issue. Clothing purchases nearly doubled from 2000 to 2015, with much of it ending up in landfills. Fast-fashion brands like Shein produce cheap, disposable clothing that exacerbates global waste. Many fabrics are harmful even before disposal. Synthetic fabrics like polyester shed microplastics into water systems when washed, and cotton farming often involves high pesticide use and forced labor. Leather production contributes to deforestation, water pollution, and high carbon emissions, while “vegan” leather often relies on fossil fuels.

Buying new, environmentally friendly clothing is currently difficult and expensive, but awareness is growing, leading to innovative solutions. Governments, especially in the EU, are starting to regulate fabric waste, pollution, and emissions. Efforts to create better recycling systems, repurpose old clothing, and develop non-toxic dye processes are emerging. Material development has also seen exciting advancements.

Uyen Tran, from Danang, Vietnam, grew up aware of the global impact of fashion waste. Her family shopped for brand-name clothing discarded by Westerners. After moving to the U.S. and studying at Parsons School of Design, she became interested in sustainable fabric manufacturing. Tran researched chitin, a natural polymer from shrimp shells, which she transforms into a leather-like material. Her company, TômTex, also uses chitin from mushrooms, which are popular among sustainable fabric innovators for their low environmental impact. TômTex has partnered with luxury brands like Peter Do to showcase its fully biodegradable fabric. “Waste is something that humans created,” Tran says. “For me, if we create something, it should biodegrade and decompose as nutrients back to the soil, so animals can feed on it, a tree can grow on it.”

Tran aims to scale up production to replace traditional materials significantly, needing substantial investment to build a factory. “Even brands that want to put in money … it’s not going to be $20 million,” she says. She is working on building brand relationships and pursuing venture capital.

Other sustainable fabric start-ups also seek capital, ranging from simple innovations like adding sustainably farmed nettle fiber to cotton blends, to complex bioengineering processes. Suzanne Lee, founder of Biofabricate, a consultancy for companies developing new materials, highlights the potential of biomaterials to have lower carbon footprints and less environmental impact. “We are at the frontier of new biomaterials,” Lee says, “which have the potential to have a lower carbon footprint, to use much less water and much less chemicals, and potentially biodegrade naturally at the end of their life, depending on how they’re treated.”

Some companies are succeeding. Japanese company Spiber raised about $64 million to mass-produce its plant-based, spider-silk-inspired fibers. However, others face challenges. Dan Widmaier, CEO of Bolt Threads, had to pause production on a mushroom-based leather alternative called Mylo due to fundraising issues. “The thing you learn about all these advanced materials is they always are super promising in the beginning, in the lab,” Widmaier says. “Can it work reproducibly at scale, meeting quality specs of the customer as they actually need them, meet their timelines and deliverables? Can it be financed to that scale? Those are the things that break all these.”

Earlier this year, Renewcell, a Swedish fabric recycling company, declared bankruptcy, causing concern in the industry. Renewcell had developed a process to turn old clothes into new cotton and had partnerships with major brands like H&M. Despite raising $10.6 million and opening a factory, it faced quality issues and insufficient orders to sustain production.

Lee believes the Renewcell failure might motivate brands to invest more in similar products. “We actually really need to back these things if we want them to happen,” she says.

Sustainable fabric companies are working to increase awareness. Finnish company Spinnova turns cellulose from wood pulp into biodegradable fiber, used by brands like Marimekko and Adidas. CEO Tuomas Oijala says, “I think that’s actually the thing that speaks best for itself: having brands publish actual product and being able to show that, hey, look, this is real. It works, it meets the needs of consumers and by the way, it’s also a good value for money deal.”

Inversa aims to reach a broader audience, confident their story will resonate with consumers. “I think when you tell the consumer, like, ‘Oh, buy this, you’re sustainable,’ you have to force them to acknowledge the guilt or the karma or whatever they were doing before,” Chavda says. “If you just tell them, ‘Hey, this wallet has saved these animals,’ or ‘You’re protecting these coral reefs,’ you just skip that whole piece.”

Inversa is also exploring other invasive species for their fabrics while maintaining partnerships with local fishing collectives, governments, and conservation NGOs to source invasive species responsibly. Chavda is optimistic about the future of sustainable fabrics. “We have different methodologies of doing it, but … whether that’s fiber made from seaweed or polyester spun in a different way that’s biodegradable, we’re all trying to do the same thing – make the planet a better place,” he says.

Pope Francis Calls for Urgent Global Action on Climate Resilience at Vatican Summit

On the morning of Thursday, May 16th, in the Clementine Hall of the Apostolic Palace, Pope Francis addressed participants of a summit on “From Climate Crisis to Climate Resilience,” organized by the Pontifical Academy of Sciences and the Pontifical Academy of Social Sciences. Here is a paraphrase of his speech, preserving the original quotes.

Pope Francis welcomed members of the Pontifical Academies of Science and Social Sciences, as well as the mayors and governors from around the world who attended the summit. He acknowledged the growing severity of climate change and the urgent need for action to protect people and nature, commending the Academies for their leadership and efforts in drafting a universal document on resilience.

He highlighted the plight of the world’s poor, who contribute the least to environmental pollution but suffer the most. “The destruction of the environment is an offense against God, a sin that is not only personal but also structural, one that greatly endangers all human beings, especially the most vulnerable in our midst, and threatens to unleash a conflict between generations” (Address to COP28, Dubai, 2 December 2023). The Pope urged everyone to choose sustainable human development and heed the cry of the earth, the plea of the poor, and the aspirations of the young and children.

Pope Francis emphasized the interconnectedness of climate change, biodiversity loss, environmental decay, global disparities, food insecurity, and threats to human dignity. He warned that without urgent collective action, these issues pose existential threats to humanity, other living beings, and ecosystems. The Pope pointed out that the world’s poor suffer disproportionately despite contributing the least to these problems. Wealthier nations, representing about one billion people, produce more than half of the heat-trapping pollutants, while the poorest three billion people contribute less than 10% yet suffer 75% of the damage. He noted that 46 of the least developed countries, mostly in Africa, account for only 1% of global CO2 emissions, whereas G20 nations are responsible for 80%.

Research presented at the summit revealed the tragic fact that women and children bear a disproportionate burden. Women often lack the same access to resources as men, and their roles in household maintenance and childcare can prevent them from migrating during disasters. However, women also play a crucial role in resilience and adaptation. Nearly one billion children live in countries highly susceptible to climate-related disasters, making them particularly vulnerable to the physical and psychological impacts of climate change.

Pope Francis condemned the failure to protect the most vulnerable from human-caused climate change, calling it a serious offense and a grave violation of human rights. He criticized the pursuit of short-term profits by polluting industries and the spread of disinformation that hinders collective efforts for change. “Brothers and sisters, the road ahead is uphill and not without danger,” he said, noting the summit’s data showing that climate change affects all aspects of life, including water, air, food, and energy systems, as well as public health and welfare. He lamented the forced migration of communities and families due to climate change, with atmospheric pollution causing millions of premature deaths annually. Over 3.5 billion people live in areas highly susceptible to climate devastation, driving them to migrate. Defending the dignity and rights of climate migrants involves upholding the sacredness of each human life and respecting the divine command to care for our common home.

In response to the planetary crisis, the Pope called for a universal approach and rapid, decisive action to effect changes and political decisions. He stressed the need to halve the rate of global warming within a quarter-century, aim for global decarbonization, and eliminate dependence on fossil fuels. Additionally, he urged the elimination of large quantities of carbon dioxide through a multigenerational environmental management program, highlighting nature’s regenerative powers. He advocated for the protection of natural resources like the Amazon and Congo basins, peat bogs, mangroves, oceans, coral reefs, farmlands, and glacial icecaps for their role in reducing global carbon emissions.

The Pope emphasized a holistic approach to combat climate change, addressing the dual crises of biodiversity loss and inequality by nurturing ecosystems that sustain life. He called for cooperation and global solidarity, highlighting the need for a coordinated effort involving emissions reduction, lifestyle education, innovative financing, and nature-based solutions to reinforce resilience, particularly to drought.

Finally, Pope Francis urged the development of a new financial architecture to meet the needs of the global South and island states severely affected by climate catastrophes. He advocated for debt restructuring and reduction, alongside the creation of a new global financial charter by 2025, recognizing an “ecological debt.” “We must work

on this term: ecological debt,” he emphasized, suggesting that acknowledging and addressing it can significantly aid in mitigating climate change.

The Pope expressed gratitude for the participants’ efforts and encouraged continued collaboration to transition from the current climate crisis to climate resilience, emphasizing equality and social justice. He stressed the urgency, compassion, and determination required for this task, as the stakes could not be higher. Pope Francis concluded his speech by blessing the attendees, assuring them of his prayers, and requesting their prayers for him.

Turning Waste into Energy: India’s Biogas Revolution Gains Momentum

Rukmini Baburao Kumbhar, a member of a spiritual community in Maharashtra, India, diligently gathers approximately 50kg of fresh cow dung every day. The cow dung serves a unique purpose in their small ashram: it’s utilized to produce biomethane, a sustainable fuel source. Ms. Kumbhar elaborates on their motivation, stating, “Fuel has become extremely expensive. Biogas was a good option. The only requirement was space and cows. We had both.” This initiative has replaced the monthly purchase of 20 liters of natural gas, significantly reducing their dependence on external energy sources.

Ms. Kumbhar’s daily routine involves collecting cow dung, a task she doesn’t find burdensome due to the prevalent agricultural lifestyle in rural India. She remarks, “In most of the rural parts of India, agriculture is the main occupation. So, touching the cow dung is not a big deal.” However, not all guests share her enthusiasm initially, particularly those from urban backgrounds. Ms. Kumbhar acknowledges their initial reluctance but notes that they gradually acclimate to the practice. She assures, “The cows are of good quality, so the cow dung does not smell.”

India’s abundant cattle population generates approximately three million tonnes of cow dung daily, according to NITI Aayog, the government’s policy body. Recognizing the potential of cow dung and agricultural waste, the government aims to harness them for methane production through biogas plants. These facilities employ anaerobic digestion, a process involving the breakdown of organic matter by bacteria in airtight containers, yielding primarily methane and carbon dioxide.

India’s heavy reliance on imported natural gas prompts governmental efforts to promote domestic energy production. Mandates have been issued to blend natural gas with biomethane, starting with 1% by 2025 and escalating to 5% by 2028. Beyond reducing gas imports, biogas production offers environmental benefits by curbing air pollution, particularly from agricultural residue burning, and providing a valuable fertilizer byproduct.

Government support has facilitated the construction of larger biogas facilities across the country. Notably, the largest compressed biogas (CBG) plant in Asia, located in Lehragaga, Punjab, converts paddy straw into biogas. Although the plant currently operates below its capacity due to limited demand, efforts continue to expand its reach. Similarly, in Ludhiana, Punjab, where cow dung disposal poses challenges, a significant portion is diverted to a biogas reactor, mitigating river pollution.

Rajiv Kumar, tasked with cow dung collection in Ludhiana, recalls initial skepticism from farmers regarding the waste’s value. However, with time, cow dung has evolved into a lucrative income source for them, fostering community benefit amidst the challenges of handling the malodorous substance. Baljit Singh, inspired by the burgeoning biogas industry, has built a thriving business by collecting agricultural residue for biogas production, offering economic opportunities for farmers across multiple villages.

Despite these successes, obstacles persist in mainstreaming biogas as a fuel source. Kiran Kumar Kudaravalli from SKG Sangha highlights challenges such as space constraints and odor issues in urban areas. Additionally, affordability remains a concern in impoverished rural regions where free fuel sources are readily available. Overcoming these barriers requires innovative solutions and sustained efforts to promote the adoption of biogas technology.

The utilization of cow dung and agricultural waste for biogas production represents a promising avenue for sustainable energy in India. While significant strides have been made, addressing logistical and economic challenges will be crucial in realizing the full potential of biogas as a mainstream fuel source.

Renewable Energy Shines Bright: 2023 Marks Record Year, but Challenges Persist

In a recent report unveiled by Ember, a London-based think tank, it was highlighted that 2023 witnessed an unprecedented surge in the utilization of renewable energy sources worldwide, marking a significant milestone in the global energy landscape. The report underscores that a remarkable 30% of the electricity generated globally originated from clean energy sources, which do not discharge greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide and methane into the atmosphere. This surge in clean energy adoption was primarily propelled by the rapid proliferation of solar and wind farms across various regions.

Despite the dominance of hydroelectric dams in clean energy generation, as observed in previous years, the debilitating impact of droughts in key regions like India, China, North America, and Mexico led to a notable decline in hydropower production, hitting a five-year low. Such adverse climatic conditions, exacerbated by the effects of climate change, underscore the urgency for transitioning towards more sustainable energy alternatives.

The escalating demand for electricity, which escalated by approximately 2% compared to the previous year, equivalent to the annual electricity consumption of Canada, was largely fueled by burgeoning adoption of technologies such as heat pumps for efficient building heating and cooling, electric vehicles, and electrolyzers utilized for hydrogen production from water—an essential step towards mitigating climate change impacts.

Furthermore, the burgeoning demand for electricity was propelled by the proliferation of data centers and the increased use of air conditioning systems, particularly in regions experiencing rising temperatures. Solar energy emerged as the frontrunner among clean energy sources, accounting for the largest share of new clean energy additions, surpassing coal power by more than double. Notably, this marked the 19th consecutive year of solar energy being the fastest-growing source of electricity generation, with a notable surge in solar installations towards the end of the year, foreshadowing even more substantial growth projections for 2024.

China emerged as a global leader in renewable energy adoption, accounting for a significant portion of new solar and wind power installations, followed by the European Union, the United States, and Brazil. However, despite these strides in renewable energy adoption, China remained heavily reliant on coal for electricity generation, contributing to a substantial portion of global coal generation and overall electricity production.

The report also highlights a concerning trend of increasing electricity generation from fossil fuels, primarily driven by countries like China, India, Vietnam, and Mexico, which compensated for the shortfall in hydropower caused by drought-induced reservoir depletion by resorting to coal-based electricity generation. This underscores a concerning feedback loop wherein climate change-induced events prompt further reliance on fossil fuels, exacerbating the very issue they aim to address.

Despite the significant growth in renewable energy adoption, fossil fuels retained their dominance in global electricity generation, resulting in a 1% increase in global power sector emissions. Scientists emphasize that even if all greenhouse gas emissions were halted immediately, the planet would continue to experience warming due to the cumulative effects of pollutants already present in the atmosphere.

Looking ahead, analysts anticipate a further surge in global electricity demand in 2024. However, the forecast also suggests an accelerated growth trajectory for renewable energy generation, potentially leading to a 2% reduction in energy generated from fossil fuels, signaling a positive shift towards a more sustainable energy paradigm.

Feature Article: Inequity IS the Disaster

The Science and Technology Directorate (S&T) and a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Center of Excellence are researching ways to enhance disaster resilience in socially vulnerable communities.

The 2023 hurricane season was one of the more severe on record, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Academic and disaster resilience communities have documented empirically that disenfranchised communities are disproportionately impacted by these severe weather events. With NOAA predicting increasing impacts of hurricanes in the future, S&T is trying to identify ways to help fortify marginalized communities against this impending risk.

According to Dr. David Alexander, senior science advisor for resilience at S&T, since 1980, there have been more than 377 billion-dollar disasters, based on NOAA statistics. These are disasters that resulted in $1 billion dollars or more in damages and losses each. More significantly, these disasters have amounted to more than 16,000 fatalities.

“People are losing their lives, not just their homes and businesses,” Alexander said. “If you look at the resilience research, there is a common theme, and it is well-recognized that underserved communities are disproportionately affected and experience more disaster suffering.”

While many in the federal government seek to foster greater equity for marginalized communities during disasters, S&T is investing in tools and technologies to inform policy and support this mission.

This was the purpose of a recent Coastal Resilience Center (CRC) Disasters and Equity Workshop that brought together community leaders, practitioners, and researchers to discuss best practices for reducing risk throughout the disaster lifecycle (mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery) in an equitable way. The CRC is a nationwide consortium led by the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill conducting research to increase the resilience of people, infrastructure, economies, and the natural environment from coastal hazards.

“Our challenges have become more complex. Therefore, we need to ensure that we’re leveraging diversity of opinion, experience, and knowledge and really try to bring our communities, as well as practitioners and academics, together, and invite the private sector to partner with us so we can scale out solutions and deliver a broader impact to the nation,” Alexander said.

“The focus, using a science and technology lens, is recognizing a desire to push the envelope on participatory research,” he continued. “It’s about driving co-development of solutions to fill critical gaps in individual and community preparedness and developing solutions that help us to eliminate inequities in disaster resilience. The goal is to better link scientific experts and cutting-edge solutions to community partners and help them avoid disaster fatigue.”

S&T and CRC first studied existing planning frameworks underpinning disaster equity planning. They then studied what kind of data would be required to support more equitable planning. With an understanding of the policy and data, this workshop was a next step in contextualizing this research with evidence from front-line responders. The goal was to have participants help answer questions like: How can we achieve better outcomes after disasters strike and ensure those positive outcomes extend to all communities? What policies are in place and are they working? What do individual communities view as their critical needs and challenges? Are we investing in the right science and technology to close those gaps and support all segments and all geographies?

“The [CRC], eight or nine years ago, started pushing us hard and saying, ‘You’ve got to be grounded,’” says Dr. Phil Berke, one of CRC’s researchers. “Put boots on the ground and translate all this great research into action.”

Dr. Thomas John Cooper Jr., a Texas A&M University associate professor in Landscape Architecture and

Urban Planning, gave the workshop keynote, entitled: “Inequity IS the Disaster.” In the context of CRC’s research, the objective is equity, meaning justice and fairness, rather than equality, which refers to uniformity. For those with less, more aid and assistance will be required to achieve recovery after a disaster. A key theme that resonated throughout the March workshop was the need for “resiliency” over “recovery.” Workshops like this help to aggregate findings to iterate on a proper response model, which accounts for things like housing, transportation, disaster relief services, and fraud protections, among other factors.

Without external intervention and aid, there were other use cases cited where people perhaps would have continued to live in damaged homes with mold, mildew, and sickness. Participants emphasized the need to cultivate leaders within the community—the best approach is to have communities advocating for themselves to ensure people that may not be documented are not left behind and resources are properly allocated. In the end, the objective should be to build capacities not dependencies.

“Fringe communities in our country are poised to pay the highest human costs connected to a looming climate crisis,” said Bruce Rosenbloom, CRC communications manager. “We’ve created mathematical models that have had widespread impacts. But equations can’t put sandbags around a town. This research, this is for the people.”

Image released its most recent findings in 2023, as part of a study that shows how social stratification affects outcomes among disaster survivors. This ongoing research is designed to provide the academic and emergency response communities useful case studies to increase awareness of what might otherwise be considered an esoteric concept.

For instance, they released a video telling the story of Ironton, a small coastal town south of New Orleans that was almost wiped out after being battered by Hurricanes Katrina and Ida, one after the other. Living in the shadow of racial segregation and reduced from 52 to 10 homes, this town’s story of survival as captured by the CRC was aptly entitled: “Studying the Spirit of Resilience in Ironton.”

The CRC’s Disaster and Equity Workshop provided a forum to capture anecdotal evidence that, according to Alexander, is critical to identifying challenges and possible solutions. Data alone cannot tell a community’s story, he said. The hope is that drawing on the insights provided in this forum, the team can produce a seminal report that will provide recommendations on areas for future research and development and inform policy for disaster resilience. That report will also serve to inform S&T’s investments in disaster resilience and equity programs.

“It’s really about reducing suffering,” Alexander said. “It’s just about being a good human being and saying, ‘I don’t want you to suffer,’ which is a goal that all of us should be able to get behind.”

A key reason S&T partners with universities is to enable forward-looking research to inform future DHS operations. Visit S&T’s Centers of Excellence and Office of University Programs pages for additional information about the Directorate’s longstanding collaborations with academia. For related media inquiries, contact STMedia@hq.dhs.gov.

Torrential Rain Hits Dubai: Cloud Seeding’s Role Questioned Amidst Flooding Chaos

A surge of rainfall inundated sections of Dubai on Tuesday, transforming streets into waterways and causing a temporary shutdown of the world’s second-busiest airport. This downpour prompted inquiries into whether the United Arab Emirates’ cloud-seeding initiative was responsible for the deluge.

According to officials at the National Center of Meteorology in the UAE, the rain was not attributed to cloud seeding, as reported by CNN. The center has been approached for further comment.

Even if cloud-seeding operations were conducted preceding the storm, it’s highly improbable that these efforts could have generated more rain than what would have naturally occurred. Despite decades of attempts to extract additional moisture from clouds, there remains scant evidence of its efficacy.

Nevertheless, several countries, including the UAE, China, and the US, persist in their endeavors to manipulate weather patterns.

What exactly is cloud seeding?

Cloud seeding is a technique aimed at augmenting rainfall or snowfall beyond natural levels. Cloud droplets require nuclei for condensation to occur, akin to water condensing on a cold glass during hot weather. These nuclei are minuscule particles in the atmosphere onto which moisture can adhere.

By introducing additional particles, such as silver iodide, into clouds, aircraft seek to enhance the formation of water or ice droplets. Once these droplets coalesce sufficiently, they precipitate as rain or snow.

Typically, natural particles like dust and dirt serve as the catalyst for cloud condensation. Silver iodide serves a similar purpose in theory.

Does cloud seeding yield results?

Assessing the impact of cloud seeding on precipitation is immensely challenging. Conducting controlled experiments to quantify its effectiveness faces considerable obstacles.

Daniel Swain, a climate scientist at UCLA, emphasized the difficulty in distinguishing between precipitation resulting from seeding and that which would have occurred naturally. The absence of a controlled environment complicates such assessments.

Despite efforts to study its effects, skepticism persists within the scientific community. A study published in 2020 suggested that one cloud seeding experiment may have increased precipitation by up to 10% compared to natural levels. However, conclusive evidence remains elusive.

What are the potential drawbacks of cloud seeding?

In light of escalating global temperatures due to human-induced climate change, certain regions are experiencing heightened heat and aridity. While cloud seeding may seem a solution to address water scarcity, it could exacerbate dry conditions elsewhere.

Swain cautioned that cloud seeding might inadvertently divert water from one area to another, potentially exacerbating dryness downstream.

Unprecedented flooding driven by an intense storm system

The torrential rain that triggered unprecedented flooding in the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Iran was not solely a consequence of cloud seeding. Instead, it resulted from a large, sluggish storm system traversing the Arabian Peninsula and moving into the Gulf of Oman over multiple days.

This storm tapped into abundant tropical moisture near the equator, unleashing it across the region. Regardless of cloud seeding activities, the storm was part of an extreme weather pattern foreseen days in advance.

As the atmosphere warms, such intense rainfall events are projected to become more frequent, akin to a towel absorbing and wringing out moisture.

Rare 4.8 Magnitude Earthquake Rattles New Jersey: Experts Offer Reassurance on Future Risks

A 4.8 magnitude earthquake struck New Jersey on Friday morning, causing ripples of concern from Baltimore to New York City. This seismic event, rare for the area, left residents shaken but also prompted experts to reassure the public about the likelihood of future earthquakes in the eastern U.S.

Angie Lux, a seismologist at the University of California Berkeley Seismology Lab, stated to TIME, “There’s no clear trend that there are more earthquakes happening.” Data from the United States Geological Survey (USGS) reveals that since 1950, roughly 40 earthquakes with magnitudes of 3 or higher have occurred within 500 km of Friday’s earthquake epicenter near Whitehouse Station, N.J. The last earthquake of comparable magnitude in the region struck in 2011, causing widespread tremors across the East Coast.

Lingsen Meng, an associate professor of geophysics at the University of California Los Angeles, emphasized that earthquakes are infrequent along the East Coast and advised people to remain calm. He noted, “Small earthquakes occur much more often than big ones.” The most significant earthquakes historically recorded on the East Coast were the 1755 Cape Ann earthquake in Boston and a 7.2 quake in Charleston, S.C. in 1886, which Meng described as “much bigger than the ones we have today.”

Sarah McBride, a research social scientist at USGS, mentioned in a press briefing that at least two aftershocks related to Friday’s earthquake had been recorded. However, she added that the likelihood of an aftershock with a magnitude of five or greater in the coming weeks was only 3%.

Regarding the cause of the earthquake, USGS clarified that it did not occur at an active fault. A spokesperson explained, “There are dozens of older inactive faults that formed millions of years ago. And under the current stresses from tectonic plates moving, those faults can be intermittently reactivated.” Further research is required to fully understand the event’s origin.

Meng reassured the public about potential infrastructure damage, stating, “Building damage usually doesn’t happen until [magnitude] six or seven. So [today’s earthquake] is not going to cause any significant damage unless the building is really inadequate.” He did, however, acknowledge a potential concern regarding seismic waves traveling across the East Coast, which can be felt more widely due to differences in the Earth’s crust. Meng explained, “East Coast seismic waves tend to travel much longer distances. They don’t attenuate or decay as fast.” Nonetheless, he emphasized that significant earthquakes are rare in the East Coast, thus the likelihood of severe damage or building collapse remains low.

UN Report Exposes Global Food Waste Crisis: Over 1 Billion Meals Squandered Daily Amidst 800 Million Hunger Cases

A recent report by the United Nations has brought to light the alarming scale of food wastage globally, revealing that over 1 billion meals are thrown away every day while nearly 800 million people suffer from hunger. In 2022 alone, the world squandered a staggering 1.05 billion metric tons of food, equating to approximately one-fifth of the food available for consumption being wasted by households, eateries, and various segments of the food industry.

Moreover, an additional 13% of the world’s food is lost during its journey from production to consumption, culminating in a distressing one-third of all food being discarded in the production process. These findings sharply contrast with the fact that approximately one-third of the global population grapples with food insecurity, with 783 million individuals suffering from hunger.

The UN Environment Programme’s (UNEP) Food Waste Index Report 2024, published recently, underscores the profound implications of food wastage on both global development and environmental sustainability. Inger Andersen, Director of UNEP, emphasized the severity of the situation, stating, “Food waste is a global tragedy. Millions will go hungry today as food is wasted across the world.” She further highlighted the significant costs incurred by such unnecessary waste on climate and natural resources.

The report makes a crucial distinction between food “loss” and food “waste.” Food loss refers to the disposal of food early in the supply chain, such as vegetables rotting in fields or meat spoiling due to lack of refrigeration, while food waste pertains to the disposal of food by households, restaurants, and retail outlets. Shockingly, households accounted for 60% of the total food waste in 2022, amounting to 631 million metric tons, while the food service sector and retail contributed 28% and 12%, respectively.

On an individual level, the average person wastes 79 kilograms (174 pounds) of food annually, translating to at least one billion wasted meals daily. However, these figures are likely conservative, as the report points out deficiencies in data collection despite improvements in recent years. While data points at the household level have nearly doubled since the UN’s 2021 food waste report, monitoring remains patchy across many countries.

Despite the significant environmental impact of food wastage, only 21 countries have included measures to address it in their national climate plans. Astonishingly, food waste generates 8% to 10% of global planet-heating emissions, surpassing emissions from the aviation sector by nearly fivefold. The report emphasizes that while the climate impact of activities like air travel has received substantial attention, the equally consequential issue of food waste has often been overlooked.

Furthermore, food production is resource-intensive, demanding vast amounts of land and water, and contributes significantly to global planet-heating emissions. Most food waste ends up in landfills, where it decomposes and emits methane, a potent greenhouse gas with approximately 80 times the warming power of carbon dioxide over a 20-year period. Additionally, the report highlights that climate change exacerbates food wastage, with hotter countries experiencing higher levels of food waste due to challenges in storing and transporting food in warmer temperatures.

Importantly, the report dispels the misconception that food waste is solely a problem of affluent nations. The disparity in food wastage between high- and middle-income countries is minimal, with just a 7-kilogram (15-pound) difference per person annually. This underscores the need for global action to address food wastage comprehensively, acknowledging its multifaceted impact on food security, environmental sustainability, and climate change mitigation.

Carbondale, Illinois Gears Up for Rare Repeat Total Solar Eclipse Spectacle in 2024

How fortunate are the inhabitants of Carbondale, Illinois? According to celestial mechanics, a total solar eclipse should occur at any given location on Earth’s surface roughly once every 375 years on average. However, the 30,000 residents of this Midwestern city might find this statistic amusing, as they are gearing up to witness the Moon obscure the Sun’s disk for the second time in just seven years.

Moreover, the upcoming eclipse on April 8th promises to surpass the spectacle of the 2017 event. Lasting for an impressive 4 minutes and 9 seconds, the sky will plunge into darkness, nearly doubling the duration of the previous eclipse.

Anticipation is building as up to 200,000 people are expected to converge on prime viewing spots in southern Illinois for what has been dubbed “The Great American Eclipse, Part II.” However, the excitement extends beyond Illinois, as the eclipse’s path stretches from Mexico’s Pacific coast to Canada’s Atlantic seaboard, promising a blockbuster event.

In contrast to the 2017 eclipse, which traversed sparsely populated regions, the 2024 event will pass over major urban areas in the United States such as Dallas, Indianapolis, Cleveland, and Buffalo. Dr. Kelly Korreck, the eclipse program manager at NASA, highlighted the significance, stating, “This is going to be the most populated eclipse in the US, with 31.5 million people able to just walk outside of their homes to experience it.”

NASA is gearing up for the event with a series of experiments, including launching rockets into the Moon’s shadow to study its effects on the Earth’s atmosphere and deploying instrumented jet planes to chase the shadow. Dr. Amir Caspi from the Southwest Research Institute explained the rationale behind the aerial pursuits, emphasizing the unique perspective they provide.

The journey of the 2024 total solar eclipse will commence over the Pacific Ocean, with the residents of Penrhyn Atoll in the Cook Islands witnessing a darkened Sun at dawn. From there, the Moon’s shadow will race across the Earth’s surface at speeds exceeding 2,500 km/h, crossing the Mexican coast and the US-Mexico border before traversing 13 states and skimming the Canadian border.

Unfortunately for Europe, the eclipse will only offer a partial view low on the horizon at sunset. However, enthusiasts around the world have been meticulously planning their viewing strategies, considering transportation, accommodation, and historical weather patterns. While Mexico and Texas offer the best chances of clear skies, weather unpredictability adds an element of uncertainty to eclipse viewing, even in locations like Carbondale.

Despite the abundance of space telescopes monitoring the Sun, total eclipses remain invaluable for studying the Sun’s outer atmosphere, known as the corona. This magnetized, superheated region plays a crucial role in generating the solar wind, which can disrupt satellites, communications, and electricity grids. Total eclipses provide a unique opportunity to study the corona’s elusive properties, as the Moon’s disk perfectly aligns with the Sun, allowing for unobstructed observations.

Collaborating with NASA, British scientists plan to deploy instruments in Dallas to study the corona’s directional qualities and the behavior of excited iron atoms using polarimeters and spectrometers. Dr. Huw Morgan from Aberystwyth University emphasized the importance of eclipse observations in understanding the Sun-solar wind connection.

In addition to professional research, citizen scientists can contribute to eclipse science through various projects. Initiatives like Sunsketcher, Eclipse Soundscapes, Globe Observer, and Eclipse Megamovie engage enthusiasts in measuring the Sun’s shape, recording environmental changes during eclipses, and capturing extended views of the event using DSLR cameras.

Dr. Liz MacDonald from NASA highlighted the value of citizen science in enhancing eclipse observations, emphasizing the collaborative nature of the endeavor. However, she also stressed the importance of safety precautions, advising against looking at the exposed Sun with the naked eye.

As excitement builds for the 2024 total solar eclipse, Dr. Korreck reminded enthusiasts of its uniqueness and encouraged everyone to experience it firsthand. While Montana and North Dakota will witness a partial eclipse in 2044, the next total solar eclipse spanning a broad swath of the US won’t occur until the following year.

Global Air Quality Report 2023: Asia Most Polluted, Oceania Cleanest, Africa Lacks Data

The fundamental principles of survival are straightforward: humans can endure weeks without food, days without water, but only moments without air. Air stands as the cornerstone of human existence, yet what much of the global populace inhales daily is tainted.

In the 2023 World Air Quality Report, issued on Tuesday by IQAir, a Swiss company monitoring real-time air quality worldwide and issuing annual assessments since 2018, merely 10 nations or territories in the past year maintained air quality meeting the World Health Organization’s cleanliness benchmark.

IQAir relied on the average concentration of PM2.5, or particulate matter with a diameter of 2.5 micrometers or less, across cities with publicly available data as the primary indicator of air quality for each country or territory. PM2.5, a harmful constituent of air pollution stemming from various sources such as emissions from coal and oil combustion, as well as dust storms and wildfires, can infiltrate the body through the lungs and bloodstream, impacting major organs. The WHO has outlined that exposure to PM2.5 can result in cardiovascular and respiratory health issues, including strokes or lung cancer, contributing to an estimated 7 million premature deaths annually.

WHO guidelines suggest an annual mean PM2.5 concentration of no more than 5 micrograms per cubic meter (5 µg/m3). Among the 134 countries and territories assessed by IQAir, only Sweden, Finland, Estonia, Puerto Rico, Australia, New Zealand, Bermuda, Grenada, Iceland, Mauritius, and French Polynesia met this standard in 2023.

IQAir’s 2023 World Air Quality Report offers significant insights into various regions.

Asia:

Asia emerges as the most polluted region globally, with all but one of the 100 cities with the most polluted air situated there, with 83 of them located in India. These cities exceeded the WHO’s standard by at least 10 times. The Indian city of Begusarai, with over half a million inhabitants in Bihar, recorded PM2.5 levels at 118.9 µg/m3 last year, surpassing the WHO standard by 23 times.

Central and South Asia are home to the top four most polluted countries—Bangladesh, Pakistan, India, and Tajikistan—where 31% of cities reported PM2.5 levels exceeding the WHO standard by over 10 times, a proportion far surpassing any other region in the report. IQAir attributes Asia’s air pollution to various factors, including significant greenhouse gas emissions from coal-fired power plants and peat bog burning, exacerbated by weather phenomena like El Niño delaying the onset of rainy seasons, which could have mitigated PM2.5 levels.

Oceania:

Oceania, comprising Australia, New Zealand, and French Polynesia, maintained the cleanest air in 2023, with each country and territory meeting the WHO standard. The region also boasts the highest proportion, 55%, of cities adhering to the WHO standard.

Europe:

Europe witnessed the most improvement among regions, with PM2.5 levels decreasing in 36 out of 43 monitored nations. Bosnia Herzegovina remains the most polluted country in the region, although its PM2.5 levels decreased by 18% from 2022. Croatia exhibited the most significant improvement, with PM2.5 levels dropping by over 40% compared to 2022. While 39% of European cities met the WHO standard in 2022, 54% achieved this threshold in 2023.

The Americas:

North America leads as the most-monitored region, with 3,242 cities analyzed, representing 40% of the total cities in the report. Latin America and the Caribbean are expanding their air-quality monitoring network significantly, with new monitoring stations emerging in various cities and countries. In North America, Canada surpassed the U.S. in air pollution due to extensive wildfires from May to October last year. The U.S. also experienced an increase in air pollution, partly due to southward-drifting smoke from Canadian wildfires. Columbus, Ohio, ranked as the most polluted major U.S. city for the second consecutive year, while Las Vegas, Nev., claimed the title of the least polluted major U.S. city.

Africa:

Africa faces air pollution challenges compounded by a lack of data. While Benoni, South Africa, emerged as the only non-Asian city among the 100 most polluted cities globally, the continent struggles with insufficient air quality data. Despite a rapidly growing urban population, only 24 out of 54 African countries, representing 66% of the population, have adequate air quality data for inclusion in IQAir’s report. Chad, the most polluted country in IQAir’s 2022 report, was excluded due to a lack of publicly available monitoring data.

Frank Hammes, IQAir’s global CEO, emphasizes the critical role of air quality data in saving lives and prompting action. He underscores that where air quality is reported, action is taken, leading to improved air quality.

Speculation Mounts as Aaron Taylor-Johnson Emerges as Frontrunner for Next James Bond

Speculation surrounding the next actor to portray the iconic character of James Bond is once again reaching a fever pitch, with reports suggesting that British actor Aaron Taylor-Johnson has been offered the role. The Sun has stated that the actor, known for his roles in films like Kick-Ass and various Marvel movies, has received a formal offer to step into the shoes of the famed 007 spy, a role previously inhabited by Daniel Craig. Craig’s departure from the franchise in 2021, after a tenure spanning five films over 16 years, has opened the door for a new face to grace the screen as Bond in the upcoming 26th installment following “No Time to Die.”

Although The BBC has approached Taylor-Johnson for confirmation, Eon Productions, the entity behind the Bond films, has declined to comment on the swirling speculation. However, an insider associated with the production informed BBC News that there’s “no truth in the rumours.” Speculation regarding the coveted role has been circulating for quite some time, and Taylor-Johnson himself acknowledged the buzz in an interview with Numero magazine, expressing his appreciation for the recognition, stating it was “charming and wonderful” that people envisioned him in the role of Bond. He embraced the notion as a compliment, further fueling anticipation.

Taylor-Johnson, aged 33, who notably portrayed John Lennon in the biopic “Nowhere Boy” in 2009, has emerged as a frontrunner according to bookmakers. His diverse acting portfolio includes acclaimed performances in films such as “Nocturnal Animals,” for which he garnered a Golden Globe in 2017, as well as “Anna Karenina,” “Godzilla,” and “Tenet.”

The anticipation over who will assume the mantle of 007 has led to a plethora of names being tossed into the ring over the past few years. Mark O’Connell, author of “Catching Bullets: Memoirs of a Bond Fan,” emphasized the multifaceted nature of the role, stressing that the ideal candidate must encompass qualities beyond mere on-screen charisma, serving as an ambassador for the franchise and British culture itself. O’Connell emphasized the necessity for the actor to possess global recognition and command attention on the grandest of scales.

Among the contenders, Henry Cavill, known for his roles in “Superman” and “Mission: Impossible,” stands out as a favorite. Cavill, who previously expressed his enthusiasm for the role, described the prospect as “very, very exciting” in an interview with GQ in 2020. Another contender, 32-year-old Damson Idris, gained prominence for his role in the US TV crime drama “Snowfall” and Netflix’s “Outside the Wire.” James Norton, recognized for his work in stage productions like “A Little Life” and films such as “Little Women,” also garners attention as a potential candidate. Norton, aged 38, has showcased his acting prowess in various gritty TV dramas, though he remains modest regarding speculation about his suitability for the role, deeming it “very flattering” yet speculative.

The pool of potential Bonds extends further, with names like Tom Hardy, Idris Elba, and Chris Evans also entering discussions. Elba, however, acknowledged concerns regarding his age, suggesting that at 51, he might be deemed “too old” for the role, particularly considering the longevity associated with portraying Bond. Producers, as history shows, may not always opt for the most high-profile actor, as evidenced by the selection of Daniel Craig, whose name initially wasn’t at the forefront following Pierce Brosnan’s departure from the franchise in 2002.

Speaking of Brosnan, the former Bond recently expressed his endorsement for fellow Irishman Cillian Murphy, citing him as a “magnificent” choice for the role. Brosnan had previously lauded Regé-Jean Page, of “Bridgerton” fame, as a “wonderful” potential Bond. As the speculation continues to swirl and discussions regarding the next 007 persist, the anticipation only intensifies, leaving fans eager to see who will ultimately assume the iconic mantle of James Bond.

Report Reveals Alarming Air Pollution Crisis: Asia Bears Brunt, Urgent Action Needed Worldwide

A recent report has shed light on the alarming state of air pollution worldwide, particularly in Asia. The findings reveal that of the 100 cities grappling with the worst air quality, almost all were located in Asia, indicating a profound crisis that imperils the health of billions of individuals globally.

The report, conducted by IQAir, an organization dedicated to tracking air quality on a global scale, underscores the severity of the situation. It discloses that a staggering 83 out of these 100 cities were situated in India alone, surpassing the air quality guidelines set by the World Health Organization (WHO) by more than tenfold.

Specifically focusing on the presence of fine particulate matter known as PM2.5, the study highlights its pervasive and hazardous nature. PM2.5, originating from various sources such as the combustion of fossil fuels, dust storms, and wildfires, poses severe health risks upon inhalation, penetrating deep into lung tissue and even entering the bloodstream. The consequences include a heightened susceptibility to asthma, cardiovascular diseases, cancer, and cognitive impairments, particularly in children.

Frank Hammes, the CEO of IQAir Global, emphasizes the far-reaching impacts of air pollution on human lives, stating, “We see that in every part of our lives that air pollution has an impact.” He notes that in heavily polluted countries, individuals may be losing up to six years of their lives due to air pollution-related ailments, highlighting the urgent need for improved air quality.

India, in particular, faces a dire situation, with cities like Begusarai in Bihar state ranking as the most polluted globally, with PM2.5 concentrations exceeding WHO guidelines by 23 times. Across the country, a staggering 1.3 billion people, constituting 96% of the population, are exposed to air quality levels far surpassing WHO recommendations.

The report identifies Central and South Asia as the worst-performing regions globally, with countries like Bangladesh, Pakistan, India, and Tajikistan ranking among the most polluted. Notably, South Asia stands out, with nearly all of the 30 most polluted cities located in India, Pakistan, or Bangladesh.

Addressing the root causes of this crisis, Hammes emphasizes the necessity for significant changes in energy infrastructure and agricultural practices to mitigate pollution levels effectively. He also underscores the interconnectedness of outdoor and indoor air pollution, stressing that actions like cooking with dirty fuel exacerbate indoor air quality issues.

The report’s global analysis reveals a bleak reality, with a staggering 92.5% of locations worldwide exceeding WHO’s PM2.5 guidelines. Only a handful of countries and territories, including Finland, Estonia, and New Zealand, boast healthy air quality levels.

Tragically, air pollution-related health issues claim millions of lives annually. The burning of fossil fuels alone leads to the premature deaths of 5.1 million individuals annually, while combined ambient and household air pollution accounts for 6.7 million deaths yearly, according to WHO.

The report underscores the pivotal role of the climate crisis in exacerbating air pollution levels globally. Changing weather patterns, intensified wildfires, and prolonged pollen seasons contribute to worsening air quality, with vulnerable communities bearing the brunt of these environmental shifts.

While North America grapples with the aftermath of devastating wildfires, Asia experiences a resurgence in pollution levels, with China witnessing a reversal in declining pollution trends. Despite previous efforts to curb pollution, Chinese cities experienced a resurgence in smog, underscoring the challenges in sustaining clean air initiatives.

Southeast Asia also faces escalating pollution levels, with Indonesia, Vietnam, and Thailand registering significant increases. Thailand, in particular, grapples with toxic smog, prompting authorities to implement measures such as remote work arrangements to mitigate health risks.

However, amidst these dire circumstances, there are glimmers of hope. The report highlights growing civic engagement and pressure from various stakeholders to monitor and address air quality issues, signaling a promising shift towards prioritizing environmental health.

As Frank Hammes aptly summarizes, “Ultimately that’s great because it really shows governments that people do care.” This collective effort is crucial in driving meaningful change and safeguarding the health and well-being of communities worldwide.

U.S. Climate Envoy John Kerry Reflects on Landmark Climate Agreement as Retirement Nears

Time was ticking away, and U.S. Climate Envoy John Kerry was acutely aware of the urgency of the situation. In the midst of mid-December international climate talks, progress had stalled, with no consensus in sight on phasing out the use of oil, gas, and coal—the very fuels driving global warming.

The looming deadline of the United Nations-sponsored conference, set just after Kerry’s 80th birthday, added to the pressure. Moreover, Kerry’s long-time Chinese counterpart, Xie Zhenhua, who had collaborated with him on previous agreements, announced his retirement, signaling a potential loss of opportunity at the COP28 summit in Dubai.

Reflecting on this critical juncture, Kerry remarked during a recent interview with The Associated Press, conducted prior to his impending retirement: “It made me bear down and get to a lot more meetings, one-on-one and otherwise, and frankly dragooned a few other people into the effort to persuade and make the difference.”

In the midst of negotiations, there was a surprising shift. The energy minister of Saudi Arabia, a nation historically resistant to diplomatic efforts to limit fossil fuels due to its oil wealth, agreed to language concerning “transitioning away” from carbon-emitting energy sources.

However, Kerry remained cautious, recalling previous victories that had slipped away at the last moment. Yet, this time proved different.

Instead, the resulting agreement marked a significant milestone, what Kerry now regards as the culmination of three decades of global efforts to combat climate change, all achieved within a mere 48 hours.

“This was a major breakthrough,” Kerry affirmed, expressing readiness to step down from his climate diplomacy role after three years. His retirement plans were announced in January, with Wednesday marking his final day in office.

Reflecting on his tenure from his office at the U.S. State Department, Kerry highlighted the significance of the Dubai agreement. He underscored that unlike the 2015 Paris Agreement, which primarily required nations to implement self-written plans, the Dubai consensus mandated an urgent transition away from fossil fuels, encompassing all greenhouse gases.

Nevertheless, not everyone shares Kerry’s optimism regarding international climate efforts. Climate negotiations historian Joanna Depledge cautioned against overstating the significance of the Dubai agreement, describing it as “overblown.”

Kerry’s departure from his climate role doesn’t signify a complete disengagement from the issue. He intends to participate in future negotiations, albeit in a different capacity, with White House senior adviser John Podesta leading the U.S. delegation.

Looking ahead, Kerry emphasized the pivotal role of the private sector in implementing plans to reduce fossil fuel usage and promote renewable energy. He stressed the need for significant investment, estimated at $2 trillion to $5 trillion annually, to address climate change effectively.

Despite stepping down, Kerry’s continued involvement in climate affairs aligns with his longstanding dedication to environmental causes. Historian Douglas Brinkley noted that Kerry’s commitment to conservation dates back to the early days of his career, reflecting a deeply ingrained personal mission.

The absence of Kerry’s counterpart, Xie, raises questions about future agreements. Former United Nations climate chief Christiana Figueres highlighted the exceptional trust and rapport between Kerry and Xie, crucial for fostering international cooperation.

Recalling past challenges, Kerry emphasized the resilience required to navigate the complexities of climate negotiations. His decades-long career, marked by both successes and setbacks, has equipped him with the fortitude to persevere.

Looking beyond politics and diplomacy, Kerry emphasized his broader contributions, including his work as a prosecutor and involvement in various social causes. While retirement beckons, Kerry remains committed to constructive engagement, believing that purposeful action is essential for personal fulfillment.

Kerry’s dedication to climate action endures, underscoring his belief that meaningful engagement is fundamental to a fulfilling life.

 

2023 Marks Record-High Temperatures, Highlighting Urgency of Climate Action

The latest report from the Copernicus Climate Change Service underscores the severity of global warming, with 2023 standing out as the warmest year on record. This period from February 2023 to January 2024 marked an unprecedented streak of 12 consecutive months with temperatures surpassing those of the pre-industrial era by 1.5 degrees Celsius, a worrying milestone indicating the acceleration of climate change.

The sequence from 2015 to 2023 witnessed successive years of record warmth, with the El Niño event of 2023 expected to exacerbate conditions further into 2024. El Niño phenomena traditionally contribute to significant spikes in global temperatures, amplifying the intensity of heatwaves, atmospheric disturbances, and oceanic anomalies, thus heightening the complexity of disaster risks worldwide.

The manifestation of 1.5-degree warming has manifested in a myriad of climate-related disasters, ranging from heatwaves and droughts to floods and cyclones. These events have not only occurred with increased frequency but have also exhibited a greater magnitude and impact, with cascading consequences for ecosystems, infrastructure, and human livelihoods.

Heatwaves, in particular, have gripped numerous Asian nations, with 2023 witnessing unprecedented temperatures. A study by the World Weather Attribution found that the likelihood of such extreme heat events in countries like India and Bangladesh has increased significantly due to climate change, emphasizing the direct link between rising temperatures and extreme weather occurrences.

The warming of oceans and the atmosphere has fueled the intensification of tropical cyclones, leading to more frequent and severe storms. Notable cyclones in 2023, including Mocha, Biparjoy, Typhoon Doksuri, and tropical storm Jasper, exemplify this trend, with their trajectories and intensities reflecting the influence of heightened global temperatures.

Coastal cities face escalating risks from climate-related hazards, with events like Cyclone Michaung inundating megacities such as Chennai and Typhoon Doksuri causing unprecedented flooding in Beijing. These events underscore the vulnerability of urban centers to the impacts of climate change, necessitating urgent adaptation and resilience measures.

The monsoonal flooding experienced across South-East and South and South-West Asia during the 2023 southwest monsoon season further highlights the multifaceted nature of climate-related disasters. Deviations from typical monsoon patterns, coupled with interactions between atmospheric, oceanic, and terrestrial systems, have exacerbated the frequency and severity of flooding and landslides in the region.

The economic toll of climate change is significant, with the Asia-Pacific region bearing a disproportionate burden of natural disasters. In 2023 alone, the region experienced 145 reported natural hazard events, resulting in thousands of deaths, millions of affected individuals, and economic damages exceeding $45 billion. Projections indicate that under a 1.5-degree warming scenario, potential losses from disasters could soar to nearly $1 trillion, representing a substantial share of regional GDP and exacerbating socio-economic vulnerabilities.

Despite these challenges, 2023 also witnessed significant advancements in climate resilience and disaster risk reduction efforts. Initiatives such as the midterm review of the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, the establishment of the G20 Working Group on Disaster Risk Reduction, and the creation of funds and networks dedicated to addressing loss and damage from climate change demonstrate a growing recognition of the need for concerted action at local, national, and international levels.

Looking ahead, ESCAP’s regional strategy on empowering transboundary solutions and enhancing resilience through subregional cooperation will be crucial in addressing the escalating risks posed by climate change. While the warmest year on record serves as a stark reminder of the urgency of climate action, the opportunities presented in 2024 offer hope for a more resilient and sustainable future.

Lakshadweep: Island Paradise Emerges as Prime Tourist Destination After PM Modi’s Visit

When preparing to touch down on the Lakshadweep archipelago, situated in the Arabian Sea about 490 kilometers west of Kochi, India, a captivating panorama of blues greets the eye. The closest strip to the pristine white shores, adorned with countless coconut palms, presents a gentle hue of light blue. As the view extends towards the sea, the water transitions into shades of turquoise, and further out, it deepens into an emerald blue expanse.

“It’s truly captivating,” remarked Shradha Menon, a geologist from the Indian Institute of Technology, who made multiple visits to the islands over the past two years to investigate carbon sedimentation. On each journey, she found herself among a select few passengers on the 36-seat flight from Kochi to Lakshadweep, mostly comprising island residents and government officials.

However, recent times have witnessed a surge of interest in the islands among Indian travelers, sparked by Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit in January 2024. Images of him strolling along the pristine beaches and snorkeling in the crystal-clear waters were shared on his official social media accounts, garnering hundreds of thousands of views. In his message, he expressed, “The beauty of Lakshadweep can’t be described in words. To those who like to visit beaches and islands around the world, I urge them to visit Lakshadweep.”

Subsequently, the archipelago found itself thrust into the limelight. Google searches for “Lakshadweep” spiked to their highest level in 20 years, reported The Economic Times. Mainstream media outlets suddenly featured travel articles, while YouTube and Instagram were inundated with videos and reels. MakeMyTrip, a major Indian travel booking platform, reported a staggering 3,400% surge in searches for Lakshadweep after Modi’s visit.

The Society for Promotion of Nature Tourism and Sports (SPORTS), responsible for tourism in Lakshadweep, experienced an unprecedented influx of inquiries. Abdul Samad, one of SPORTS’ water sports instructors who accompanied Modi during his snorkeling excursion, noted a drastic increase from one or two inquiries per day to at least 10 since the previous month. Cordelia Cruises, operating routes from Mumbai, Kochi, and Goa to Lakshadweep since September 2021, witnessed a staggering 2,500% surge in booking queries post-Modi’s visit.

Plans are already underway for new beach and water villas on Suheli and Kadmat islands, confirmed Samad. Additionally, during India’s budget speech on February 1, Finance Minister Neermala Sitharaman highlighted Lakshadweep’s inclusion in discussions regarding improved connectivity to India’s islands to boost tourism.

Lakshadweep, a speck in the Arabian Sea, comprises 36 islands, including 12 atolls, three reefs, and five submerged banks. With a population of approximately 70,000 on its 10 inhabited islands, the region relies predominantly on fishing and coconut cultivation.

Distinguished by its pristine white sands, Lakshadweep’s beaches stand apart from those along India’s mainland coast. Vardhan Patankar, with 15 years of experience in the region and serving as conservation director of GVI, elucidated that the atolls, unique to India, hover just above sea level. These formations, remnants of ancient volcanoes, gradually submerged to their current level, fostering coral rings protruding from the ocean’s surface. “Lakshadweep, mere meters above sea level, finds protection in its coral reefs,” Patankar explained.

Like many islands worldwide, Lakshadweep confronts the impacts of climate change. According to The Lakshadweep Research Collective, rapid coastal erosion threatens the archipelago’s land cover, with the loss of an entire island, Parali 1 in Bangaram atoll, documented in 2017. Moreover, the region has endured four significant ENSO-related temperature anomalies and three devastating cyclones in recent years, leading to widespread coral bleaching.

“Based on conservative estimates by scientists, Lakshadweep could succumb to submersion by 2050,” Patankar cautioned. He emphasized that any additional strain on the islands due to tourism or development projects, coupled with industrial fishing, could exacerbate the situation, hastening their demise.

In an effort to mitigate the impact of escalating tourism, SPORTS intends to maintain restrictions via a permit system. Encouraging cruise ships and yachts to visit the islands is part of their strategy, aiming to minimize overnight stays and thereby regulate waste production and preserve groundwater resources.

However, concerns linger among scientists regarding potential damage to the delicate coral reef barrier by large vessels, critical for deflecting storm surges. Furthermore, the construction of high-end villas and associated carbon footprints raise apprehensions, along with the potential escalation of commercial fishing to meet tourist demands.

“Tourism growth must be carefully regulated to ensure the sustainability of Lakshadweep’s ecology,” Menon stressed.

For travelers venturing to Lakshadweep, practicing environmental consciousness is paramount. Fortunately, a plethora of low-impact activities awaits exploration.

Renowned for its shallow waters and diverse marine life, Lakshadweep offers unparalleled snorkeling and scuba diving experiences. “Underwater visibility is exceptional, enhancing the allure of the reefs during diving and snorkeling expeditions,” noted Patankar.

The underwater realm teems with a vibrant array of marine species, including snappers, groupers, moray eels, butterflyfish, and black-blotched stingrays. Green sea turtles often grace the waters, sometimes visible even from the shores. Among the fascinating sightings is the yellowmask surgeonfish, which undergoes a striking color transformation from yellow to purple as it matures.

The night sky, unperturbed by light and air pollution, provides a mesmerizing spectacle. “I’ve never witnessed such a profusion of stars, constellations, and shooting stars as during my three-day sojourn on the island,” shared Shalina CV, who visited Lakshadweep with her family in September 2023. She added, “Lakshadweep epitomizes a serene island where time seems to stand still, enveloping visitors in a surreal tranquility.”

Night fishing presents another captivating adventure, allowing tourists to join local fishermen on boating excursions and try their hand at pole-and-line fishing for skipjack and yellowfin tuna. Government-operated dive centers offer a range of water sports, including kayaking, windsurfing, and parasailing.

Several locally-run homestays, such as Abdul Rahman Homestay and Feroze Homestay on Agatti island, and Kinak on Kalpeni island, provide clean and comfortable accommodations. Some enterprising locals have also established private tourism enterprises, such as Landiago, offering unique experiences like visits to Minicoy Island’s Juma Masjid or exploration of an old lighthouse. Booking trips through local operators not only contributes directly to Lakshadweep’s economy but also facilitates a deeper engagement with the islands’ culture and heritage.

“I believe the islands are safest in the hands of locals. Collaborating with them to empower and bolster their capacity to safeguard the islands represents the best hope for their preservation,” asserted Patankar.

New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Research recently published in the peer-reviewed journal Nature Geoscience reveals a surprising trend amidst the escalating global temperatures due to climate change: glaciers surrounding the world’s tallest mountains are experiencing a slight cooling during the warm season. The study, conducted at the Pyramid International Observatory, situated about 3.1 miles above sea level on the southern face of Mount Everest in the Khumbu Valley, presents intriguing insights into high-elevation climate dynamics.

For nearly four decades, the observatory has diligently collected data on various meteorological parameters, including air temperature, precipitation, humidity, and wind speed. The analysis of this extensive dataset uncovered a peculiar pattern: a decline in maximum daytime temperatures during the warmer months from May to October, amounting to approximately 0.040°C per year over the past 15 years.New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Upon scrutinizing the data further, scientists corroborated this cooling trend with observations from neighboring weather stations across the southernmost regions of the Tibetan plateau. Surprisingly, the phenomenon wasn’t confined to Mount Everest; it spanned across the entire Himalayan range. This revelation contradicts prior assumptions, as a recent report indicated accelerated melting of Himalayan glaciers between 2010 and 2019, implying an overall warming trend in line with global climate trends.

Experts attribute this unexpected cooling to katabatic winds, a well-understood meteorological phenomenon. As sunlight warms the glaciers during the day, the air near the surface heats up and ascends, creating a vacuum that draws cold air downwards from the surrounding peaks. This process generates local katabatic winds, which peak in the afternoon, often exceeding speeds of 100 mph. With rising global temperatures amplifying this effect, the intensified katabatic winds contribute to the observed cooling trend by facilitating the descent of colder air.

New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Interestingly, researchers speculate that these chilly winds might have mitigated glacier melt to some extent, counteracting potentially more severe outcomes. However, the study highlights a caveat: while daytime temperatures exhibit a cooling trend, nighttime temperatures during colder months (November to April) are on the rise. This nuanced interplay results in a deceptive impression of temperature trends, ultimately underscoring the inevitability of glacier melt amidst climate change.

The intricate relationship between glaciers and local climate dynamics underscores the critical role of ice in modulating temperature variations. Glacier ice acts as a thermal buffer, absorbing heat during the day and releasing it at night, thereby tempering temperature extremes in the vicinity. Consequently, temperature readings farther away from the glacier provide a more accurate reflection of daily temperature fluctuations, which significantly influence glacial melting processes.

Franco Salerno, the lead author of the study and an environmental scientist at the National Research Council, Institute of Polar Sciences, Milan, expresses relief at finally unraveling this complex phenomenon after nearly a decade of observation. He anticipates that the findings will pave the way for further research into local weather dynamics, shedding light on the intricate mechanisms shaping mountain climates.New Study Reveals Surprising Cooling Trend in Himalayan Glaciers Amidst Global Warming

Beyond its scientific implications, the study underscores the profound impact of glaciers on local mountain environments, particularly for climbers. The intensification of katabatic winds poses heightened risks for mountaineers, necessitating careful route assessment and navigation. Gordon Janow, director of the mountain climbing guide service Alpine Ascents, laments the increasing technical challenges and extended durations required for summit attempts, attributing these changes to the evolving mountain environment.

Moreover, the melting of glaciers, driven by these local weather phenomena, poses challenges not only in the Himalayas but also in mountains worldwide. Mount Rainier, a renowned training ground for mountaineers, exemplifies this trend, with changing terrain and increased hazards complicating ascent routes. Janow emphasizes the need for a nuanced understanding of contemporary mountain environments, cautioning against presumptions based on past experiences.

In essence, the research illuminates the complex interplay between climate change, local weather dynamics, and glacial responses, underscoring the need for comprehensive strategies to mitigate the impacts on mountain ecosystems and mountaineering activities alike.

Study Reveals Greenland’s Ice Loss 36 Times Size of NYC, Rapidly Greening Landscapes Threaten Indigenous Livelihoods and Escalate Climate Concerns

The expanse of ice vanishing in Greenland over the last thirty years equates to roughly 36 times the size of New York City, a new study reveals. This area is swiftly transitioning into wetlands and shrubbery, as indicated by satellite analysis.

Between the mid-1980s and the mid-2010s, Greenland witnessed a twofold increase in vegetation. Previously glaciated regions now exhibit barren landscapes, wetlands, or shrub-covered terrains. Notably, wetlands expanded fourfold during this period.

Satellite imagery analysis unveiled a loss of 28,707 square kilometers (about 11,000 square miles) of ice across Greenland during the examined three decades. The researchers caution about a chain reaction of consequences with profound implications for climate change and rising sea levels.

Rising air temperatures have spurred ice loss, consequently elevating land temperatures. This has led to permafrost thawing, releasing greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide and methane, amplifying global warming. Moreover, permafrost melt induces land destabilization, potentially jeopardizing infrastructure.

Jonathan Carrivick, one of the study’s authors, highlights secondary effects stemming from ice loss, such as the proliferation of vegetation in previously ice-covered areas. He explains, “We have seen signs that the loss of ice is triggering other reactions which will result in further loss of ice and further ‘greening’ of Greenland, where shrinking ice exposes bare rock that is then colonized by tundra and eventually shrub.”

The disappearance of ice initiates a feedback loop. With less ice to reflect solar energy, more heat is absorbed, escalating land temperatures and exacerbating the cycle of melting. Moreover, increased water from ice melt in lakes absorbs more heat than snow, further raising land temperatures.

Greenland has experienced double the global average rate of warming since the 1970s, suggesting more extreme temperatures in the future. As the world’s largest island, mostly covered in ice and glaciers, Greenland sustains approximately 57,000 inhabitants, predominantly indigenous peoples reliant on natural ecosystems for sustenance.

Lead author Michael Grimes emphasizes the adverse effects of sediment and nutrient runoff into coastal waters, particularly for indigenous communities dependent on fishing and hunters in other regions of the island. He states, “These changes are critical, particularly for the indigenous populations whose traditional subsistence hunting practices rely on the stability of these delicate ecosystems.”

Furthermore, the loss of ice mass in Greenland significantly contributes to global sea level rise, posing substantial challenges presently and in the future.

Winning Wildlife: Polar Bear Slumber Image Clinches Photographer of the Year

A mesmerizing depiction of a youthful polar bear settling into slumber atop an iceberg, captured by British hobbyist photographer Nima Sarikhani, clinched the esteemed Wildlife Photographer of the Year People’s Choice Award.

Dr. Douglas Gurr, the director of the Natural History Museum, hailed Sarikhani’s composition, remarking, “Sarikhani’s breathtaking and poignant image allows us to see the beauty and fragility of our planet.” Gurr emphasized the significance of the image, highlighting its role as a poignant reminder of the interconnectedness between animals and their habitats, and its portrayal of the adverse effects of climate change and habitat loss.

Sarikhani’s journey to produce this evocative image involved three days of scouring Norway’s Svalbard archipelago amidst dense fog in search of polar bears.

Enthusiasts of wildlife photography and nature enthusiasts worldwide were encouraged to cast their votes from a curated selection of 25 images. Alongside Sarikhani’s winning entry, four other exceptional finalists received “highly commended” recognition.

“The Happy Turtle” by Tzahi Finkelstein captured a serendipitous moment as the photographer, ensconced in his hide, observed shorebirds, only to chance upon a Balkan pond turtle wading in shallow waters, adorned with an unexpected visitor—a dragonfly perched upon its nose.

Daniel Dencescu’s “Starling Murmuration” unfolded after relentless hours trailing starlings across the urban and suburban landscapes of Rome, culminating in a mesmerizing spectacle as the birds coalesced into the form of a colossal avian figure on a cloudless winter day.

Mark Boyd’s “Shared Parenting” provided a touching glimpse into the familial dynamics of a pride of lions in Kenya’s Maasai Mara Mara, as two lionesses embarked on a hunting expedition, leaving their five cubs concealed amidst dense foliage overnight. Upon their return, the lionesses summoned the cubs onto the open grasslands, engaging in nurturing grooming rituals.

“Aurora Jellies” by Audun Rikardsen showcased a unique technical prowess, as Rikardsen shielded his equipment in a meticulously crafted waterproof housing to capture a single exposure of moon jellyfish enveloped by the ethereal glow of the aurora borealis in the brisk waters of a fjord outside Tromsø, in northern Norway.

These captivating images will be available for viewing both online and at London’s Natural History Museum until 30 June, inviting audiences to marvel at the beauty and complexity of the natural world captured through the lenses of talented photographers.

India’s Green Leap: Scaling Climate Performance on the Global Stage

India’s ascent to the 7th position in the 2023 Global Climate Performance Index (CCPI) is not just a climb up the rankings, but a transformative leap onto the world stage as a climate leader. This remarkable achievement reflects the nation’s unwavering commitment to environmental stewardship, spearheaded by a relentless pursuit of green initiatives under the visionary leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

Renewable Energy: Powering a Greener Future

At the heart of India’s climate action lies a resolute shift towards renewable energy. The Modi government has unleashed an ambitious renewable energy expansion program, propelling the country to become the world’s fourth-largest producer of solar power. As of January 2024, India boasts an impressive 72.02 GW of installed solar capacity, a testament to its dedication to clean energy generation.

“India’s rapid deployment of renewables is a game-changer in the fight against climate change,” remarked UN Secretary-General António Guterres during COP-28. “Their commitment to solar power is a beacon of hope for developing nations looking to decarbonize their economies while ensuring energy security.”

Electric Mobility: Revving Up Sustainability

Embracing the future of transportation, India has charted an ambitious course with the National Electric Mobility Mission Plan (NEMP) 2020. This visionary initiative aims to electrify the nation’s roads, targeting 6-7 million annual sales of electric vehicles by 2030. The government’s strategic mix of fiscal and monetary incentives is paving the way for a smooth transition to a cleaner, greener transportation landscape.

“India’s NEMP is a bold and necessary step towards curbing emissions and improving air quality,” stated Michael Bloomberg, UN Special Envoy for Climate Action. “Their focus on electric mobility positions them as a pioneer in this critical domain, inspiring other developing nations to follow suit.”

International Solar Alliance: Illuminating the Global Path

Prime Minister Modi’s leadership extends beyond national borders, as he champions the International Solar Alliance (ISA), a global coalition dedicated to harnessing the sun’s potential. Founded in 2015 with France, the ISA has steadily grown into a formidable force, uniting nations between the Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn in their pursuit of solar energy solutions.

“The ISA is a shining example of international cooperation in the fight against climate change,” lauded French President Emmanuel Macron. “By empowering developing nations to tap into their abundant solar resources, the ISA is helping to alleviate energy poverty and mitigate climate change, paving the way for a more sustainable future for all.”

Beyond Rankings: A Holistic Approach to Climate Action

India’s commitment to climate action extends far beyond mere rankings. The nation has pledged to reduce its emissions intensity by 45% by 2030 and achieve net-zero emissions by 2070, ambitious targets backed by concrete policies and initiatives. These include:

Graph of India’s Rise in the CCPI

  • Green Infrastructure Development: Promoting smart cities, eco-friendly buildings, and sustainable urban planning to create resilient communities.
  • Forestry and Wildlife Conservation: Restoring forests, protecting endangered species, and enhancing biodiversity to sequester carbon and maintain ecological balance.
  • Adaptation Strategies: Building resilience against climate change impacts through flood control, drought management, and early warning systems.

Voices from the Ground

Beyond statistics and policies, India’s climate action is impacting the lives of its citizens in real and tangible ways. Take, for example, Rakesh Yadav, a farmer in Rajasthan who switched to solar irrigation pumps. “Since using solar power, my electricity bills have come down significantly, and I am able to irrigate my land more efficiently,” he says. “It’s been a game-changer for my livelihood.”

Or consider Asha Devi, a resident of Delhi who now commutes to work via the city’s expanding metro network. “The cleaner air thanks to fewer cars on the road has made a noticeable difference in my health,” she shares. “I feel more energetic and have fewer respiratory problems.”

These are just a few examples of how India’s climate initiatives are creating a positive ripple effect across the nation, touching the lives of people from all walks of life.

Challenges and the Road Ahead

While India’s climate achievements are undeniable, challenges remain. Ensuring equitable access to clean energy solutions in rural areas, managing the integration of renewables into the grid

Stunning Transformation: World’s Largest Iceberg Reveals Spectacular Erosion as It Drifts from Antarctica, Highlighting Climate Change Impact

Erosion has sculpted massive arches and cavernous hollows into the world’s largest iceberg as it drifts away from Antarctica, as evidenced by stunning new photographs. The captivating images were taken by photographers aboard a vessel operated by EYOS Expeditions, navigating a section of the colossal A23a iceberg. The photos vividly depict the immense scale of the iceberg, surpassing twice the size of London, as it extends into the distant horizon.

The captured images showcase profound surface cracks and intricately carved caves on the iceberg’s surface. The A23a iceberg is undergoing a gradual erosion process as it travels northward from Antarctica, encountering milder air and warmer ocean temperatures. According to a spokesperson from EYOS Expeditions, the expedition team observed chunks of the iceberg breaking off and plunging into the sea.

After nearly three decades grounded on the seafloor in Antarctica, the A23a iceberg is now on the move. Originating from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf in 1986, the massive ice mass calved and promptly grounded on the Weddell Sea floor in Antarctica. Measuring about 400 meters (1,312 feet) thick and covering an area of nearly 4,000 square kilometers (1,544 square miles), the iceberg is more than three times the size of Los Angeles.

A23a has held the title of the “largest current iceberg” multiple times since the 1980s, occasionally being surpassed by larger but shorter-lived icebergs such as A68 in 2017 and A76 in 2021. The colossal iceberg is destined to eventually vanish completely.

Scientists assert that while the detachment of this particular iceberg likely occurred as part of the natural growth cycle of the ice shelf, climate change is inducing alarming transformations in this expansive and secluded continent, potentially leading to catastrophic consequences for global sea level rise. In February of the previous year, Antarctic sea ice reached its lowest extent since records began, measuring at 691,000 square miles.

The photographs taken during the EYOS Expeditions showcase the dynamic nature of the A23a iceberg as it undergoes erosion and fragmentation. The deep surface cracks and hollowed-out caves on the iceberg’s surface are testament to the transformative effects of its journey away from Antarctica.

The A23a iceberg’s movement is a significant development after nearly thirty years of being grounded on the Antarctic seafloor. Having broken away from the Filchner-Ronne ice shelf in 1986, the iceberg has undergone a prolonged period of stability before its recent drift. The vast thickness of the iceberg, measuring at 400 meters (1,312 feet), adds to its impressive dimensions, making it a formidable presence in the ocean.

EYOS Expeditions, responsible for the captivating photographs, has been actively engaged in exploring the A23a iceberg’s trajectory. The expedition team, witnessing chunks of the iceberg breaking off and entering the sea, provides valuable insights into the ongoing process of erosion. The visual documentation of the iceberg’s transformation serves as a unique contribution to understanding the dynamics of such colossal ice masses.

The A23a iceberg, covering an expansive area of almost 4,000 square kilometers (1,544 square miles), has consistently claimed the title of the “largest current iceberg” since the 1980s. Despite occasional challenges from larger but short-lived icebergs like A68 in 2017 and A76 in 2021, A23a has maintained its position as a prominent feature in the Antarctic landscape.

The inevitable disappearance of the A23a iceberg is a natural progression, considering its detached status and the ongoing erosive forces at play. The iceberg’s journey away from Antarctica, encountering milder air and warmer ocean temperatures, accelerates its deterioration. The visual documentation of chunks breaking off into the sea serves as a poignant reminder of the transient nature of these colossal ice masses.

Scientists emphasize that while the detachment of the A23a iceberg aligns with the natural growth cycle of ice shelves, the broader context of climate change raises concerns for Antarctica. The continent’s isolation and vast expanse make it a critical indicator of climate-related shifts, with potential repercussions for global sea level rise. The visible impact on the A23a iceberg underscores the urgency of addressing climate change to mitigate its far-reaching consequences.

In a broader environmental context, the Antarctic sea ice’s record-low extent in February of the previous year serves as a troubling indicator of changing climate patterns. The extent, measured at 691,000 square miles, marks a historic low point since records began. This alarming trend further underscores the need for concerted efforts to address climate change and its cascading effects on polar regions and, consequently, global sea levels.

The captivating photographs of the A23a iceberg taken by EYOS Expeditions offer a visual narrative of its dynamic transformation as it journeys away from Antarctica. The erosion, surface cracks, and cavernous hollows captured in the images provide a unique perspective on the natural processes shaping these colossal ice masses. As the A23a iceberg continues its drift, scientists emphasize the broader implications of climate change on Antarctica, underscoring the urgent need for global efforts to address and mitigate environmental challenges. The visual documentation of the iceberg’s evolution serves as a poignant reminder of the delicate balance in polar ecosystems and the interconnectedness of climate-related changes on a global scale.

2023 Emerges as Earth’s Warmest Year on Record, Signaling Accelerated Warming

In a conclusive declaration, scientists affirm that Earth experienced its warmest year in 150 years, providing irrefutable evidence of the escalating global temperature crisis. The relentless surge in temperatures began gaining momentum midway through the year, shattering records month after month.

Quoting the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service, last year’s global temperatures averaged 1.48 degrees Celsius (2.66 Fahrenheit) higher than the second half of the 19th century, surpassing the previous record-holder, 2016. NASA and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) concurred, with NASA reporting a 1.37-degree Celsius rise from preindustrial levels and NOAA indicating a 1.34-degree Celsius increase over the preindustrial average.

Despite variations in methodology, the consensus is unanimous: 2023 stands out as the hottest year on record by a considerable margin. Russell Vose, Chief of Climate Monitoring and Assessment at NOAA National Centers for Environmental Information, remarked, “This is a big jump,” underscoring the gravity of the situation during the announcement of the agency’s findings.

The link between unrestrained greenhouse gas emissions and the surge in global temperatures comes as no surprise to climate scientists. The burning question now is whether 2023 signifies the onset of a trend where heat records are not just broken but obliterated, suggesting an acceleration in the planet’s warming.

Carlo Buontempo, Director of the European Union climate monitor, added a historical perspective, noting that when combining satellite readings with geological evidence, 2023 ranks among the warmest years in at least 100,000 years. “There were simply no cities, no books, agriculture, or domesticated animals on this planet the last time the temperature was so high,” he emphasized.

Each tenth of a degree in global warming amplifies thermodynamic fuel, intensifying heatwaves, storms, and contributing to rising seas, along with hastening the melting of glaciers and ice sheets. The repercussions were vividly apparent in 2023, with scorching temperatures affecting Iran, China, Greece, Spain, Texas, and the American South. Canada bore witness to its most devastating wildfire season on record, consuming over 45 million acres. Additionally, less sea ice formed around the coasts of Antarctica, both in summer and winter, than ever before.

NOAA’s Chief Scientist, Sarah Kapnick, stressed the need for preparedness in the face of climate change impacts, urging communities, businesses, and individuals to utilize the released data to build resilience for the future.

Under the 2015 Paris Agreement, nations pledged to restrict long-term global warming to 2 degrees Celsius, with an aspirational goal of 1.5 degrees. However, current greenhouse gas emission rates are on track to render the 1.5-degree target unattainable in the near future.

2023 Emerges as Earth's Warmest Year on Record Signaling Accelerated Warming

While carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases remain the primary drivers of global warming, 2023 saw additional natural and human-induced factors contributing to the temperature surge. The underwater volcano eruption near Tonga in 2022 released substantial water vapor into the atmosphere, trapping more heat. Limits on sulfur pollution from ships also reduced aerosol levels, tiny particles that reflect solar radiation and aid in cooling the planet.

Another significant factor was El Niño, a cyclical shift in tropical Pacific weather patterns, often associated with global heat records. However, the unusual timing of last year’s El Niño, starting midyear, suggests it was not the primary driver of the abnormal warmth, leaving scientists wary of potentially higher temperatures in 2024.

Climate scientists caution against drawing sweeping conclusions from a single exceptional year like 2023. Nonetheless, other indicators point to an accelerated pace of global warming. Approximately 90 percent of the energy trapped by greenhouse gases accumulates in the oceans, and recent data indicates a significant acceleration in the oceans’ heat uptake since the 1990s.

Sarah Purkey, an oceanographer at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, highlighted the non-linear nature of this acceleration, suggesting a rapid increase. In France, a group of researchers found that Earth’s overall heating across oceans, land, air, and ice had been accelerating since 1960, aligning with the trends of increased carbon emissions and reduced aerosols in recent decades.

However, scientists acknowledge the need for continued research to comprehend potential additional factors at play, emphasizing that “something unusual is happening that we don’t understand,” according to Karina von Schuckmann, an oceanographer at Mercator Ocean International in Toulouse, France.

https://www.nytimes.com/2024/01/09/climate/2023-warmest-year-record.html?smid=nytcore-android-share

India’s Dilemma: Balancing AC Boom and Climate Crisis as Rising Temperatures Push Demand

In the scorching heat of India’s capital this summer, Ramesh found himself laboring under the burning sun to provide for his family. Despite feeling faint, he had no choice but to continue working. Living in a congested suburb in western Delhi with his extended family, Ramesh experienced firsthand the unbearable heat that has become synonymous with the city in recent years.

“The heat is becoming unbearable,” he lamented. “But we do not have a choice, we have to work.”

To cope with the rising temperatures, Ramesh borrowed $35, nearly half of his monthly salary, to purchase a second-hand air conditioner for his home. Despite its imperfections, including noise and occasional dust release, the AC was a necessity for his family’s well-being.

This predicament reflects the paradox faced by India, where increasing wealth and temperatures drive the demand for air conditioners. By 2050, India is expected to be among the first places where temperatures exceed survivability limits, and the demand for air conditioners is projected to rise nine-fold, outpacing all other appliances, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA).

Ramesh’s struggle highlights a broader question raised by climate scientists: should developing nations bear the cost of reducing emissions when they are among the least responsible for the surge in greenhouse gases? At the recent COP28 climate talks in Dubai, India, a rapidly growing economy, was not among the countries that pledged to cut emissions from cooling systems.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi emphasized the need for developing countries to have a fair share in the global carbon budget, but India finds itself at the forefront of the climate crisis. The challenge is how to balance development goals while ensuring environmental protection.

India’s population, especially in the more tropical southern regions, heavily relies on air conditioning for physical and mental well-being. Over the past five decades, the country has experienced over 700 heat wave events, claiming more than 17,000 lives. In June alone, temperatures soared to 47 degrees Celsius, resulting in at least 44 deaths and numerous heat-related illnesses.

According to a World Bank report, by 2030, India may account for 34 million of the projected 80 million global job losses from heat stress. With over 50% of the workforce engaged in agriculture, the risks are significant. As incomes rise and urban populations grow, the ownership of air conditioners has surged.

Electricity consumption in India from cooling, including AC and refrigerators, increased by 21% between 2019 and 2022, according to the IEA. By 2050, India’s total electricity demand from residential air conditioners is expected to surpass the total electricity consumption in all of Africa today. However, this demand exacerbates the global climate crisis, as many air conditioners use harmful greenhouse gases like hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and large amounts of electricity generated from fossil fuels.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) estimates that, if unchecked, air conditioning-related greenhouse gas emissions could contribute to a 0.5 degrees Celsius rise in global temperatures by the end of the century.

India faces a dilemma, caught between the need for economic growth and the imperative to limit cooling-related emissions. At the COP summit, 63 countries pledged to cut their emissions from cooling systems by 68% by 2050. However, India did not join this group. Despite this, experts acknowledge India’s important leadership in sustainable cooling domestically, though international partners hope for future collaboration.

Under the 2016 Kigali Amendment, India is phasing out HFCs and replacing them with more climate-friendly options. Radhika Khosla, an associate professor at Oxford University, emphasizes the importance of providing assistance to countries lacking access to adequate cooling to meet the costs of energy improvement.

“Cooling is now on the global agenda,” she said. “But the hard work must begin to ensure everyone can stay cool without further heating the planet.”

Passive cooling strategies, such as planting trees, creating water bodies, promoting courtyard spaces, and enhancing ventilation, are suggested by Khosla as sustainable measures. Installing ceiling fans can reduce household energy consumption for cooling by over 20%.

India has committed to reducing its power demand for cooling purposes by 20-25% by 2038 under its Cooling Action Plan, seen as one of the first comprehensive national plans globally. Renewable energy is growing rapidly in India, putting the country on track to meet its emission reduction targets.

Despite being a significant contributor to the climate crisis, India remains proactive in finding climate solutions, as stated by Leena Nandan, India’s secretary for the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

“We have gone on to scale up our climate ambitions,” she asserted.

However, the visible impact of India’s AC boom is evident in urban areas, with construction sites dotting the capital and the rise of high-rise towers. While some, like businessman Penta Anil Kumar, consciously opt for energy-efficient models, others like laborer Ghasiram, who struggles to afford even a second-hand AC, remain unaware of the emissions contributing to rising temperatures.

“The heat has gotten worse over the years,” Ghasiram said. “When I need to step out to work in the heat, I feel nervous. I prefer to not go out.”

To Avoid Himalayan Disasters, We Must Heed To Geological Warnings

Frequent landslides, the Kedarnath tragedy, a sinking Joshimath and the most recent Silkyara tunnel collapse are among the disasters that have kept the spotlight on the Himalayan region and the debate about the dangers of construction in this fragile mountain terrain. The Himalayas are young and still under the mountain forming process or orogeny, resulting in stability issues and complex geological conditions. A situation which in this case is also aggravated by earthquake occurrences as it is an active seismic zone. These have led to the question repeatedly being asked, “how safe is it” to construct here.

It is a situation and a question that India, Pakistan, Nepal and Bhutan, countries located around these mountains, are constantly confronting. However, balanced with the need for roadways, tunnels, hydropower projects to harness the continuous water supply from perennial snow-fed rivers, there is no let-up in construction here.

Drawing attention to the hazards involved is the latest event, Silkyara. The Silkyara Bend–Barkot tunnel was being constructed as part of the Char Dham project, which is intended to connect the Char Dham pilgrimage sites with two-lane, all-weather paved roads. The tunnel located on the Yamunotri end of NH134, connects Dharasu with Yamunotri.

Avoid Himalayan Disasters We Must Heed To Geological Warnings (NYT)
Picture: NYTimes

“The construction of this tunnel will provide all weather connectivity to Yamunotri, one of the dham on the Chardham Yatra, encouraging regional socio-economic development, trade and tourism within the country,” said a Press Information Bureau release announcing clearance of the Silkyara Bend-Barkot tunnel by the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs chaired by the Prime Minister in February 2018.  The tunnel was approved as part of the Chardham Mahamarg Paryojana, the PIB release said. The little over 4.5km long tunnel shortens the route by about 20 kilometres and travel time by about an hour. On November 12 while work was in progress a section of the Silkyara Bend–Barkot tunnel collapsed trapping 41 construction workers inside. As everybody now knows, after a rescue operation that lasted 17 days and drew global attention, all 41 workers were safely rescued.

Multiple questions on tunnel cave-in

The tunnel cave-in has raised multiple questions about the reasons for the collapse. There have been many media reports on the collapse and often a recapitulation of earlier events. But most of them have made vague and generalised statements about the Himalayas being a ‘young’ and ‘fragile’ mountain chain and the terrain being ‘unsuitable’ for large infrastructure projects. Many media reports have also blamed ‘tectonic faults’ for the collapse.

However, these are generalisations and such reports do not provide a good understanding of the geological setup which is extremely important in comprehending the reasons for such mishaps. An understanding of geology would offer an insight into what went wrong and help prevent such occurrences in future. So, in cases like the Silkyara-Barkot tunnel, a better approach is to look at the local geological picture rather than making general remarks about the fragility of the Himalayan-mountain chain, which doesn’t really convey anything significant.

The tunnel passes through the Garhwal Himalaya, west of Uttarkashi. This region is characterised by multiple superimposed thrust faults. The most important among them is North Almora Thrust, which is known for neotectonic activity and earthquakes.  The North Almora Thrust itself is displaced by two steeply inclined, near vertical tear faults known as Koteshwar and Barkot Faults which are close to Barkot.

The broad lithology (general type of rocks) of this area consists mainly of metamorphic rocks such as phyllites and metavolcanic rocks. These rocks are known as the Chandpur Group in stratigraphy which is the branch of geology concerned with the order and relative position of strata and their relationship to the geological timescale. According to geologists, these metamorphic rocks are tightly folded, cut by faults at places, foliated and the foliation has a steep dip (38 to 550). It is not known for sure, whether the tunnel cuts across a major fault, but it probably passes through the tightly folded and deformed metamorphic rocks.

A geological report before the commencement of the Silkyara tunnel project has shown that the proposed tunnel could encounter weak rocks and adequate support structure would be needed to prop up the weak rocks. According to the report, the “rock type to be encountered along the diversion tunnels would be 20% good (Class 2), 50% fair (Class 3), 15% poor (Class 4) and 15% very poor (Class 4)”. The report has also highlighted possibility of wedge failure or rotational failure in the tunnel. When rotational failure occurs, the failed surface will begin to move outwards and downwards. It occurs when rotation by a slip surface causes the slope surface to curve.

Need for geological mapping

This draws attention to the need and extreme importance of detailed geological investigations in such situations. A detailed geological mapping followed by several exploratory drill holes and detailed core-logs help in deciphering the lithology and structure of the location and safety/precautionary measures, if any, can be put in place. This is followed by RMR (Rock Mass Rating) classification of the rock types which assigns ratings to the rock mass based on properties such as the number of discontinuities (such as fractures) in the rock, spacing between discontinuities, nature of the fractures, groundwater, and rock quality designation (RQD) index. RMR classifications help in understanding the possible behaviour of the rock and then engineers can decide the kind of construction and precautionary measures that need to be put in place.

Speaking about the tunnel project, in an interview to a newspaper, Prof. Navin Juyal, a prominent and respected geologist, has said “First of all if the 4.5 km road tunnel project in the sensitive Himalayas region was taken up based on this geological report, it is insufficient. One cannot know the type of rocks by just three exploratory drillings. Further, the report clearly says there was no very good quality rock in the area where the tunnel was being built. Only 20% of rock is of good quality, the rest is fair and poor and very poor. The report admits that the area was not geologically stable.”

This statement clearly points out and highlights the need for a meticulous geological survey, besides geological investigations, before undertaking any construction project in terra infirma like the Himalayan-mountain chain. A number of such disasters could have been avoided if local geology was understood or warnings from experts had been heeded.

(The author is a noted geologist. Views are personal. By special arrangement with The Billion Press)

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/index.php/perspective/avoiding-himalayan-disasters-need-heed-geological-warnings

Himalayan Glaciers Unveil a Surprising Ally Against Climate Change

Glaciers in the Himalayas are rapidly melting, but a recent report reveals a remarkable phenomenon in the world’s tallest mountain range that might be mitigating the impacts of the global climate crisis.

In a study published on December 4 in the journal Nature Geoscience, researchers discovered that when warming temperatures affect high-altitude ice masses, it triggers an unexpected reaction—powerful cold winds that cascade down the slopes, providing a cooling effect in the lower areas of the glaciers and adjacent ecosystems.

Francesca Pellicciotti, a professor of glaciology at the Institute of Science and Technology Austria and lead author of the study, explained, “This leads to an increase in turbulent heat exchange at the glacier’s surface and stronger cooling of the surface air mass.”

As the cool, dry surface air becomes denser, it sinks and flows down the slopes into the valleys, creating a cooling effect in the lower regions of the glaciers. Given that the ice and snow from the Himalayan range feed into 12 rivers, supplying fresh water to nearly 2 billion people across 16 countries, understanding the sustainability of this self-preserving cooling effect is crucial in the face of anticipated temperature increases in the coming decades.

The alarming rate of glacier melt in the Himalayas was highlighted in a June report, indicating a 65% faster melt in the 2010s compared to the previous decade. Fanny Brun, a research scientist at the Institut des Géosciences de l’Environnement in Grenoble, France, emphasized, “The main impact of rising temperature on glaciers is an increase of ice losses, due to melt increase.”

The lengthening and intensification of the melt season lead to glacier thinning and retreat, resulting in deglaciated landscapes that contribute to further temperature increases due to the albedo effect. Brun explained, “Light or ‘white’ surfaces such as clean snow and ice will reflect more sunlight (high albedo) compared with ‘dark’ surfaces such as the land that is exposed as glaciers retreat, soil, and oceans (low albedo).”

Surprisingly, at the base of Mount Everest, overall temperature averages appeared stable despite the region experiencing glacier melt. Franco Salerno, coauthor of the report and researcher for the National Research Council of Italy (CNR), noted, “While the minimum temperatures have been steadily on the rise, the surface temperature maxima in summer were consistently dropping.”

However, the cooling winds are insufficient to fully counteract the impact of increasing temperatures and glacier melt. Thomas Shaw from the ISTA research group with Pellicciotti commented, “The cooling is local, but perhaps still not sufficient to overcome the larger impact of climatic warming and fully preserve the glaciers.”

The scarcity of data in high-elevation areas globally prompted the study team to focus on using ground observation records from a climate station located at 5,050 meters (16,568 feet) on the southern slopes of Mount Everest—the Pyramid International Laboratory/Observatory. The station has recorded detailed meteorological data for almost 30 years.

Pellicciotti emphasized the global relevance of the process highlighted in the study, stating, “The process we highlighted in the paper is potentially of global relevance and may occur on any glacier worldwide where conditions are met.”

The study underscores the importance of collecting more high-elevation, long-term data to substantiate these findings and assess their broader impacts. Pellicciotti urged, “The new study provides a compelling motivation to collect more high-elevation, long-term data that are strongly needed to prove the new findings and their broader impacts.”

The Pyramid International Laboratory/Observatory climate station, located at a glacierized elevation of 5,050 meters, played a pivotal role in the research. Pellicciotti, Salerno, and their team utilized detailed meteorological observations from the station to conclude that warming temperatures trigger katabatic winds—a phenomenon where cold winds flow downhill, common in mountainous regions, including the Himalayas.

“Katabatic winds are a common feature of Himalayan glaciers and their valleys, and have likely always occurred,” Pellicciotti said. “What we observe, however, is a significant increase in intensity and duration of katabatic winds, and this is due to the fact that the surrounding air temperatures have increased in a warming world.”

The team also observed higher ground-level ozone concentrations correlated with lower temperatures, indicating that katabatic winds act as a pump transporting cold air from higher elevations down to the valley.

Comparing glacier loss in the Central Himalaya to Europe, Brun highlighted that, on average, glaciers in the Central Himalaya have thinned about 9 meters over the past two decades—a significantly lower rate than glaciers in Europe, which have thinned about 20 meters over the same period. Understanding how long these glaciers can locally counteract global warming is crucial for addressing climate change effectively.

Study coauthor Nicolas Guyennon, a researcher at the National Research Council of Italy, expressed optimism, stating, “We believe that the katabatic winds are the response of healthy glaciers to rising global temperatures and that this phenomenon could help preserve the permafrost and surrounding vegetation.”

However, further analysis is needed, and the research team aims to identify the glacial characteristics favoring the cooling effect. Pellicciotti emphasized the need for more long-term ground stations, stating, “Even if the glaciers can’t preserve themselves forever, they might still preserve the environment around them for some time. Thus, we call for more multidisciplinary research approaches to converge efforts toward explaining the effects of global warming.”

The surprising discovery of katabatic winds in the Himalayas provides a potential ally in the fight against climate change. While the glaciers are still under threat from rising temperatures, this natural cooling mechanism offers hope for the preservation of the delicate ecosystems and water sources dependent on the Himalayan ice and snow. The study underscores the need for continued research and data collection to fully understand the broader implications of this phenomenon and to develop effective strategies for addressing the challenges posed by a changing climate.

Faith Pavilion Adds Spiritual Dimension to Climate Crisis Resolution

(IPS) – For the first time at COP28, faith has a pavilion alongside science, technology, nations, and philanthropy, allowing religious leaders from all over the world to discuss the potential for using spiritual merits to protect the earth from climate change.
Syed Salman Chishty, representing India’s largest spiritual shrine, Ajmer Sharief, gave IPS the rationale for the pavilion: “As we gather at COP28, we are reminded of the importance of justice and compassion as guiding principles for transformation—this is the overarching theme of the event—the need for genuine change rooted in universal values found in diverse cultures.”

The Ajmer Sharief shrine is the tomb of Moinuddin Chishti, a 13th-century Iranian Sufi saint and philosopher who made India his final abode. People of all faiths venerate his shrine, which is often described as a symbol of India’s pluralism.

The Faith Pavilion at COP28 has also brought together heads of countries, religious leaders, scientists, and activists in a united front against the looming threat of climate change. Among the dignitaries present at its opening was Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who stood shoulder-to-shoulder with spiritual luminaries, climate activists, and representatives of global think tanks.

Faith Pavilion Adds Spiritual Dimension to Climate Crisis Resolution (BNN)
Picture: BNN

The Coalition of Faith Partners and the USA both supported the initiative, which has co-hosts like the UAE’s Ministry of Tolerance and Coexistence, Judge Mohamed AbdlSalaam of the Muslim Council of Elders in Abu Dhabi, and Iyad Abumoghil, Director of Faith for Earth at the UN Environment Program (UNEP) in Nairobi.

The Faith Pavilion at COP28 aims to tap into the power of faith communities and religious institutions to address the climate crisis. A diverse array of leaders congregated to explore the potential of spirituality in combating environmental challenges. The discussions were not merely about policies and technologies; rather, they delved into the profound realms of justice, compassion, and conscious transformation.

The Call to Consciousness event panel featured international delegates such as Audrey Kitagawa, founder and President of the International Academy for Multicultural Cooperation in the USA; Ben Bowler, Executive Director of Unity Earth in Australia; Ambassador Mussie Hailu of the United Religious Initiative in Ethiopia; Surender Singh Kandhari, chair of Gurudwara Gurunanak Darbar in Dubai; and Rocky Dawuni, a musician and Global Peace Ambassador of UNEP from Ghana.

The leaders at the Faith Pavilion, says Chishty, emphasized the cultivation of three attitudes towards nature: sunlight-like grace, river-like generosity, and earth-like hospitality. These attitudes, they argued, could serve as a blueprint for individuals to integrate into their daily lives. By doing so, they believed that these principles could bridge differences and divisions in the collective service of others.

“The call for unity in diversity echoed through the discussions, inspired by the teachings of our saint, Khwaja Garib Nawaz, also known as the patron saint of the poor. It was a celebration of the interconnectedness of humanity and nature, urging everyone to look beyond borders and backgrounds in the pursuit of a shared goal: combating climate change,” Chishty said.

He added that the Faith Pavilion at COP28 became a platform not only for dialogue but also for the formulation of actionable strategies. “The leaders recognized the urgency of the situation and committed to translating the discussions into tangible initiatives. The combination of spiritual wisdom, scientific knowledge, and the collective will of diverse faith communities generated a sense of hope and purpose,” Chishty.

According to him, the event marked a departure from conventional approaches to climate change discussions. “It acknowledged that addressing the environmental crisis requires more than technological advancements and policy changes; it necessitates a profound shift in consciousness and values. The Faith Pavilion was a testament to the understanding that faith, when aligned with a shared vision, has the potential to drive transformative change on a global scale,” Chisty said.

According to him, once the deliberations in the Faith Pavilion were concluded, the participants left with a renewed sense of purpose and a shared commitment to take concrete actions in the fight against climate change.

“The fusion of faith, science, and activism paved the way for a new chapter in the global response to environmental challenges—a chapter written with the ink of unity, compassion, and a deep reverence for the interconnectedness of all life on Earth,” Chishty concluded.

IPS UN Bureau Report

Global Climate Negotiations at Crossroads: Phasing Out or Down Fossil Fuels Sparks Intensity at Cop28 Summit

Negotiations on how the world can reduce greenhouse gas emissions and combat the impacts of the climate crisis are set to intensify over the next few days at the Cop28 UN climate summit in Dubai. Nations are grappling with the crucial decision of whether to phase out or phase down fossil fuels, a central point of contention in the talks.

The remaining five negotiating days will see ministers engaging in a series of meetings to break the impasse and formulate a text outlining a roadmap to limit global heating to a rise of 1.5°C above preindustrial levels. Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, emphasized the urgency of the situation, urging countries to prioritize ambitious actions. He stated, “Now all governments must give their negotiators clear marching orders – we need the highest ambition, not point-scoring or lowest common denominator politics. Good intentions won’t halve emissions this decade or save lives right now.”

As the negotiations approach their conclusion, the host country, the United Arab Emirates, plays a crucial role in determining the next steps. Cop28 president Sultan Al Jaber, also the chief executive of the UAE national oil company Adnoc, is tasked with appointing pairs of ministers representing both developed and developing countries. Their mandate is to facilitate dialogue and find compromises.

Despite Al Jaber’s role in the oil industry, he expressed a desire for an ambitious outcome from the talks. He told negotiators, “What we have collectively accomplished only in a week is nothing short of historic. In just seven days, we have demonstrated that multilateralism does actually work. It is alive and well.”

The Cop28 president is set to convene a plenary session, promising to use “all the tools available” to forge an agreement. Al Jaber stated, “The presidency will assess the status of the different items [under negotiation] and lay out a tailored approach to conclude all outstanding elements.”

The transparency of the negotiation process is expected to improve this year, with the UAE hosting a larger team and having greater resources to manage the task of involving more than 190 countries in the discussions.

A critical aspect of the negotiations revolves around the global stocktake, a requirement of the 2015 Paris climate agreement. This comprehensive assessment evaluates progress toward the Paris goals of limiting global temperature increases to “well below 2°C” while making efforts to restrict temperature rises to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

The most contentious lines within this text concern the potential phase out or phase down of fossil fuels. Over 100 countries support a phase-out, but they face opposition from countries such as Saudi Arabia, China, and India. The inclusion of language on fossil fuels in the final text remains uncertain.

Negotiators have highlighted the transition from technical discussions, overseen by civil servants, to political negotiations involving ministers. The lack of clarity on a compromise adds to the challenges as the talks approach the Tuesday evening deadline.

Despite early optimism, the talks faced obstacles, particularly regarding loss and damage – funds required for the rescue and rehabilitation of countries affected by climate disasters. This issue, one of the longest-running in climate negotiations, saw unprecedented resolution on the first official day of the summit, with more than $800 million pledged. While a promising start, the amount falls far short of the expected needs reaching into the hundreds of billions.

With loss and damage addressed, countries shifted their focus to other segments of the talks, including the global stocktake and the “mitigation work programme.” Developing countries are advocating for a significant increase in climate finance to help them adapt to extreme weather impacts. The key issues for these nations center around equity, justice, human rights, and finance.

Madeleine Diouf Sarr, Chair of the Least Developed Countries Group, emphasized the importance of the global stocktake, stating, “This is a big fight, the global stocktake. We are already at 1.2°C, so we need to really close the gap to get to net zero emissions. Developed countries must take the lead [on cutting emissions]. It’s not easy, it requires a lot of negotiation, but the guiding principle must be of common but differentiated responsibilities – historical responsibility [for emissions].”

Cyclone Michaung Leaves Chennai in Deluge Crisis: Rescuers Battle Flooding as City Grapples with Devastation

In the aftermath of Cyclone Michaung’s assault on India’s southern coast, the city of Chennai faced widespread flooding on Wednesday, compelling rescuers to employ boats to reach stranded individuals in their inundated homes. The cyclone, accompanied by heavy rain and powerful winds, uprooted trees, and inflicted damage on roads, resulting in the loss of an estimated 13 lives, particularly in the manufacturing hub of Tamil Nadu. The flooding, triggered by torrential rains preceding the cyclone’s landfall in Andhra Pradesh on Tuesday afternoon, prompted rescuers to utilize inflatable rafts and ropes for evacuations in Chennai, a city with a population exceeding 6 million, renowned for its status as a major automobile and technology manufacturing center.

As Greater Chennai Corporation Commissioner Dr. J. Radhakrishnan highlighted, “There are pockets of low lying areas.” The efforts of rescue workers were vividly captured by local media, showcasing their determination as they waded through waist-deep water and engaged in the retrieval of stranded individuals. Additionally, air force helicopters played a crucial role by airdropping food rations to those marooned in flooded homes.

The impact of the deluge extended beyond immediate human consequences, affecting industrial operations. Notably, Taiwan’s Foxconn and Pegatron had temporarily halted Apple iPhone production at their Chennai facilities due to the rains, with Foxconn resuming operations on Tuesday.

In the state of Andhra Pradesh, which bore the brunt of Cyclone Michaung, damage was relatively contained, primarily manifesting as road impairments and uprooted trees from the force of crashing waves along the coast. This calamity evoked memories of a devastating flood eight years prior, claiming around 290 lives, raising questions among residents about the city’s infrastructure resilience in the face of extreme weather events.

State Chief Minister M K Stalin expressed concern by writing to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, seeking 50.6 billion rupees ($607.01 million) for the extensive damage. However, civil engineer and geo-analytics expert Raj Bhagat P emphasized that even with improved stormwater drainage systems in the city, preventing flooding in the face of very heavy and extremely heavy rains would have remained a challenge.

Bhagat P noted, “This solution would have helped a lot in moderate and heavy rainfall, but not in very heavy and extremely heavy rains.” Despite these challenges, the spirit of resilience prevailed as rescue efforts persisted amidst the adversity, emphasizing the need for both short-term relief and long-term infrastructure improvements to fortify Chennai against the unpredictable forces of nature.

Al Gore Challenges COP28 Host UAE’s Leadership, Exposes Rising Emissions, and Slams Fossil Fuel Companies at Climate Summit

Former U.S. Vice President and climate advocate Al Gore criticized the United Arab Emirates (UAE), host of the COP28 climate summit, for what he deemed an abuse of public trust in overseeing international negotiations on global warming. Speaking to Reuters at the conference in Dubai, Gore expressed skepticism about COP28 President Sultan al-Jaber, who heads the UAE’s national oil company ADNOC, being an impartial broker of a climate deal.

Gore remarked, “They are abusing the public’s trust by naming the CEO of one of the largest and least responsible oil companies in the world as head of the COP.”

During a presentation at the COP’s main plenary hall, Gore revealed data indicating a 7.5% increase in the UAE’s greenhouse gas emissions in 2022 compared to the previous year, contrasting with a 1.5% global rise. This data, sourced from the Climate TRACE coalition—a group Gore co-founded—utilizes artificial intelligence and satellite data to monitor carbon emissions from specific companies.

The UAE did not immediately respond to Gore’s comments or the TRACE data.

Gore, who previously ran for the U.S. presidency in 2000 as the Democratic Party’s nominee, criticized the presence of oil and gas companies at the annual climate summit. He particularly opposed their endorsement of technologies like carbon capture as a means of mitigating fossil fuel emissions.

Addressing the first-ever appearance of Exxon Mobil CEO Darren Woods at a COP conference, Gore dismissed the significance, asserting that the oil giant’s engagement doesn’t negate its historical resistance to climate policies. Gore stated, “He should not be taken seriously. He’s protecting his profits and placing them in a higher priority than the survival of human civilization.”

Exxon Mobil declined to provide a comment on Gore’s remarks.

In urging summit delegates, Gore emphasized the need for language in the final text that commits to phasing out fossil fuels without conditional statements or references to carbon capture technology. He criticized the current state of carbon capture and direct air capture technology as a long-term research project, highlighting a lack of cost reduction over the past 50 years. Gore accused fossil fuel companies of falsely presenting these technologies as readily available and economically viable.

“The current state of the technology for carbon capture and direct air capture is a research project,” Gore said. “There’s been no cost reduction for 50 years, and there is a pretense on the part of the fossil fuel companies that it is a readily available, economically viable technology.”

Hopes And Expectations From COP28: The World Is At A Tipping Point On Climate Change

What happens in COP28 on Dubai’s climate conference battleground in the first half of December 2023 may not result in bloodshed but its consequences could be drenched in blood, mass migration, and starvation.

Happily, about 70,000 participants including political leaders, diplomats, business managers, academicians, and researchers will be participating in COP28. The COP -Conference of Parties – is held annually by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). This is the 28th COP scheduled to start in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, known as the expo-city, ever happy to welcome tourists and visitors.

Hopes And Expectations From COP28 (Yahoo)
Picture: Yahoo

Sadly, it is the time when the number of battlegrounds around the world is on the rise without any end in sight! Ukraine and Russia in northern Europe; Israel and Palestine in the Middle East; internal wars in Syria, Sudan and Sahel. United Nations Security Council, which is charged with ensuring international peace and security, continues the efforts to stall the battles but has not succeeded in ensuring the peace.

One more battleground, on the Gulf of Oman and the Persian Gulf, is opening from 30th November to 12th December in the expo-city of Dubai. The battleground will be over on 12th December, but the planetary-level war will certainly continue. It has the potential to be termed World War III, the war between humanity and nature. The UN Security Council is not charged to even start a dialogue for a ceasefire and making peace in that war.  It is left to Bonn, Germany-based UNFCCC to fight the cause of WWII!

Categorically, all humans to varying degrees are responsible for starting and continuing this war. The choice of path to human development has now caused nearly irreversible damage to nature. It is the turn of nature now to hit back. Nature is reacting by causing droughts, floods, landslides, and wildfires that have started affecting human society across the borders of the countries. The hostages are poor of the world and they are rising in numbers.

World caught in a vicious cycle of chaos

As per a UN report released this year, extreme weather has caused the deaths of two million people and $4.3 trillion in economic damage over the past 50 years. The tragedy is that the poor suffer the most in extreme weather. Rich people have economic muscles, not only to ensure their survival but continue their onslaught on nature by emitting greenhouse gases. The richest one percent of the global population is responsible for the same amount of carbon emissions as the world’s poorest two-thirds, or five billion people, according to the research results released in  November 2023. The worst is that rich people continue to invest their money more in polluting industries.

The planet is caught in a vicious circle of chaos in which even the rich would perish. We do not know when but perish they will. Because the rich depend on the market consisting of these five billion people to make their money. As the market starts suffering the rich would suffer too! As the doomsday scenario says, ‘sixth planetary extinction’ is on the way. The fifth extinction was 65 million years ago when dinosaurs and the ecosystem vanished.

To use the United Nations term used in Agenda 21, rather sarcastically, ‘No one is left behind’ by nature in its climate onslaught. And nature has been literally ‘inclusive’ in the destruction of human habitats!  But let us not make a mistake, this larger war is also the result of the battles between factions. Factions include global south and global north, developed and developing countries. The list of factions also includes small-island-developing countries (SIDS), least developed countries (LDCs), indigenous groups, powerful fossil fuel businesses, farmers, and so on.

What happens in COP28 on Dubai’s climate conference battleground in the first half of December 2023 may not result in bloodshed but its consequences could be drenched in blood, mass migration, and starvation. COP after COP, the post-Paris Climate Agreement in 2015, the pledges and promises made by 198 countries that are party to climate conventions. 195 countries that are Parties to the Paris Climate Agreement committed through Nationally Determined Contributions NDCs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. What is more, the commitments are made by the developed countries to provide USD 100 billion to the developing countries for reducing emissions. But the promises and pledges are not met, and implementation is not only slow but miserable and inadequate and almost suicidal.

The decade from 2010 to 2019 had the highest increase in greenhouse gas emissions in human history; the last four months of 2023 are the hottest on record; the last 11 months have caused the highest economic losses due to extreme climate events. The window to limit warming to 1.5°C, the target set by the world leaders in the Paris Climate Agreement, is rapidly closing; and the gap between where emissions should be and where they are is widening fast as per the UNEP Emission Gap Report (EGR) released recently.

So what one should expect from 2023

Experts have stated over the last year the expectations: strong action-oriented negotiations; making mitigation and adaptation finance available to developing countries as a matter of emergency; operationalizing loss and damage fund; focussing on non-CO2 greenhouse gases like methane; community-based and sub-national climate actions; undertaking out-of-box technologies, including carbon dioxide removal (CDR); space reflected solar electricity and so on.

And what is NOT expected from COP28

Firstly, the world is not expecting non-verified claims by countries, particularly by world leaders in COP28. Such claims promote greenwashing – misleading the public to believe that climate action is being taken for net zero. There is more risk from greenwashing than the climate crisis itself, as stated by UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres.

Secondly, the world is NOT  expecting that the vital issues related to mitigation, adaptation and finance are sidelined and duped by conned climate diplomacy. Recently, we have witnessed commotions like denouncing UAE’s presidency as ‘oil nation’s presidency’; prioritizing the action on mitigating fugitive methane by ignoring the reduction of emissions of carbon dioxide; including private finance in meeting the governmental public finance pledge of USD100 billion annually from 2020; asking China to contribute to the finances to developing countries; prioritizing carbon-offset;  changing the definitions of developing countries to ‘least-developing-countries; uncertain schemes like carbon-trading and carbon removal by overlooking the mitigation through lifestyle change.

Thirdly, the world is NOT expecting speeches by world leaders with deceptive declarations and diplomacy-coated false promises delivered in the COP. In this context decision of President Joe Biden not to attend COP28 is indeed welcome. Better not to be there than tricking the world with fake pledges!

Fourthly, the world is NOT expecting alternative technologies like battery-operated EVs and solar panels to be considered climate-friendly unless the environmentally friendly reuse, recycling and disposal of panels and batteries are integral parts of such technologies.

Fifthly, the world is not expecting the issue of climate justice to be discussed without historical context. Recently, the report has revealed that carbon emissions during colonial rules of Europeans and Japanese were assigned to the countries that were engaged in colonial rules after the industrial revolutions. The world, in this context, is not expecting to keep the International Court of Justice excluded from the issue of climate crimes during World War III. Punitive measures could range from exposing the countries by ‘naming and shaming’ to more serious ‘climate-sanctions’.

Can Dubai succeed in meeting these expectations? Let us wait to see by the end of COP28 if the negotiators are serious about delivering what the world is expecting and also not expecting.

(The author is a noted environmentalist, former Director UNEP, and Founder Director, Green TERRE Foundation, Pune, India. Views are personal)

Read more at: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/spotlight/hopes-and-expectations-cop28-world-tipping-point-climate-change

Modi Announces Green Credit Initiative At COP28

Prime Minister Narendra Modi said on December 1, 2023 that India has shown the world the perfect balance of ecology and economy. He made the remarks while delivering an address at the high-level segment of COP28 in Dubai.

“Despite India having 17 percent of the world’s population, our share in global carbon emissions is only less than 4 percent. India is one of the few economies in the world that is on track to meet the NDC targets,” the PM said adding that his country is continuously making progress to achieve the goal of reaching net zero by 2070.

He highlighted that targets related to emissions intensity were achieved 11 years ago while non-fossil fuel targets were achieved nine years ahead of schedule. Additionally, the PM underscored that efforts are being made to reduce emission intensity to 45 percent by 2030 and increase the share of non-fossil fuel to 50 percent.

“India has consistently given importance to the issue of climate in its G-20 Presidency with the spirit of One Earth, One Family, One Future,” Modi said enumerating the various green initiatives launched by India, including the Global Biofuels Alliance and Mission LiFE – Lifestyle for Environment.

Modi Announces Green Credit Initiative At COP28 (FE)
Picture: FE

Urging participation from the COP states, Modi announced the launch of the Green Credits initiative, a campaign that aims to facilitate mass participation as an effective response to the challenge of climate change. The program’s long-term goal is to restore degraded and abandoned land and river catchment areas through the issuance of green credits to plant trees there.

At a joint session, the United Arab Emirates and India officially launched the Green Credits initiative and unveiled a website that would compile policies and best practices that encourage eco-friendly behaviors.

The Prime Minister concluded his address by expressing India’s commitment to the UN Framework for Climate Change Process and proposed to host the COP-33 summit in India in 2028. In the hopes of a successful COP28, he advocated for an inclusive and equitable energy transition, as well as the continuous development of innovative technologies and their transfer to other countries, to propel collective progress toward a secure future.

Asserting that the world does not have much time to correct the mistakes of the last century, PM Narendra Modi on Friday announced a ‘Green Credit Initiative’ focused on creating carbon sinks through people’s participation and also proposed to host the UN climate conference in 2028, or COP33, in India.

Carbon sinks are essentially anything that absorbs more carbon from the atmosphere than it releases.

What is it?

Addressing the high-level segment for heads of states and governments during the UN climate conference (COP28) in Dubai, Modi called for a pro-planet, proactive and positive initiative.

He further said the Green Credits Initiative goes beyond the commercial mindset associated with carbon credits, which are essentially permits that allow entities to emit certain amount of carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gases.

The Green Credit Initiative is similar to the Green Credit Programme, notified domestically in October. It is an innovative, market-based mechanism designed to reward voluntary environmental actions in different sectors by individuals, communities and the private sector.

‘India has walked the talk’

Asserting that India has presented a great example to the world of striking balance between development and environment conservation, PM Modi said India is among the only few countries in the world on track to achieve the national action plans to restrict global warming to 1.5C, the guardrail to avoid worsening of the impact of the changing climate.

Modi called for maintaining a balance between mitigation and adaptation and said that energy transition across the world must be “just and inclusive.” He also urged rich countries to transfer technologies to help developing nations combat climate change.

Meetings that matter

On the sidelines of the COP28 summit, Modi met with the King of Bahrain, Hamad bin Isa Al Khalifa, and said that India deeply values its strong ties with the Gulf nation.

Modi also met Ethiopian PM Abiy Ahmed Ali, UAE Vice President Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum and Israeli President Isaac Herzog.

While Israel has a war going on with Hamas, the other countries (Bahrain, Ethiopia and UAE) have deep economic ties with India.

Pope Francis Urges World Religions To Unite Against Environmental Devastation

(Reuters) – Pope Francis said on Sunday that it was essential for all world religions to unite in opposing the “rapacious” devastation of the environment.

The 86-year-old pope had planned to preside at the opening of the Faith Pavilion at the C0P28 climate conference in Dubai but a lung inflammation forced him to remain in the Vatican.

Secretary of State Cardinal Pietro Parolin read the pope’s message in his place, as he did with Francis’ main address to the conference on Saturday.

“Religions, as voices of conscience for humanity, remind us that we are finite creatures, possessed of a need for the infinite,” the pope said, noting that a Faith Pavilion was a first at a COP conference.

“For we are indeed mortal, we have our limits, and protecting life also entails opposing the rapacious illusion of omnipotence that is devastating our planet,” he said.

Pope Francis Urges World Religions To Unite Against Environmental Devastation (NCR)
Picture: NCR

Religions, he said, “need, urgently, to act for the sake of the environment”, educate their members to “sober and fraternal lifestyles” instead of wasteful ones and work for a return to the individual contemplation of nature’s grandeur.

“This is an essential obligation for religions, which are called to teach contemplation, since creation is not only an ecosystem to preserve, but also a gift to embrace,” Francis said.

“A world poor in contemplation will be a world polluted in soul, a world that will continue to discard people and produce waste,” he said.

In his main address to the conference on Saturday, Francis repeated his call for the elimination of fossil fuels.

Hundreds of Catholic institutions around the globe have announced plans to divest from them.

But a Reuters investigation found that in the United States, the world’s top oil and gas producer and where about a quarter of the population is Catholic, not a single diocese has announced it has let go of its fossil fuel assets.

In his address to faith leaders, Francis also said peace and stewardship of the planet were interdependent.

“Before our very eyes, we can see how wars and conflicts are harming the environment and dividing nations, hindering a common commitment to addressing shared problems like the protection of the planet,” he said

(Reporting by Philip Pullella; Editing by Bernadette Baum)

UN Climate Summit in Dubai: Analysis Warns Past Host Cities Face Inundation as Planet Approaches 3-Degree Warming

As leaders and delegates converge in Dubai for the annual UN climate summit, an analysis by Climate Central, a nonprofit climate research group, reveals the vulnerability of host cities from past summits to rising ocean waters. The escalating levels of planet-warming pollution have led to severe droughts, deadly floods, and the rapid melting of glaciers and ice worldwide. The analysis employs peer-reviewed sea level rise projections and local elevation data to visually depict a stark contrast between the present and a potential high-tide future if global temperatures rise to 3 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels.

“Decisions made at COP28 will shape the long-term future of Earth’s coast cities, including Dubai,” emphasizes Benjamin Strauss, Chief Scientist, and CEO of Climate Central. This urgency stems from the recent UN report indicating that the world is on track to warm up to 2.9 degrees. Climate scientists underscore the critical threshold of 1.5 degrees beyond which both humans and ecosystems will face challenges in adaptation.

Although the Paris Agreement, established in 2015 at COP21, aimed to limit global warming to below 2 degrees Celsius, with a preferable target of 1.5 degrees, the current trajectory risks making coastal communities, low-lying nations, and small islands uninhabitable. Strauss highlights the dependence of these places on swift and substantial carbon pollution reductions to cap global warming at 1.5 degrees Celsius.

A report from the World Meteorological Organization predicts 2023 to be the hottest year on record. Monthly temperatures from June to October have consistently set new global records, accompanied by unprecedented ocean temperatures. This global warming contributes to accelerated melting of glaciers and ice sheets, even in Antarctica, with potentially devastating implications for global sea level rise.

Climate Central estimates that approximately 385 million people reside in areas prone to eventual inundation by ocean water at high tide, even with substantial reductions in planet-warming pollution. Restricting warming to 1.5 degrees would still affect land inhabited by 510 million people today. However, if global temperatures breach 3 degrees, more than 800 million people could find themselves living in areas threatened by high-tide encroachment, as per a recent study.

While these scenarios may unfold over centuries, scientists emphasize that every fraction of a degree of warming exacerbates the consequences of climate change. The upcoming COP28 discussions will center on strategies to curtail fossil fuel use to avert the escalating risk of an underwater future. This year’s climate talks introduce a new scorecard, revealing countries’ progress on their climate targets and underscoring the urgency of addressing climate pollution, as the window for action is “rapidly narrowing.”

A Positive Outlook on Climate Change: Progress, Challenges, and the Path Forward

As authorities in the field of climate change, we are frequently questioned about the state of our planet, and surprisingly, our response leans more towards optimism than despair. There is a crucial but often overlooked energy transition in progress, coupled with increasing investments in adaptation measures to enhance resilience against extreme weather events. While global efforts to meet climate goals are falling short, recent developments indicate a potential for substantial change and lay the groundwork for broader initiatives.

In the midst of escalating climate-related disasters, there is a noteworthy achievement in the United States, where greenhouse gas emissions decreased by 17 percent between 2005 and 2021, despite the economy doubling in size. The costs of solar and wind energy have plummeted by 70 percent and 90 percent, respectively, in the last decade, constituting 80 percent of new electricity generating capacity this year. The sale of electric vehicles is also on the rise, with over 1 million units sold in 2023, marking a 50 percent increase from the previous year and accounting for one in every ten new vehicle purchases.

These positive trends are further supported by favorable public policies at the state level and the federal level’s Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). The IRA aims to reduce the costs of renewables, electric vehicles, heat pumps, and other low-emission technologies, with projections indicating a potential halving of U.S. emissions by 2035, accompanied by significant cost savings for households.

The combined effect of declining clean energy costs and additional climate policies is contributing to a reduction in the anticipated global warming from 3.5 degrees Celsius to 2.4 degrees this century. While this progress falls short of meeting the Paris Agreement target, it reflects a significant step forward in making climate action more economically viable worldwide.

However, acknowledging these advancements does not diminish the alarming impacts of climate change. The consequences of historical emissions are increasingly evident, with climate-fueled events occurring more frequently and with greater severity. Records for global surface temperatures, Antarctic sea ice loss, ocean temperatures, extreme flooding, heatwaves, and wildfires have been shattered, causing substantial adverse effects on individuals, assets, ecosystems, and institutions.

In the U.S., households are grappling with climate-related increases in medical expenses, food prices, insurance premiums, and home repair costs. Research has also shed light on less-appreciated impacts on mental health, school performance, and crime. Government resources are stretched thin by spending on disaster response and wildfire suppression, further compounded by decreased tax revenue.

The magnitude of these impacts hinges on uncertainties related to climate variability, technological advancements, behavioral responses, and differential vulnerability, posing an economic burden on a generally risk-averse society. Additionally, there are stark disparities in the distribution of harm and benefit concerning climate change responses, with marginalized communities facing increased risks due to unequal exposure and fewer resources for adaptation.

Effectively mitigating climate impacts requires an accelerated transition of energy and food systems, coupled with investments in infrastructure and nature-based solutions that promote resilience. Despite emissions reduction efforts, adaptation remains essential, especially as the U.S. warms 60 percent faster than the global average. Adaptation initiatives hold the potential to safeguard lives, improve quality of life, and restore vital natural ecosystems.

Engaging affected communities through participatory processes can advance more equitable adaptation decision-making. Climate-informed markets may further support these efforts, emphasizing the importance of accurate risk information to protect homeowners and municipalities from equity loss and price deflation due to climate-driven housing bubble risks.

While incremental adaptation measures are underway, addressing severe impacts may necessitate transformative actions such as redesigning buildings and updating infrastructure standards. In 2020, global spending on adaptation efforts amounted to only one-tenth of what was allocated for emission reductions. Thoughtful investments in public infrastructure, community resilience, and adaptation serve as crucial complements to decarbonization efforts.

The future of our climate is in our hands. We are in a narrow window where the severity of the problem is known, yet there is still time to act. The reason for optimism lies in our ability to collaboratively work towards reducing emissions, strengthening resilience, motivating adaptation, and advancing equity.

The Costly Impact of Climate Change: Insights from the Fifth National Climate Assessment

In its latest iteration, the National Climate Assessment (NCA) delivers a comprehensive evaluation of climate change in the United States, emphasizing its expensive, deadly, and preventable consequences. The fifth edition, released every five years, offers a sweeping analysis, incorporating social sciences like history, sociology, philosophy, and Indigenous studies to provide a holistic understanding of the issue.

The assessment highlights the disproportionate impact on various demographics, stressing the urgency of addressing climate change to build a more resilient and just nation. Climate scientist Katharine Hayhoe, an author of the assessment, underscores this point, stating, “Climate change affects us all, but it doesn’t affect us all equally.”

One notable addition to this edition is standalone chapters on climate change’s economic toll, social factors driving it, and the nation’s responses. This broader perspective aims to add context and relevance to the scientific findings and draw attention to the specific vulnerabilities of poor people, marginalized communities, older Americans, and outdoor workers.

Michael Burger, the director of the Sabin Center for Climate Change Law at Columbia University, highlights the assessment’s influence in legal and policy circles, shaping decisions ranging from court cases on wildfire damage responsibility to local choices about building flood barriers. The report’s translation into Spanish further emphasizes its importance, making the information accessible to a wider audience.

The NCA is a collaborative effort involving hundreds of scientists from various institutions who reviewed cutting-edge research and contextualized it with decades of foundational climate studies. This edition arrives against the backdrop of a year marked by dramatic and deadly climate-driven disasters, including wildfires, floods, and heatwaves that claimed hundreds of lives in 2023.

Climate Change Makes Life More Expensive

The assessment identifies climate-driven weather disasters, such as heatwaves, floods, hurricanes, and wildfires, as major contributors to increasing expenses in various aspects of life. These disasters wreak havoc on homes, businesses, and crops, leading to supply shortages and financial distress for families and municipal governments. The report estimates that weather-related disasters cause approximately $150 billion in direct losses annually in the U.S., a figure expected to rise as the Earth continues to heat up.

Solomon Hsiang, a climate economist at the University of California, Berkeley, emphasizes the economic challenges faced by lower-income individuals in adapting to climate change. The report cites healthcare costs for illnesses related to extreme heat and respiratory issues from wildfire smoke as less obvious but significant expenses. The economic harm escalates with rising temperatures, with the assessment warning that twice as much planetary warming leads to more than twice the economic damage.

“The research indicates that people who are lower income have more trouble adapting [to climate change], because adaptation comes at a cost,” says Hsiang.

Climate Change Makes People Sick and Often Kills Them

The health costs of climate change have transitioned from theoretical to personal for many Americans over the past five years. Extreme weather, particularly heatwaves, has become more intense and prolonged, causing hundreds of deaths in unprepared areas. The assessment emphasizes the risks beyond heat, including the health impacts of wildfire smoke and disruptions to healthcare caused by hurricanes.

The most vulnerable populations, including poor communities, communities of color, women, people with disabilities, and other marginalized groups, bear the brunt of these disasters. The report points out that temperatures in historically redlined neighborhoods can be nearly 15 degrees Fahrenheit hotter than wealthier areas, putting residents at significantly higher risk of heat exposure.

Mary Hayden, the lead author of the chapter on human health, notes that living through climate disasters can have lasting emotional scars, impacting mental, spiritual, and community well-being. The report highlights the enduring trauma in communities like Paradise, California, five years after the devastating 2018 Camp Fire. It also raises concerns about the growing emotional toll on children and young people, whose anxiety about the future of the planet is affecting various aspects of their lives.

Climate change isn’t just altering landscapes and ecosystems; it’s also reshaping the sacred places and cultural practices that anchor communities across the United States. From fishing communities grappling with the collapse of iconic industries to Indigenous traditions disrupted by shifting climate realities, the impacts are profound.

Threats to Special Places and Practices

Fishing communities, particularly the Northeast’s lobster fishery, face economic downturns as marine heatwaves devastate regional seas. The decline in snowpack and rising temperatures disrupt cherished recreational activities such as skiing and ice fishing, impacting the lifestyles of many.

Indigenous communities, deeply connected to their environments, are forced to adapt to new climate realities that disrupt traditional food-gathering practices. In Palau, sea level rise has upset a monthly tradition of catching fish at a low tide, altering the historically-used places for fishing. Coastal communities are grappling with sea level rise, challenging their very existence and unraveling social fabric developed over generations.

Elizabeth Marino, lead author of the chapter on social transformations, emphasizes the resilience of communities closely tied to their environments. She states, “There is quite a lot of wisdom in place to adapt to and even mitigate climate change.” Despite the challenges, there is hope in the ability of these communities to develop solutions that align with their way of life.

The Role of Adaptation and Resilience

The fifth assessment underscores the urgency of addressing climate challenges to limit planetary warming to the goals set by the international Paris Agreement. Immediate, substantial cuts to fossil fuel emissions are required, with the report acknowledging the difficulty of achieving the more ambitious target of keeping warming below 1.5 degrees Celsius.

While the report paints a stark picture of the challenges ahead, it also highlights ongoing efforts to adapt to the new reality and prevent worse outcomes. Katharine Hayhoe, a climate scientist involved in the assessment, emphasizes the importance of individual actions, stating, “Everything we do matters. Every 10th of a degree of warming we avoid, there’s a benefit to that.”

Opportunities for Positive Change

  1. Jason West, the lead author on the chapter on air quality, points out that addressing fossil fuel-driven climate change can lead to healthier lives. Reducing emissions not only mitigates climate change but also decreases harmful air pollution, benefiting human health. This perspective reflects a shift in the report, acknowledging the historical injustices embedded in the fossil fuel-powered society built over generations.

Candis Callison, a sociologist and author of the report, notes this subtle shift in perspective. Climate change, she suggests, offers an opportunity to address past inequities and injustices. The report acknowledges the profound impact of pollution-producing facilities on communities of color and the exclusion of tribal communities from decisions about land and water use for energy extraction. Callison sees climate change as a catalyst for rectifying these historical wrongs and responding to the impacts in a more equitable way.

The fifth National Climate Assessment not only outlines the threats posed by climate change to sacred places and practices but also highlights the resilience of communities and the potential for positive change. By emphasizing the role of adaptation, individual actions, and addressing historical injustices, the assessment points towards a future where climate action can lead to a more just and sustainable society.

-+=